“The Day of the Lord”- Judgment and Deliverance

Wp5.5 From Here to the End/Day - The Finishing Act: Pt 4, “The Day of the Lord”

Contents added on Oct 9, 2017

5.5 From Here to the End/Day; 5.5.1 The Reforming Catholic Confession; What is a Confession of Faith?; Reason for New Confession of Faith; Reforming Catholic Theologians; SDA Participation; SDA Pastor in Initial Signatories; The Disclosure in Lighthouse; UK SDA Interdenominational Bible Symposium; 5.5.2 Beginning of Church and State Union; God has Sent us a Judge. Hallelujah; ‘Ten Commandments Judge’; Impending Constitutional Convention Movement; Peeping Behind the Scene; Reality of American Christianity; Catholic Church to Tackle ‘Fake News’; Basis for Pope’s Fake News  Curb; Support of Rules-based, Open World Order; Fake News Proper Perspective; UK Anti-Extremism Commission; Cutting Internet for Terrorism Prevention; Look to Christ and Live; 5.5.3 Doctrine of the Last Things; Signs in the Religious World ; Increase of Wickedness; Wars and Calamities; Be Ready at All Times; Individual Eschatology; Cosmic Eschatology; Why Cosmic Eschatology Matters; Identity and Mission of  End-time Remnant; Be Faithful Protestants for Christ;

….  to be continued

Wp 5.5.4  Justification by Faith

Continuing from par Be Faithful  Protestants  for Christ

Contents added on Oct 16, 2017

5.5.4 Justification by Faith; Tribute to Martin Luther’s Protestant Reformation; Luther Before the Diet of Worms 1521; The Edict of Worms 1521; Luther Bold Acceptance; The Prosecutor Case; The Reformation is God’s Work; Awakening of the People; Luther at the Council; The Prosecutor’s Two Direct Demands; Luther’s Preparation; Luther’s Final Answer; Answer Repeated in Latin on Request; Second Time Refusal to Recant; Lesson on Clinging to Custom and Tradition; Luther Maintained His Integrity; Commanded to Return Home; New Edict of Condemnation; Kidnapped and Imprisoned in Warburg; Translation of New Testament in German; Preservation From Pride and Self- Confidence5.5.4.3 Understanding of the Truth; Perspective on Righteousness by Faith; Six Unique Pillars of SDA Faith; Unbelief- Doubting God’s Word; Second Coming Doctrine; State of the Dead Doctrine; Sanctuary Doctrine; Promise of Justification; Sanctification Doctrine; Sabbath Doctrine; Spirit of prophecy Doctrine; The Core of SDA Faith- Righteousness by Faith;  …. To be continued.  

Video to watch in this article:

  1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6dUlFErLYrw- Pr. Andrew Hendriques in his sermon “SDA Pastor signs Reforming Catholic Confession (1:54:09- 2:03:09 – 2:44: 06)….” Published on Oct 1, 2017;
  2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eItvcpiwpWE – (2:30 )Putin says: ‘Pope Francis Is Not A Man Of God’ | Must-See !!, Wiki Tube, published on Aug 3, 2017
  3. http://www.dofaq.com/sg/vivian-balakrishnan - “Singapore Minister Foreign Affairs Vivian Balakrishnan Speech to UN General Assembly Sept 23,2017”



5.5 From Here to the End/Day

“From here to eternity” is more appropriate as God has given us the assurance of salvation. Jesus says: “Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that heareth my word, and believeth on him that sent me, hath everlasting life, and shall not come into condemnation; but is passed from death unto life.”- Jn 5:24.

Eternity is a personal choice each one has to make now,  while we have the breath of life, before it is too late. “And as it is appointed unto men once to die, but after this the judgment: “So Christ was once offered to bear the sins of many; and unto them that look for him shall he appear the second time without sin unto salvation. “-Heb 9: 27,28.

We are now in the first week of October, 2017 at the end of which is the signing of the document, Reforming Catholic Confession, by Pope Francis and conforming Protestants stating that the protest against the Roman Catholic Church is over after October 31, 2017. This worldwide public rejection of the protest is the death blow to Protestantism. After this, it is woe unto anyone who keeps up the protest against apostate Protestants and against popery.  The next step is we don’t want Christ, His truth, His righteousness, to be our King as the pope is our king and to willingly accept his mark, which is Sunday law. Persecution is coming. But God will protect His own.

“From here to the Day of the Lord” is an attempt to outline what we ought to do based on what has been providentially provided and accessible on the internet still before the cracking down on fake news as defined by papacy and his agencies. We need to recognize the urgency of the close of probation  (individually and cosmically) in discussing  about some of the current events that are discerned  as fulfillment of prophesy, and to know the signs of the impending National Sunday law in America  that will trigger the time of trouble that will culminate with the second coming of Christ.   We need to discuss about what the Bible and the Spirit of Prophecy written by Sister Ellen White had revealed in being right with God ( that will naturally include being right with all men).

Contents will be added on a weekly basis in the month of October as they are compiled. The topics are present truth and not new and have been covered in earlier articles and reference to them will be made. What this article does is to connect what have been discussed in the past are now connected to become real and whole, and relevant for our current times as we watch and pray that we may remain steadfast in our faith until the end.

5.5.1 The Reforming Catholic Confession

This is the background in drafting of the final document  together with  explanation at http://reformingcatholicconfession.com/explanation/    from  “Kevin Vanhoozer announces A Reforming Catholic Confession”,September 12, 2017 by Thom Blair at https://academic.logos.com/kevin-vanhoozer-announces-a-reforming-catholic-confession/ What is a Confession of Faith?

“A confession of faith is a very Protestant document. It’s a way of articulating what together we believe. We confess as a body, “These are the truths that guide our lives. These are the truths in which we set our hopes.” And in the Protestant Reformation a number of churches, usually based on their nationality and language, produce their own confessions.” Reason for New Confession of Faith

“I’m not surprised you want to know why we think we need to produce a new confession of faith. We don’t represent any one particular Protestant denomination, we don’t represent any one particular ethnic group, we don’t even represent any one particular theological tradition, because we’ve got Wesleyans and Calvinists and Pentecostals together. We’re trying to show that Protestants actually can agree about matters of theological substance. So, this isn’t a least-common-denominator statement of faith. We’re trying to make this as robust as possible, but we’re trying to show that the Reformation didn’t give birth to simply a plethora of conflicting opinions. Some people think that the Protestant church is an experiment that has failed dramatically. It split the church. That’s not the way we’re viewing it. We’re trying to show, on the eve of the five-hundredth anniversary of the Reformation, that Protestants from different churches, different denominations, different local churches can come together and agree about the substance of the faith—the faith delivered once for all to the saints and recovered, we think, at the Reformation. That’s the main purpose of our confession; it’s not to displace anybody else’s. We’re not starting a new church. We’re simply trying to disprove the prevailing narrative that Protestants can’t state their beliefs together, that the doctrine always divides. We’re trying to show that these doctrines, the essential doctrines, actually unite Protestants. What we then did was send out emails to what we hoped would become a drafting committee—theologians from Lutheran, Methodist, Anglican, Presbyterian, Pentecostal, Baptist churches—and we got eighteen people. Jerry asked me to write a first draft, which I was happy to do, and then we submitted that draft for criticism to the eighteen members of our drafting committee. I received thirty single-spaced pages of comments back, tried to produce a second draft, got another batch of comments back. We did this for a while, and then we had a summit meeting in July of 2017 with the drafting committee and steering committee chairs and agreed on the final version. And then we began asking people to sign on.” Reforming Catholic Theologians

The Protestant Reformation was all about reforming the Catholic Church, not starting a new one. There is only one church. So we are reforming catholic theologians. We believe the substance of the faith with the church fathers, with the medieval theologians, but we’re not Roman. We think “Roman” limits catholicity, and we actually feel we have a wider and more universal catholicity. “Reforming” signals our intent that our confession of faith is always under the authority of God’s written Word. We are always reforming. In fact, one of the reasons we have so many churches in Protestantism is that we don’t always agree. But together we agree that we should all be listening to what Scripture says, and therefore we should all be listening to one another insofar as we have insights into Scripture. So a reforming catholic church, we’re stating our continuity with the one great tradition, but we’re also stating our allegiance to sola Scriptura. This is one great tradition under the authority of God’s written Word. “ (What are the pillars of faith  that are taught in the Scriptures only?. This topic will be reviewed in later sections.) SDA Participation

This is covered by Pr. Andrew Hendriques in his sermon “SDA Pastor signs Reforming Catholic Confession (1:54:09- 2:03:09)….” Published on Oct 1, 2017 at https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6dUlFErLYrw

Anyone who is a SDA member, particularly pastors and  Conference officials,   is an apostate by knowingly breaking the SDA 28 fundamental beliefs. The three points of difference are given by stating their beliefs as stated in the Reforming Catholics Confession and then the SDA belief and comments in parenthesis:

1 The Atoning Work of Christ (http://reformingcatholicconfession.com/ )

That God who is rich in mercy towards the undeserving has made gracious provision for human wrongdoing, corruption, and guilt, provisionally and typologically through Israel’s Temple and sin offerings, then definitively and gloriously in the gift of Jesus’ once-for-all sufficient and perfect sacrificial death on the cross (Rom. 6:10; 1 Pet. 3:18) in the temple of his human flesh (Heb. 10:11-12). By his death in our stead, he revealed God’s love and upheld God’s justice, removing our guilt, vanquishing the powers that held us captive, and reconciling us to God (Isa. 53:4-6; 2 Cor. 5:21; Col. 2:14-15). It is wholly by grace (sola gratia), not our own works or merits, that we have been forgiven; it is wholly by Jesus’ shed blood, not by our own sweat and tears, that we have been cleansed. (The essence is they believed that the atonement was finished on the cross.. But Christ is now in the Most holy Place interceding and getting ready to blot out our sins.)

2 #23 The Protestant, reforming catholic way forward is that of dialogical, “table-talk” unity based on a fundamental agreement on matters integral to the biblical gospel and on a willingness to keep conversing about the doctrinal differences that remain, with Scripture as our common judge. We acknowledge that our own churches are not the only ones who are in communion with the living Lord, and that we are not the only ones to seek to read Scripture faithfully. We therefore seek continuing reformation by the God of the gospel and the gospel of God. (This is not the remnant church, the church appointed by God after the great disappointment in 1844 ( Rev 10))

3 The Church: That the one, holy, catholic, and apostolic church is God’s new society, the first fruit of the new creation, the whole company of the redeemed through the ages, of which Christ is Lord and head. ( Is the Catholic church God’s true church? They are saying that Protestants must come home to the mother church to form God’s new society.  They are blending the Catholic Church with all apostolic churches and say that this is now God’s new society, a new organization. Woe unto anyone who are part of it In the presence of men. Persecution is coming. But God will protect His own. We like Christ must go through modern day Calvary. Does The SDA church have betrayers and intruders in our midst?) SDA Pastor in Initial Signatories

The SDA pastor in the Reforming Catholica Confession is James A. Ayers. Signatories are growing past the thousand counts as of October 1, 2017. The Disclosure in Lighthouse

(http://www.lighthousetrailsresearch.com/newsletters/2017/newsletter20170920.htm#1A2 - “Hundreds of Protestant scholars and Pastors sign Reforming Catholic Confession “,   Sep 20, 2017.)

This article  in  Lighthouse, a reputable Protestant Newsletter, lists Andrews University,  a SDA institution being a part of the ecumenical alliance represented in the signatories together with some of the most blatant contemplative ( on a path to Rome) Christian colleges and Universities.  It also identified the Confession’s co-chair, Dr. Timothy George.  Should the SDA Sabbath School Bible Study Guide be partially quoting him in Gospel in Galatians, Lesson 11, Monday, September, 2017 and Lesson 14, Wednesday September 27, 2017? This is exposing the flock to accepting him whose agenda is on the other gospel- mixing some truth with Satan’s lies.It is time for the Judas to repent before it is too late. It is a repeat of choosing Barabbas first and then crucify Jesus – Mat 27:17-26. Church and state crucified Jesus. The writing is on the wall that church and state are uniting. The betrayer is in our midst. It is time for the Judas to repent before it is too late.

The appropriate passages in Lighthouse are reproduced here:

“Hundreds of Protestant and evangelical scholars, pastors, and theologians have signed a document called “Reforming Catholic Confession”  to mark the 500th anniversary of the Reformation, which will be commemorated on October 31, 2017. According to Dr. Timothy George, dean of Beeson Divinity School in Birmingham, Alabama, who co-chaired the Confession’s steering committee, “a significant motivating factor of the Confession’s participants is to call the Church to spiritual renewal.”1 In reviewing the “Reforming Catholic Confession” and the signatories, Lighthouse Trails has observed a few things, which lead us to ask, “Can the church trust the “Reforming Catholic Confession”?

To begin with, the majority of the hundreds of initial signatories either promote the contemplative prayer movement (a movement that has its roots in Catholic mysticism and panentheism and is drawing Protestants in that direction) directly themselves or represent institutions or denominations that do.

Other institutions that are represented in the signatures of the “Reforming Catholic Confession” are some of the most blatant contemplative-promoting Christian colleges and universities out there. And when we say contemplative, remember, we mean on a path to Rome: Wheaton College, Fuller Theological Seminary, Biola University, Bethel College, Regent University, Asbury University, Andrews University, Denver University, Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary, and Calvin Institute of Christian Worship. Other schools represented in the document are also contemplative promoting: Dallas Theological Seminary, Liberty University, Moody Bible Institute, Baylor University, Cornerstone University, and Westmont College. We’ve only named a few of the institutions that are represented on the signature list that promote contemplative spirituality (i.e., the emergent church). As we stated, it is the majority of them that do.

This promotion of contemplative spirituality includes the Confession’s co-chair, Dr. Timothy George.  For example, in a 2014 article titled “Not Just For Catholics”  on Beeson Divinity School’s website, written by George, he expresses his admiration for Catholic practices such as the contemplative Lectio Divina. George is also the general editor for a series called the Reformation Commentary on Scripture (published by InterVarsity Press) that boasts of including Catholic writers in its collection of commentaries. While the “Reforming Catholic Confession” claims to be trying to strengthen the Protestant church and its unique mission separated from the Catholic Church, how can we trust a document whose co-chairman does not even understand the serious reasons Christians must be separated from the Roman Catholic Church? We know Timothy George cannot understand this for if he did, he would certainly not, as the general editor, allow the writings of Catholic writers in a commentary series on Scripture. On the Beeson Divinity School website, George is described as  “active in Evangelical–Roman Catholic Church dialogue.” UK SDA Interdenominational Bible Symposium

The title of the symposium held in September, 2017 is The Five Solas, Giving relevancy to the reformation. They invited Reverend Dr. Paul Walker from the Baptist Church to speak on September 27. Reverend Canon Dr.Mark Price. Chaplain to the Queen of England then lectured on September 29.  We are bringing in apostate Protestant to lecture SDA about October 31, 2017 when  the only standing church after this date is the SDA church. How can Babylon lecture us, when the Baptist Church is a daughter of Babylon?

5.5.2 Beginning of Church and State Union ( 2:04:50-2:44:49)

Connected with prophecy is the election In Alabama September 26, 2017.  George Roy Moore was elected into Senate and reported in ”God has sent us a judge. Hallelujah” by Garrison Keillor, Washington Post, September 27, 2017 at 2:18 PM. According to Pastor Hendriques, the Judas is here , not only in the church but in America.. From the White House to the common house, everyone is focused on the election of Judge George Roy Moor as a senator to bring back the Ten Commandments. God has sent us a judge. Hallelujah…  at https://www.washingtonpost.com/opinions/god-has-sent-us-a-judge-hallelujah/2017/09/27/97789364-a3a7-11e7-8cfed5b912fabc99_story.html?utm_term=.9835d814bb55

“Blessed are the poor in spirit for theirs is the kingdom of heaven” and all that — but blessing people is no substitute for upholding God’s standards, and there are people in spiritual poverty who express that by taking the Lord’s name in vain, or by shopping on Sunday, or disobeying their parents, or by coveting their neighbor’s wife, and if we don’t punish sin, then sin will overrun the nation, as it has done already. That is why Judge Moore is not a Beatitudes guy but a Ten Commandments man. The law is the law. ( He wants to ban Sunday Law and the people voted for what he stands for and he won with a landslide victory - (Political Popularity of Sunday Law).  When Sunday Law is enforced we wont be able to buy or sell except those who receive the mark of the beast- Rev 13 :15-18 . There is the need to consider moving to the country to grow our own food.) (See Par, Signs in the Religious World ) ‘Ten Commandments Judge’ Roy Moore Wins Alabama Primary Runoff for U.S. Senate“  at http://christiannews.net/2017/09/26/ten-commandmentsjudge-roy-moore-wins-primary-runoff-for-u-s-senate/

Judge Roy Moore was the Judge who stood firm  against removing the Ten commandments  form the court houses in Alabama. He wants Sunday to be kept holy by the church dictating to the state.as reported on September 26, 2017, Christian News:

 “We’re put here on earth for a short time, and for that short time, our duty is to serve Almighty God and serve Him in all things,” he also declared. “We have to return the knowledge of God and the Constitution of the United States to the United States Congress.” Moore lamented the division that is sweeping America, but expressed optimism that God can restore the country to its former “greatness.”  (He wants to make America great again by enforcing Sunday. Trump outwardly appeared to favour the Republican candidate, Peter Strange (as a safe shield. But behind the scene  could be funding and supporting Moore as Trump’s political) advisers are Jesuits and Protestants pushing for the same agenda of Judge Moore.)

 “Thou shalt not swear.” But God’s chosen party, the Republican Party, has waffled on this issue, as it has on the issue of adultery and obedience to parents and observance of the Sabbath and the engraving industry. And that is why our country today is on the verge of destruction. The signs are everywhere. Judge Moore is the only man who dares say so…If we create stoning grounds in the centers of our cities and we publicly execute those who are guilty of rebelliousness, adultery, engraving, shopping on Sunday and cursing, you will see America become great again, assuming you are not one who will be executed. https://www.washingtonpost.com/opinions/god-has-sent-us-a-judge-hallelujah/2017/09/27/97789364-a3a7-11e7-8cfe-d5b912fabc99_story.html?utm_term=.9835d814bb55 Impending Constitutional Convention Movement

(They want to rewrite the US Constitution and to force people to worship Sunday to bring back morality back to the nation to combat calamities so God can bless America financially. No one ever dreamed that the Constitution would be rewritten in 1776. But in October 2017, the rewriting of the Constitution is in the pipeline.)

Roy Moore Wants a Constitutional Convention (Con-con). Moore believes that by opening the Constitution he can get a marriage amendment…He has declined to listen to anyone regarding the 1787 Convention precedents. Neither has he viewed Chief Justice Warren Burger’s letter to Phyllis Schlafly regarding the dangers of a Con-Con, Phyllis’s many writings that a Con-Con could not be controlled, the words of James Madison regarding another convention, and the writings of scholars who know the dangers of a second Convention, etc. https://newswithviews.com/why-president-trump-endorsed-luther-strange/  ( The marriage institution and the Sabbath worship  are the twin institutions of God.  Moore is implying that having broken the first with same sex marriage had resulted in America losing its prosperity and all the natural calamities and the only way to solve it is rewrite the constitution.  If one is attacked by rewriting the constitution, the next one is also vulnerable to changes.) (See “New Bill Proposes Constitutional Convention to Amend Constitution to Ban Gay Marriage All Togethe”r by Rachel Stockman | February 3rd, 2017, Law Newz)

Sister White on this issue said, “By the decree enforcing the institution of the papacy in violation of the law of God, our nation will disconnect herself fully from righteousness. When Protestantism shall stretch her hand across the gulf to grasp the hand of the Roman power, when she shall reach over the abyss to clasp hands with spiritualism, when, under the influence of this threefold union, our country shall repudiate every principle of its Constitution as a Protestant and republican government, and shall make provision for the propagation of papal falsehoods and delusions, then we may know that the time has come for the marvelous working of Satan and that the end is near. {5T451.1} (After October, when Protestants unites with Popery, they will repudiate every principle of America Constitution – the First Constitution being freedom of speech, religion and the press.)

"The Constitution of the United States guarantees liberty of conscience. Nothing is dearer or more fundamental. Pope Pius IX, in his Encyclical Letter of August 15, 1854, said: `The absurd and erroneous doctrines or ravings in defense of liberty of conscience are a most pestilential error--a pest, of all others, most to be dreaded in a state.' The same pope, in his Encyclical Letter of December 8, 1864, anathematized `those who assert the liberty of conscience and of religious worship,' also 'all such as maintain that the church may not employ force.' {GC 564.5}

As Momentum Builds Behind Constitutional Convention Movement, Many Questions Remain Unanswered…Currently, 28 states have called for an Article V Convention, meaning only 6 more states are needed to hold one. Wisconsin has yet to join the campaign, but is a likely target for the conservative movement. http://wuwm.com/post/momentum-builds-behind-constitutional-convention-movement-manyquestions-remain-unanswered#stream/0 (See Koch brothers  wants a new constitution CNN 06/14/17. (Koch brothers  are the rich class who are Papacy’s supporters).

(“By the decree enforcing the institution of the papacy in violation of the law of God, our nation will disconnect herself fully from righteousness. When Protestantism shall stretch her hand across the gulf to grasp the hand of the Roman power, when she shall reach over the abyss to clasp hands with spiritualism, when, under the influence of this threefold union, our country shall repudiate every principle of its Constitution as a Protestant and republican government, and shall make provision for the propagation of papal falsehoods and delusions, then we may know that the time has come for the marvelous working of Satan and that the end is near.” {5T 451.1}) Peeping Behind the Scene

Moore subscribes to one of them called Dominionism/Reconstructionism. As a believer in this doctrine, Moore espouses a theocracy… (Theocracy is a system of government in which priests rule in the name of God or a god.) Moore also believes in a theonomy which posits that Biblical Law is applicable to civil law, and theonomists propose Biblical law as the standard by which the laws of nations may be measured, and to which they ought to be conformed. In other words, Old Testament (OT) Mosaic Law, other than a few dietary laws, rules the land. https://newswithviews.com/why-president-trump-endorsed-luther-strange/  ( Although he is but one voice among 542 in Congress  but the whole charismatic movement, including  the papacy are Dominionists. Recall Tony Palmer, 2014 Evangelical and Charismatic convention led by Kenneth Copeland in US saying to them that the protest is over since 1999.  Since the protest is over there cannot be a Protestant Church.  The pope was on the screen by telecast speaking to them and the world. ) Reality of American Christianity


While most Religious Right leaders eventually rallied around Donald Trump’s candidacy, his earliest Amen Corner was heavy with the self-proclaimed apostles and prophets from the Dominionist Pentecostal wing of American Christianity who declared Trump anointed by God. As Trump prepares to take office, many of the same people came to Washington, D.C., last week to launch “POTUS Shield,” a movement designed in part to “discern, declare, and decree the strategies of the Lord for our nation, with a special sensitivity to the three branches of the United States government.” (Trump’s  religious Advisors  are  largely from the charismatic movement in advising on  renewing America’ Covenant with God,) The Shield designed to do: to discern, declare and decree the strategies of the Lord for our nation with a special sensitivity to three branches of US govt. State Congress  writes the law, Supreme Court interprets and the White House  executes it.) (When the leading churches of the United States, uniting upon such points of doctrine as are held by them in common, shall influence the state to enforce their decrees and to sustain their institutions, then Protestant America will have formed an image of the Roman hierarchy, and the infliction of civil penalties upon dissenters will inevitably result. {GC 445.1}) ( Are the leading  churches  in America not now uniting  and in togetherness on October, 31, 2017, as in the last days  And persecution will come upon true Protestants who will be proclaiming the third angel’s message to the world..

(More updates will be discussed later as news come to hand for this month.) Catholic Church to Tackle ‘Fake News’


(This is one of the most daring (unchallenged) pronouncements by papacy is to sanction anything to be disseminated for the knowledge of the public on the pretext of curbing terrorism. The other measures of curbing terrorism  are mild compared with this in violating the freedom of the press and let the truth set us free. The word of God is the absolute truth but not that of mortal man.)

Pope Francis wants the Catholic Church to tackle ‘fake news’…The World Day of Social communications actually was established in 1963, by the Vatican Council II.. It’s celebrated on the Sunday preceding Pentecost, which next year will be May 13…Decades before the internet arrived in people’s everyday lives, the pontiff wrote that the Church, “truly and intimately linked with mankind and its history,” wants to draw attention to the “vast and complex phenomenon of the modem means of social communication, such as the press, motion pictures, radio and television, which form one of the most characteristic notes of modern civilization.”…For the next World Day of Social Communications, Pope Francis wants the Catholic Church to make a contribution to the mounting issue of "fake news," in part by seeking to promote "professional journalism which always seeks the truth, and therefore a journalism of peace that promotes understanding between people.” As usual, the actual theme includes a Biblical quote: “‘The truth will set you free.’ Fake news and journalism for peace…” Basis for Pope’s on Fake News  Curb

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eItvcpiwpWE – (2:30 )Putin says: ‘Pope Francis Is Not A Man Of God’ | Must-See !!, Wiki Tube, published on Aug 3, 2017

President Putin has slammed Pope Francis for “pushing a political ideology instead of running a church”, and warned that the leader of the Catholic Church “is not a man of God, at least not a Christian God, not a God of the Bible.” He is pushing his far left political ideology on vulnerable people around the world , people who trust him because of his position. He dreams of the world government and a global communist system of repression  as we have seen before in communist States. This system is not compatible with Christianity  and the pope is getting more brazen this year in pushing the global agenda and calling on central bank and financial authority , and more recently advising the American on the need to be ruled by a world government  as soon as possible for their own good. He also called for Europe to be one country under one government. He also wants a one child policy and said the having a personal relationship with Jesus is dangerous and harmful.  Putin is wise  to Francis ruse and has called him out on it. It is time for world leaders to tell the pope to stay in his own lane.(Why can’t the apostate Protestants signing the Confession  of their own volition wake up before it is too late , like Judas?)

Will this be one of those news that will be classified as fake news by the Catholic Church and all the internet giants who have agreed to work with him?

God  is in charge and is able to use any person to meet His divine purpose for the best outcome for all His creation and in fulfilling the plan of salvation for mankind. Support of Rules-based, Open World Order

(http://www.straitstimes.com/world/vivian-makes-case-for-rules-based-open-world-order – Singapore Foreign  Affairs Minister ( Dr. Vivian Balakrishnan) says this  (Rules-based, Open World Order ) is key for stable and peaceful world, and essential for small states, by  Nirmal Ghosh, US Bureau Chief In New York. Published Sep 28, 2017, 5:00 am SGT)

The excerpts below are from the Singapore newspaper, The Straits Times, for your personal discernment.

“Singapore believes a rules-based multilateral order, an open global architecture and inclusive economic growth are key for a stable and peaceful world, Foreign Minister Vivian Balakrishnan told Singapore media as he wrapped up a busy week in New York on Tuesday.

A rules-based, multilateral world order was particularly essential to give small states like Singapore a sense of predictability, security and a chance to secure peace and advance the interests of their citizens, Dr Balakrishnan said, elaborating on one of the three points he had stressed in his speech to the United Nations General Assembly

The minister said he also argued the case for an open global architecture where "all states would have a chance to cooperate, to collaborate, to pursue issues of common interest in a win-win collaboration". The alternative model would be a world divided into rival blocs, zero-sum games and proxy wars.

“"The point here was to argue and to make, hopefully, a persuasive case that the world will be safer, more prosperous and more peaceful if we had an open global architecture," he told Singapore media.”

… "Now, primarily because of the digital revolution and because of perceived fears for middle-class jobs and middle-class wages, that consensus is fraying," he said.

That is why, he added, at a domestic level, every country has to sort out its own economic strategy, social security, social safety nets and ensure no one gets left behind.

“.. In his speech last week, Dr Balakrishnan noted the threat of extremism and terrorism.

"There are also areas of what I would say are unconventional threats in cyberspace, threats of self-radicalisation, hate messaging and its ability to influence people who would not otherwise have been exposed to such messages or to even embark on such violent causes," he said on Tuesday.

.. Dr Balakrishnan had more than a dozen bilateral meetings, plus Asean and regional meetings, including with Pacific island states and Caribbean countries. The Forum of Small States, which was founded by Singapore and now has 107 UN member-states, celebrated its 25th anniversary.

He also convened the annual meeting of the Global Governance Group of 30 medium-sized to small countries, which engages with the Group of 20 nations regularly.” ( Rev 13:3,4  is being fulfilled.)

See  “Singapore Minister Foreign Affairs Vivian Balakrishnan Speech to UN General Assembly Sept 23,2017” at http://www.dofaq.com/sg/vivian-balakrishnan Fake News Proper Perspective

http://www.straitstimes.com/singapore/vivian-balakrishnan-calls-out-fake-news-that-says-he-collapsed-at-un-summit  - Vivian Balakrishnan calls out fake news that says he collapsed at UN summit by Lydia Lam. Published Sep 23, 2017,

Foreign Minister Vivian Balakrishnan on Saturday (Sept 23) shot down a fake news article that reported he had collapsed at the ongoing United Nations summit by posting a Facebook message saying he was "fine" in New York.

News site glonews360.com had published an online article headlined: "Breaking: Singapore's Minister of Foreign Affairs collapses, UN Summit 2017 cut short".

It said that he collapsed suddenly, a few minutes after a meeting commenced, and excused himself.

The false article also claimed that UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres said Dr Balakrishnan was "in a critical condition".

Dr Balakrishnan took to Facebook to refute the fake news.

"I am fine in New York and looking forward to delivering my speech at the UN later today," he wrote. "Thank you all for your concern."

(This strange (providential) incident on fake news is being dealt with in the right way, as an example to the pope and the world leaders gathered at the UN General Assembly, in upholding truth by openly challenging and refuting the nature of the fake news to exposeg the lie and counterfeit, instead of just by censorship or silence.) UK Anti-Extremism Commission

 Britain Forges Ahead With Anti-Extremism Commission…Prime Minister Theresa May announced the plan earlier this year, but Christians and others are concerned about how the effort will affect their own civil liberties…When she was home secretary, Theresa May strongly supported the introduction of Prevent, stating, “This strategy aims to tackle the whole spectrum of extremism, violent and nonviolent, ideological and non-ideological.” The Crown Prosecution Service defines hate crime as: “Any criminal offense which is perceived by the victim or any other person to be motivated by hostility or prejudice based on a person's race or perceived race; religion or perceived religion; sexual orientation or perceived sexual orientation; disability or perceived disability and any crime motivated by hostility or prejudice against a person who is transgender or perceived to be transgender.”

Pope Francis: ‘The Mental Structure Of Fundamentalists Is Violence In The Name Of God’…A fundamentalist group, even if it kills no one, even if it strikes no one, is violent. The mental structure of fundamentalism is violence in the name of God. http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2014/06/14/pope-francis-fundamentalists_n_5493045.html Cutting Internet for Terrorism Prevention

Is Trump right about cutting off the Internet to prevent terror attacks? Jihadist propaganda, along with neo-Nazi propaganda and other forms of extremist material, are harder to remove from the Internet because the line between acceptable free speech -- protected in the United States by the First Amendment -- and objectionable content is much fuzzier than is the case of child porn. http://edition.cnn.com/2017/09/15/opinions/trump-tweets-on-terror-internet-london-bergen/index.htmlhttps://www.cnet.com/news/president-donald-trump-internet-cut-off-for-terrorists/ Look to Christ and Live

The current events in parallel with Christ at the last supper (serving the new testament blood) said  I am going to be crucified adding that the betrayer is at the table . All the disciples asked “Lord is it I?”.  This is our self- searching question “Am I going to be the betrayer? “ Judas did partake of the blood, and ate with Jesus.   We should not be asking anything concerning spouse or children. We can be self- deceived because we are eating from Babylon’s table. Judas asked the same questions. And Jesus says “Thou saith it.” Meaning that God will show us who is going to be the betrayer. If we are not careful we will be the betrayer. He is asking us to first see your needs to change and Jesus will say,“You need to come to Me I will give you the power to change it. Acknowledge it, come to me daily, I will give you the power to change.”

Jesus gave Judas more than one evidence ( in saying there is a betrayer eating with Him). He also said the one who dips with me he shall be the betrayer and Jesus dipped and handed it to Judas, This is the second evidence,  as the mouth of two establishes the word . When Judas left the upper room it was night  and the evil spirit entered into him. When we leave the mountain top experience will it be night for us. Will you be walking away with the devil in your heart still as you brought it or will you leave with the true spirit of God.  The choice is up to you. Some won’t betray, but others like Peter will deny Him. Both will cause you to be lost. At Gethsemane, Jesus understood that our flesh is weak but the spirit is willing. He told the three disciples of the dangers but showed them how to escape and to fix it. “Come to me in Gethsemane. Watch and pray see what your sins do to me. Look to me and love me and you will learn to hate sin.  Gradually we will be able to change our bad character as we surrender all  to Jesus in order to be saved  from ourselves (of self-deception), our greatest enemy.

For our preparation in being right with God (and with men) from here until the second coming of Christ  we need to grasp the significance of what Jesus teaches and  emphasized on the necessity of being prepared for His second coming.  And that we should be prepared at all times in the event our death precedes this coming as we awaits being awakened at the trump of His Second Coming.

5.5.3 Doctrine of the Last Things

(Article  from:-:Fundamental Beliefs NUMBER 25-  Balancing personal and collective dimensions of last-day events, “When You These Things . . .” By *Marcos Blanco , Adventist World | September 2017

*Marcos Blanco serves as the editor in chief of the South American Spanish Publishing House (ACES) and lives with his family in Buenos Aires, Argentina. He is finishing a Ph.D. in Systematic Theology)

Doctrine of the Last Things is the last of six divisions of the SDA 28 Fundamental Beliefs. In this division is five topics (numbered 24-28) and number 25 is “The Second Coming of Christ” , pp 371-386 (summarized below)

Prophecy reveals that the end-time remnant would be raised in a specific time of history (which is after the great disappointment of October 22, 1844. ( Rev 10: 7-11)) The second coming of Christ is the blessed hope of the( remnant) church, the grand climax of the gospel. The Savior’s coming will be literal, personal, visible, and worldwide. When He returns, the righteous dead will be resurrected, and together with the righteous living will be glorified and taken to heaven, but the unrighteous will die. The almost complete fulfillment of most lines of prophecy, together with the present condition of the world, indicates that Christ’s coming is near. The time of that event has not been revealed, and we are therefore exhorted to be ready at all times. (Matt. 24; Mark 13; Luke 21; John 14:1-3; Acts 1:9-11; 1 Cor. 15:51-54; 1 Thess. 4:13-18; 5:1-6; 2 Thess. 1:7-10; 2:8; 2 Tim. 3:1-5; Titus 2:13; Heb. 9:28; Rev. 1:7; 14:14-20; 19:11-21.)

( Signs in the Religious World  (SDA Fundamental Belief No. 25, pp  380-384)

Scripture predicts that a number of significant signs in the religious world will mark the time just preceding Christ's return. Here are some of them:

Skip 1. A Great Religious Awakening; 2. Preaching of the Gospel; 3. Religious Decline;

4. A Resurgence of the Papacy. According to Biblical prophecy, at the end of the 1260 years the papacy would receive "a deadly wound" but it would not die (see chapter 12 of this book). Scripture reveals that this deadly wound would heal. The papacy would experience a great renewal of influence and respect—"all the world marveled and followed the beast" (Rev. 13:3). Already today many view the pope as the moral leader of the world.

To a large extent, the papacy's rising influence has come as Christians have substituted traditions, human standards, and science for the authority of the Bible. In doing so, they have become vulnerable to "the lawless one," who works "with all power, signs, and lying wonders" (2 Thess. 2:9).

Satan and his instruments will bring about a confederation of evil, symbolized by the unholy trinity of the dragon, the beast, and the false prophet, that will deceive the world (Rev. 16:13, 14; cf. 13:13, 14). Only those whose guide is the Bible and who "keep the commandments of God and the faith of Jesus" (Rev. 14:12) can successfully resist the overwhelming deception this confederation brings.

5. Decline of Religious Freedom. The revival of the papacy will affect Christianity dramatically. The religious liberty obtained at great cost, guaranteed by the separation between church and state, will erode and finally be abolished. With the support of powerful civil governments, this apostate power will attempt to force its form of worship on all people. Everyone will have to choose between loyalty to God and His commandments and loyalty to the beast and his image (Rev. 14:6-12).

The pressure to conform will include economic coercion: "No one may buy or sell except one who has the mark or the name of the beast, or the number of his name" (Rev. 13:17). Eventually those who refuse to go along will face a death penalty (Rev. 13:15). During this final time of trouble God will intervene for His people and deliver everyone whose name is written in the book of life (Dan. 12:1; cf. Rev. 3:5; 20:15). Increase of Wickedness

The spiritual decline within Christianity and the revival of the man of lawlessness have led to a growing neglect of God's law in the church and in the lives of believers. Many have come to believe that Christ has abolished the law and that Christians are no longer obliged to observe it. This disregard of God's law has led to an increase in crime and immoral behavior.

1. Surge in World Crime. The disrespect for God's law current within much of Christianity has contributed to modern society's contempt for law and order. Throughout the world, crime is skyrocketing out of control. A report filed by correspondents from several world capitals stated: "Just as in the United States, crime is on the rise in almost every country around the world." "From London to Moscow to Johannesburg, crime is fast becoming a major menace that is changing the way in which many people live."15

2. Sexual Revolution. Disregard for God's law has also broken down the restraints of modesty and purity, resulting in a surge of immorality. Today sex is idolized and marketed through films, television, video, songs, magazines, and advertisements.

The sexual revolution has resulted in the shocking rise of the rate of divorce, aberrations like "open marriage" or mate swapping, the sexual abuse of children, an appalling number of abortions, widespread homosexuality and lesbianism, an epidemic of venereal diseases, and the recently surfaced AIDS (acquired immune deficiency syndrome).( See D13, Discovering Sodom and Gomorrah, par 4.5.2The LGBT Influence; The Rainbow Flag Gay Movement; The Modern Day Sodom; Rewrite Bible Removing “Clobber” Texts; 4.5.3 End-time Significance of Sodom and Gomorrah; at http://www.discoverylifediy.com/ ) Wars and Calamities

Before His return, Jesus said, "'Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. And there will be great earthquakes in various places, and famines and pestilences; and there will be fearful sights and great signs from heaven'" (Luke 21:10, 11; cf. Mark 13:7, 8; Matt. 24:7). As the end draws near and the conflict between the satanic and divine forces intensifies, these calamities will also intensify in severity and frequency, and find an unprecedented fulfillment in our time… Wars, Natural disasters and Famines are briefly outlined.) Be Ready at All Times

The Bible repeatedly assures us that Jesus will return. No one knows for sure when. Jesus Himself declared, "'Of that day and hour no one knows, no, not even the angels of heaven, but My Father only'" (Matt. 24:36).

We are a heartbeat away from the Second Coming, since all of us may pass away suddenly. The next time we open our eyes we hope will be at the Second Coming.”

The prophetic times we are living in do not matter that much; rather that we need to be personally prepared for our death. This argument, however, fails to differentiate two different perspectives of anticipating last days events. Scholars have long recognized that eschatology—the doctrine of the last things—involves two main dimensions: individual and cosmic. Let’s review both of them, focusing particularly on the relevance of cosmic eschatology. Individual Eschatology

Individual eschatology refers to the destiny of individual believers after death. Jesus not only compared the intermediate state between an individual’s death and resurrection morning to an unconscious sleep (John 11:11, 14), but He also emphasized that both those who are believers and those who are wicked will receive their reward after resurrection (John 5:28, 29; Matt. 25:46; cf. Luke 14:14).

(The State of the Dead is one of the pillars of SDA faith which will be reviewed in the next section, par 5.5.4)

Christ explained, however, that our final destiny after resurrection is being decided while we are still living here on earth. He highlighted the necessity of being prepared for death, since our eternal destiny depends on this preparation.

Jesus told a parable about a rich man whose main concern was to figure out how to store his crops so he could live a carefree life later. “But God said to him, ‘You fool! This very night your life will be demanded from you. Then who will get what you have prepared for yourself?’ ” (Luke 12:20, NIV).

According to Jesus, then, we must be prepared for a sudden end of our existence, since eternal life depends on the decisions we make here, and the priorities we have set in our daily living. The focus of this passage is on the personal timing—with no reference to the historical timing of cosmic events.

Jesus, however, also referred to a second sphere: cosmic eschatology. Cosmic Eschatology

Jesus’ best-known reference to cosmic eschatology is found in His discourse on the Mount of Olives (Matt. 24; Mark 13; Luke 21). This sermon focusing on last things came in response to the disciples’ question about the signs of the time of the end. Jesus’ sermon covers the uninterrupted, historical continuous from His days until the Second Coming and beyond.

Among the Gospels, the Gospel of Luke places more emphasis on this historical unfolding of last days prophecies. For example, Jesus mentions that the “abomination of desolation” would be fulfilled in the historical siege of Jerusalem by military forces (Luke 21:20) and that it would be followed by “the times of the Gentiles” (verse 24), characterized by distressful times for God’s people. Immediately after that, Luke lists the cosmic signs that preannounce Christ’s second coming (verses 25-28). It seems clear that Luke focuses on the historical course of last days prophecies.

In the context of this historical unfolding of these prophecies, Jesus emphasized the necessity of being prepared for His second coming—a real, literal, historical event in the end-time. What is more, Christ compares the unexpectedness of the Second Coming to the Flood, which found people unprepared (Matt. 24:37-39).

Since no one knows the day and hour of His second coming (verse 36), the right attitude for believers is to “take heed, watch and pray” (Mark 13:33). Jesus’ second appearing, however, cannot happen at any given moment, because Jesus emphasized that some prophecies must be first fulfilled, such as the coming of the “abomination of desolation” (Matt. 24:15), the “great tribulation” (verse 21), the preaching of the gospel to all the world; “then the end will come” (verse 14).

Christ’s main concern in this discourse was to sketch a rough divine schedule for end-time prophecies, so that people living at the end of time can be prepared for this climactic event. In reality, the preparedness for a person’s death is different from the preparedness for the Second Coming. While the former can happen at any moment— regardless of the historical time or the prophetic schedule—the latter, although unexpected, will happen only after some historical prophecies are fulfilled ( which we have been discussing earlier ). Why Cosmic Eschatology Matters

“If, as believers, we must be daily prepared for an unexpected death, which can happen at any time,” some may say, “why should we be worried about cosmic eschatology? After all, if we are ready to die, we are also ready for the Second Coming.”

First, it’s important to remember that Christ Himself distinguished both kinds of readiness. Judging by the number of times He repeated the need to be prepared for the Second Coming, He highlighted the preparation for the cosmic event in contrast to the individual one. Identity and Mission of  End-time Remnant

Besides, cosmic eschatology is closely linked to our identity and mission as God’s end-time remnant. Prophecy reveals that the end-time remnant would be raised in a specific time of history—after the end of the persecution of the saints by the little horn (Dan. 7; 8) and just before the Second Coming—to proclaim the closeness of the hour of God’s judgment (Rev. 14:7) and the imminence of the very end of time. Therefore, the three angels’ messages of Revelation 14 constitute the very mission of the end-time remnant.

The core of this message is God’s last call to be ready for Jesus’ second coming. In other words, cosmic eschatology tells us who we are, in which moment of salvation history we are living, and what our mission is in the context of the great controversy between Christ and Satan.

We must be ready for both an imminent death and an imminent Second Coming. Our eternal destiny is closely linked to individual eschatology, but also to cosmic eschatology. If we fail to see the latter, we will lose our identity and mission as well. (Thus we must exercise our faith in actively  sharing with God’s people  to come out of spiritual Babylon which is God’s last warning to the world  before the cosmic close of probation.) Be Faithful  Protestants  for Christ (https://www.absg.adventist.org/Teachers.htm )

(Five hundred years ago, Martin Luther posted his 95 Theses—and the world has never been the same since. But what has not changed is the Word of God and the truths in the Word that gave Luther the theological foundation to challenge Rome. Central to that foundation is our study for this quarter: the book of Romans, where Luther found the great truth of “justification by faith” alone.

It was in regard to this truth, too, that Luther—defying the powers and principalities of the world and of the Roman hierarchy—appeared before the Diet of Worms, in 1521, and declared: “I cannot and will not retract, for it is unsafe for a Christian to speak against his conscience. . . . Here I stand, I can do no other.”

And today faithful Protestants also can do nothing either than stand on the Word of God over and against all unbiblical traditions and dogma. ( We are to proclaim the third angel’s message (Rev 14:9-12) to the world which is our final mission on earth.)

No question that Christianity has greatly advanced since Luther, freeing itself from centuries of superstition and false doctrine that not only distorted the gospel but, in fact, also usurped it.

Today, however, in an age of ecumenism and pluralism, many of the distinctive truths that spurred the Reformation have become blurred, covered up under a fusillade of semantic chicanery that seeks to hide fundamental differences that have been resolved no more now than they were in Luther’s day. The prophecies of Daniel 7:23-25, 8:9-12, and Revelation 13, 14, as well as the great news of salvation by faith as found in the book of Romans show why those faithful to the Bible must firmly adhere to the truths that our Protestant forefathers defended, even at the cost of their lives.

As Seventh-day Adventists, we rest upon the principle of sola scriptura, Scripture alone ( From the inspired word of God, we will begin to understand the evidences in nature through the discovery in science  and our personal experience of the blessing we have received); hence, we adamantly reject all attempts to draw Christians back to Rome and to pre-Reformation faith. On the contrary, Scripture points us in the opposite direction (Rev. 18:4), and in that direction we proceed as we proclaim “the everlasting gospel” (Rev. 14:6) to the world, the same everlasting gospel that inspired Luther 500 years ago.) 

....(To be continued by next week as part of my preparation has been erased unknowingly.. Please pray for me and the message that are needful for the saving of our souls. This prayer was answered. Praise the Lord.)


Wp 5.5.4  Justification by Faith

Continuing from par Be Faithful  Protestants  for Christ

Contents added on Oct 16, 2017

5.5.4 Justification by Faith; Tribute to Martin Luther’s Protestant Reformation; Luther Before the Diet of Worms 1521; The Edict of Worms 1521; Luther Bold Acceptance; The Prosecutor Case; The Reformation is God’s Work; Awakening of the People; Luther at the Council; The Prosecutor’s Two Direct Demands; Luther’s Preparation; Luther’s Final Answer; Answer Repeated in Latin on Request; Second Time Refusal to Recant; Lesson on Clinging to Custom and Tradition; Luther Maintained His Integrity; Commanded to Return Home; New Edict of Condemnation; Kidnapped and Imprisoned in Warburg; Translation of New Testament in German; Preservation From Pride and Self- Confidence5.5.4.3 Understanding of the Truth; Perspective on Righteousness by Faith; Six Unique Pillars of SDA Faith; Unbelief- Doubting God’s Word; Second Coming Doctrine; State of the Dead Doctrine; Sanctuary Doctrine; Promise of Justification; Sanctification Doctrine; Sabbath Doctrine; Spirit of prophecy Doctrine; The Core of SDA Faith- Righteousness by Faith;  …. To be continued.  

Video to watch:

  1.  (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LTSyTDC2Oo8  (32:06)- Peter Gregory _ The Pillars Of Our Faith _ Part I Published on Mar 23, 2015) Elder Peter Gregory gave a sermon series at the Loma Linda Chinese Seventh-day Adventist Church on March 20 and March 21. The theme of the seminar was ‘Pillars Of Our Faith’. This is Part I in a series of three parts.)
  2. (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Jtc_txPCv7w – (31:38) Peter Gregory _ The Pillars Of Our Faith _ Part II Published on Mar 24, 2015. This is Part II of the second sermon in the series presented at 3 PM on March 21, 2015 entitled ‘Pillars Of Our Faith’)
  3. (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QxiADL3T8Co – ((47:13) Peter Gregory_ Decoding Core of Our Faith Published on Mar 24, 2015. This is the third sermon in the series presented at 4:30 PM on March 21, 2015 entitled ‘Decoding Core Of Our Faith)
  4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=of9M2MVMrVA – (12:00) Spoken Like A Serpent - By Professor Walter Julius Veith, published on Mar 21, 2017


 5.5.4 Justification by Faith

Justification by Faith is a reminder of Dr. Martin Luther stand on the truth in the gospel of Christ.  It is made up of a small tribute to him based on some documented information and on the writing of Ellen White. In the main, this small tribulation to Martin Luther in the month of October, 2017, is a good introduction to motivate us to want to “be ready always to give an answer to every man that asketh you a reason of the hope that is in you with meekness and fear” as a manifestation of the sanctification of the Lord God in your hearts. (1 Pet 3:15) Tribute to Martin Luther’s Protestant Reformation

The Protestant world is getting ready to celebrate the 500th year anniversary of Protestant Reformation with a collective Confession of Faith. In announcing this new faith, Kevin Vanhoozer (key architect) says, “A confession of faith is a very Protestant document. It’s a way of articulating what together we believe. We confess as a body, “These are the truths that guide our lives. These are the truths in which we set our hopes.” We need to consider whether this action is aligned with the main basis in apostle Paul impassioned plea to the Galatians on the folly of following the old traditional ways of the Judaizes. This was the another gospel that Paul was referring to in Galatian 1:6-9 introducing the one heresy/controversy, if had Paul not resolved, could have destroyed the early church (in Rome) in its infancy .

This is the tribute (some compiled excerpts) to Martin Luther’s Protestant Reformation to remind the reforming Catholic confession Protestants to discern why they are turning away from Luther and denouncing  genuine Protestantism when the reformation is the work of God (see par The Reformation is God’s Work .

One of the key books from which the Reformation arose was Galatians. (Of the biblical books which make up Luther’s “canon within the canon,” however, it was Galatians to which he continually returned, publishing more on this one text than on all the rest combined.

Luther’s reading of Galatians has proven enormously influential—indeed, it is probably not much of an overstatement to suggest no other reading has loomed larger over the text in the modern world, at least within Protestantism. (http://www.academia.edu/7895640/Martin_Luther_on_Galatians)

(After all his years Luther clearly favored his writing on Galatians above all else. I am sure he would have instantly agreed to the burning of all his books if he might keep his work on Galatians. It is here where you find Luther's views in the doctrine of salvation by faith, apart from works. One can't understand Luther at all without reading it. Anyone who has read it will understand why. I challenge anyone interested in Luther to read his work on Galatians in order to begin to understand him.- https://christianity.stackexchange.com/questions/8742/when-and-how-did-martin-luther-arrive-at-the-justification-by-faith )

What is it about Galatians that has made it such a backbone of the Protestant Reformation? In Galatians, Paul tackles issues such as freedom, the role of the law in salvation, our condition in Christ, and the nature of the Spirit-led life, as well as the age-old question, How can sinful humans be made right before a holy and just God?

This letter stirred the fires of the Protestant Reformation; Martin Luther said, "the little book of Galatians is my letter; I have betrothed myself to it; it is my wife."

The books of Galatians and Romans are the clearest expressions of the new covenant of salvation by grace alone, through faith alone in Christ alone! Galatians has been called "The Magna Carta of Christian Liberty."

Of course, other books, such as Romans, address some of these same questions, but Galatians is different. Not only is it more succinct, but its rich themes are written in a powerfully personal and impassioned pastoral tone that can’t help but touch hearts open to the Spirit of God, even today.

Many scholars believe that Galatians may be the earliest of Paul’s letters. It was written in A.D. 49, shortly after the famous Jerusalem Council (Acts 15). Therefore, the book may be the oldest Christian document known. As Acts and Galatians make clear, the early church found itself in a fierce battle over the nature of salvation, especially in the case of Gentiles. According to a group of Jewish believers, known as Judaizers, belief in Jesus alone was not good enough for Gentiles. Gentiles must also be circumcised and follow the laws of Moses (Acts 15:1).

Recognizing that this false gospel of salvation by faith and works threatened to undermine the work of Christ, Paul wrote the Galatians an impassioned defense of the gospel. In the strongest of words, he identified this false teaching for what it really was—legalism, pure and simple. (If Paul had not arrested the heresy as it arose in the Church of Galatia in A.D 49, by the grace of God, Christianity will be subsumed under Judaism. The Book of Romans (A.D. 57) further expanded on the plan of salvation and in particular that “a man is justified by faith without the deeds of the law (Rom 3:28). The book has an evangelistic function and is also designed to meet the needs of the Roman church congregation of Jews and Gentiles to remain united in Christ. Highlights from the book of Romans will be discussed later..)  

(Luther while believing in God and having some faith in Christ struggled with Romans 1:17 before his 'confidence burst' and his faith began to possess him more violently. This is why Romans 1:17 is brought up in his recollections but actually plays little part in his explaining his actual beliefs later on. This he did, regarding justification by faith, most fully in his lectures on Galatians, although Romans as a whole still held an important place as well.

His experience or turning point in breaking through on his understanding of Romans 1:17 is referred to as his 'Tower Experience' because it occurred in the tower of the Black Cloister in Wittenberg (later Luther’s home) at an undetermined date between 1508 and 1518…

Luther first lectured on Romans at around the year 1516, he also lectured a preliminary version of Galatians and Hebrews shortly after this time. However, he did not lecture on Galatians, formally, in the format in which they were published, until around 1531. It took around 16 years for his faith to really explode in the form of Galatians, long after he had kicked the hornets nest in Rome…

The truth is although Romans was the place where he made his initial breakthrough it was not the place where his faith finally rested on. For this we must turn to Galatians.  In fact Luther hardly has any comments at all under Chapter 1:7 in his works on Romans, but in every verse of Galatians, Luther uses as one more opportunity to pound and pound away at the doctrine that changed his life forever. No bible commentary on any book in the Bible since can pretend in any way to have had the same impact on the world. - https://christianity.stackexchange.com/questions/8742/when-and-how-did-martin-luther-arrive-at-the-justification-by-faith )

This small tribute to Martin Luther parallels Paul pleading with the Galatians to remain true to Jesus. It also gives us a chance to reflect on our own understanding of the truths that opened the way for Martin Luther’s ultimate break with Rome and the restoration of the biblical gospel.

The tribute to Luther contribution to upholding the Protestant Reformation is aptly expressed  by Ellen White in “The Great Controversy”, Chapter 8 – “Luther Before the Diet” pp 146-170. Luther Before the Diet of Worms 1521 {GC, 146-170}

This is a condensed  version of Luther stand for the cause of Christ in upholding the Protestant Reformation movement  by providing excerpts scanned from Chapter 8 – “Luther Before the Diet”, (with minor clarifications in parenthesis).

(This introduction is from  http://www.history.com/this-day-in-history/luther-defiant-at-diet-of-worms  -This Day in History: April, 18.

“Martin Luther, the chief catalyst of Protestantism, defies the Holy Roman Emperor Charles V (of Germany) by refusing to recant his writings. He had been called to Worms, Germany, to appear before the Diet (assembly) of the Holy Roman Empire and answer charges of heresy.

Martin Luther was a professor of biblical interpretation at the University of Wittenberg in Germany. In 1517, he (age 33) drew up his 95 theses condemning the Catholic Church for its corrupt practice of selling “indulgences,” or forgiveness of sins. Luther followed up the revolutionary work with equally controversial and groundbreaking theological works, and his fiery words set off religious reformers across Europe. (The pope excommunicated him, and in 1521), he was called to appear before the emperor at the Diet of Worms to defend his beliefs. Refusing to recant or rescind his positions, Luther was declared an outlaw and a heretic. Powerful German princes protected him, however, and by his death in 1546 his ideas had significantly altered the course of Western thought.”) The Edict of Worms 1521

(The Diet of Worms 1521 (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diet_of_Worms )was an imperial diet (assembly) of the Holy Roman Empire held at the Heylshof Garden in Worms, then an Imperial Free City of the Empire. An imperial diet was a formal deliberative assembly of the whole Empire. This one is most memorable for the Edict of Worms, which addressed Martin Luther and the effects of the Protestant Reformation. It was conducted from 28 January to 26 May 1521, with the Emperor Charles V presiding.)

A new emperor, Charles V, had ascended the throne of Germany, and the emissaries of Rome hastened to present their congratulations and induce the monarch to employ his power against the Reformation. ..The papists would be satisfied with nothing short of an imperial edict sentencing Luther to death. The elector (of Saxony)had declared firmly that "neither his imperial majesty nor any other person had shown that Luther's writings had been refuted;" therefore he requested "that Dr. Luther should be furnished with a safe-conduct, so that he might appear before a tribunal of learned, pious, and impartial judges."--D'Aubigne, b. 6, ch. 11.  {GC 145.1} 

The attention of all parties was now directed to the assembly of the German states which convened at Worms soon after the accession of Charles to the empire. ..{GC 145.2} Luther Bold Acceptance

Luther was anxious to appear before the emperor. His health was at this time much impaired; yet he wrote to the elector: "If I cannot go to Worms in good health, I will be carried there, sick as I am. For if the emperor calls me, I cannot doubt that it is the call of God Himself. If they desire to use violence against me, and that is very probable (for it is not for their instruction that they order me to appear), I place the matter in the Lord's hands. He still lives and reigns who preserved the three young men in the burning fiery furnace. If He will not save me, my life is of little consequence. Let us only prevent the gospel from being exposed to the scorn of the wicked, and let us shed our blood for it, for fear they should triumph. It is not for me to decide whether my life or my death will contribute most to the salvation of all. . . . You may expect everything from me. . . except flight and recantation. Fly I cannot, and still less retract."--Ibid., b. 7, ch. 1.  {GC 146.1} The Prosecutor Case

... Aleander, the papal legate to whom the case had been specially entrusted, was alarmed and enraged. He saw that the result would be disastrous to the papal cause. To institute inquiry into a case in which the pope had already pronounced sentence of condemnation would be to cast contempt upon the authority of the sovereign pontiff. ..{GC 146.2} 

.. With all the power of learning and eloquence, Aleander set himself to overthrow the truth. Charge after charge he hurled against Luther as an enemy of the church and the state, the living and the dead, clergy and laity, councils and private Christians. "In Luther's errors there is enough," he declared, to warrant the burning of "a hundred thousand heretics."  {GC 148.1} 

In conclusion he endeavored to cast contempt upon the adherents of the reformed faith: "What are all these Lutherans? A crew of insolent pedagogues, corrupt priests, dissolute monks, ignorant lawyers, and degraded nobles, with the common people whom they have misled and perverted. How far superior to them is the Catholic party in number, ability, and power! A unanimous decree from this illustrious assembly will enlighten the simple, warn the imprudent, decide the waverers, and give strength to the weak." --D'Aubigne, b. 7, ch. 3.  {GC 148.2} The Reformation is God’s Work   

.. The Reformation did not, as many suppose, end with Luther. It is to be continued to the close of this world's history. Luther had a great work to do in reflecting to others the light which God had permitted to shine upon him; yet he did not receive all the light which was to be given to the world. From that time to this, new light has been continually shining upon the Scriptures, and new truths have been constantly unfolding.  {GC 148.4} 

.. While most of the members of the Diet would not have hesitated to yield up Luther to the vengeance of Rome, many of them saw and deplored the existing depravity in the church, and desired a suppression of the abuses suffered by the German people in consequence of the corruption and greed of the hierarchy. The legate had presented the papal rule in the most favorable light. Now the Lord moved upon a member of the Diet to give a true delineation of the effects of papal tyranny. With noble firmness, Duke George of Saxony stood up in that princely assembly and specified with terrible exactness the deceptions and abominations of popery, and their dire results. In closing he said:  {GC 149.2} 

"These are some of the abuses that cry out against Rome. All shame has been put aside, and their only object is . . . money, money, money, . . . so that the preachers who should teach the truth, utter nothing but falsehoods, and are not only tolerated, but rewarded, because the greater their lies, the greater their gain. It is from this foul spring that such tainted waters flow. Debauchery stretches out the hand to avarice. . . . Alas, it is the scandal caused by the clergy that hurls so many poor souls into eternal condemnation. A general reform must be effected."--Ibid., b. 7, ch. 4.  {GC 149.3} 

A more able and forcible denunciation of the papal abuses could not have been presented by Luther himself; and the fact that the speaker was a determined enemy of the Reformer's gave greater influence to his words.  {GC 150.1} 

Had the eyes of the assembly been opened, they would have beheld angels of God in the midst of them, shedding beams of light athwart the darkness of error and opening minds and hearts to the reception of truth. It was the power of the God of truth and wisdom that controlled even the adversaries of the reformation, and thus prepared the way for the great work about to be accomplished. Martin Luther was not present; but the voice of One greater than Luther had been heard in that assembly.  {GC 150.2} Awakening of the People

.. The council now demanded the Reformer's appearance before them. Notwithstanding the entreaties, protests, and threats of Aleander, the emperor at last consented, and Luther was summoned to appear before the Diet. With the summons was issued a safe-conduct, ensuring his return to a place of security. These were borne to Wittenberg by a herald, who was commissioned to conduct him to Worms.  {GC 150.4} 

..  As the Reformer proceeded on his journey, he was everywhere regarded with great interest. An eager multitude thronged about him, and friendly voices warned him of the purpose of the Romanists. "They will burn you," said some, "and reduce your body to ashes, as they did with John Huss." Luther answered, "Though they should kindle a fire all the way from Worms to Wittenberg, the flames of which reached to heaven, I would walk through it in the name of the Lord; I would appear before them; I would enter the jaws of this behemoth, and break his teeth, confessing the Lord Jesus Christ."--Ibid., b. 7, ch. 7.  {GC 153.1} 

..  The news of his approach to Worms created great commotion. His friends trembled for his safety; his enemies feared for the success of their cause. Strenuous efforts were made to dissuade him from entering the city. At the instigation of the papists he was urged to repair to the castle of a friendly knight, where, it was declared, all difficulties could be amicably adjusted. Friends endeavored to excite his fears by describing the dangers that threatened him. All their efforts failed. Luther, still unshaken, declared: "Even should there be as many devils in Worms as tiles on the housetops, still I would enter it."--Ibid., b. 7, ch. 7.  {GC 153.2} 

.. Upon his arrival at Worms, a vast crowd flocked to the gates to welcome him. So great a concourse had not assembled to greet the emperor himself. The excitement was intense, and from the midst of the throng a shrill and plaintive voice chanted a funeral dirge as a warning to Luther of the fate that awaited him. "God will be my defense," said he, as he alighted from his carriage.  {GC 153.3} 

..All the city were eager to see this remarkable man, and a throng of visitors soon filled his lodgings. Luther had scarcely recovered from his recent illness; he was wearied from the journey, which had occupied two full weeks; he must prepare to meet the momentous events of the morrow, and he needed quiet and repose. But so great was the desire to see him that he had enjoyed only a few hours' rest when noblemen, knights, priests, and citizens gathered eagerly about him. Among these were many of the nobles who had so boldly demanded of the emperor a reform of ecclesiastical abuses and who, says Luther, "had all been freed by my gospel."--Martyn, page 393. Enemies, as well as friends, came to look upon the dauntless monk; but he received them with unshaken calmness, replying to all with dignity and wisdom. His bearing was firm and courageous. His pale, thin face, marked with the traces of toil and illness, wore a kindly and even joyous expression. The solemnity and deep earnestness of his words gave him a power that even his enemies could not wholly withstand. Both friends and foes were filled with wonder. Some were convinced that a divine influence attended him; others declared, as had the Pharisees concerning Christ: "He hath a devil."  {GC 154.1} Luther at the Council

On the following day Luther was summoned to attend the Diet. An imperial officer was appointed to conduct him to the hall of audience; yet it was with difficulty that he reached the place. Every avenue was crowded with spectators eager to look upon the monk who had dared resist the authority of the pope.  {GC 154.2} 

.. As he was about to enter the presence of his judges, an old general, the hero of many battles, said to him kindly: "Poor monk, poor monk, thou art now going to make a nobler stand than I or any other captains have ever made in the bloodiest of our battles. But if thy cause is just, and thou art sure of it, go forward in God's name, and fear nothing. God will not forsake thee."--D'Aubigne, b. 7, ch. 8.  {GC 154.3} 

.. At length Luther stood before the council. The emperor occupied the throne. He was surrounded by the most illustrious personages in the empire. Never had any man appeared in the presence of a more imposing assembly than that before which Martin Luther was to answer for his faith. "This appearance was of itself a signal victory over the papacy. The pope had condemned the man, and he was now standing before a tribunal which, by this very act, set itself above the pope. The pope had laid him under an interdict, and cut him off from all human society; and yet he was summoned in respectful language, and received before the most august assembly in the world. The pope had condemned him to perpetual silence, and he was now about to speak before thousands of attentive hearers drawn together from the farthest parts of Christendom. An immense revolution had thus been effected by Luther's instrumentality. Rome was already descending from her throne, and it was the voice of a monk that caused this humiliation."--Ibid., b. 7, ch. 8.  {GC 155.1} 

..  In the presence of that powerful and titled assembly the lowly born Reformer seemed awed and embarrassed. Several of the princes, observing his emotion, approached him, and one of them whispered: "Fear not them which kill the body, but are not able to kill the soul." Another said: "When ye shall be brought before governors and kings for My sake, it shall be given you, by the Spirit of your Father, what ye shall say." Thus the words of Christ were brought by the world's great men to strengthen His servant in the hour of trial.  {GC 155.2} The Prosecutor’s Two Direct Demands

Luther was conducted to a position directly in front of the emperor's throne. A deep silence fell upon the crowded assembly. Then an imperial officer arose and, pointing to a collection of Luther's writings, demanded that the Reformer answer two questions--whether he acknowledged them as his, and whether he proposed to retract the opinions which he had therein advanced. The titles of the books having been read, Luther replied that as to the first question, he acknowledged the books to be his. "As to the second," he said, "seeing that it is a question which concerns faith and the salvation of souls, and in which the word of God, the greatest and most precious treasure either in heaven or earth, is involved, I should act imprudently were I to reply without reflection. I might affirm less than the circumstance demands, or more than truth requires, and so sin against this saying of Christ: 'Whosoever shall deny Me before men, him will I also deny before My Father which is in heaven.' [Matthew 10:33.] For this reason I entreat your imperial majesty, with all humility, to allow me time, that I may answer without offending against the word of God."-- D'Aubigne, b. 7, ch. 8.  {GC 155.3} 

In making this request, Luther moved wisely. His course convinced the assembly that he did not act from passion or impulse. Such calmness and self-command, unexpected in one who had shown himself bold and uncompromising, added to his power, and enabled him afterward to answer with a prudence, decision, wisdom, and dignity that surprised and disappointed his adversaries, and rebuked their insolence and pride.  {GC 156.1} Luther’s Preparation

The next day he was to appear to render his final answer. For a time his heart sank within him as he contemplated the forces that were combined against the truth. His faith faltered; fearfulness and trembling came upon him, and horror overwhelmed him. Dangers multiplied before him; his enemies seemed about to triumph, and the powers of darkness to prevail. Clouds gathered about him and seemed to separate him from God. He longed for the assurance that the Lord of hosts would be with him. In anguish of spirit he threw himself with his face upon the earth and poured out those broken, heart-rending cries, which none but God can fully understand.  {GC 156.2} 

"O almighty and everlasting God," he pleaded, "how terrible is this world! Behold, it openeth its mouth to swallow me up, and I have so little trust in Thee. . . . If it is only in the strength of this world that I must put my trust, all is over. . . . My last hour is come, my condemnation has been pronounced. . . . O God, do Thou help me against all the wisdom of the world. Do this, . . . Thou alone; . . . for this is not my work, but Thine. I have nothing to do here, nothing to contend for with these great ones of the world. . . . But the cause is Thine, . . . and it is a righteous and eternal cause. O Lord, help me! Faithful and unchangeable God, in no man do I place my trust. . . . All that is of man is uncertain; all that cometh of man fails. . . . Thou hast chosen me for this work. . . . Stand at my side, for the sake of Thy well-beloved Jesus Christ, who is my defense, my shield, and my strong tower."--Ibid., b. 7, ch. 8.  {GC 156.3} 

An all-wise Providence had permitted Luther to realize his peril, that he might not trust to his own strength and rush presumptuously into danger. Yet it was not the fear of personal suffering, a dread of torture or death, which seemed immediately impending, that overwhelmed him with its terror. He had come to the crisis, and he felt his insufficiency to meet it. Through his weakness the cause of truth might suffer loss. Not for his own safety, but for the triumph of the gospel did he wrestle with God. Like Israel's, in that night struggle beside the lonely stream, was the anguish and conflict of his soul. Like Israel, he prevailed with God. In his utter helplessness his faith fastened upon Christ, the mighty Deliverer. He was strengthened with the assurance that he would not appear alone before the council. Peace returned to his soul, and he rejoiced that he was permitted to uplift the word of God before the rulers of the nations.  {GC 157.1} 

With his mind stayed upon God, Luther prepared for the struggle before him. He thought upon the plan of his answer, examined passages in his own writings, and drew from the Holy Scriptures suitable proofs to sustain his positions. Then, laying his left hand on the Sacred Volume, which was open before him, he lifted his right hand to heaven and vowed "to remain faithful to the gospel, and freely to confess his faith, even should he seal his testimony with his blood."--Ibid., b. 7, ch. 8.  {GC 157.2}  (This is a great lesson for us in the time of our persecution.) Luther’s Final Answer

When he was again ushered into the presence of the Diet, his countenance bore no trace of fear or embarrassment. Calm and peaceful, yet grandly brave and noble, he stood as God's witness among the great ones of the earth. The imperial officer now demanded his decision as to whether he desired to retract his doctrines. Luther made his answer in a subdued and humble tone, without violence or passion. His demeanor was diffident and respectful; yet he manifested a confidence and joy that surprised the assembly.  {GC 158.1} 

 "Most serene emperor, illustrious princes, gracious lords," said Luther, "I appear before you this day, in conformity with the order given me yesterday, and by God's mercies I conjure your majesty and your august highnesses to listen graciously to the defense of a cause which I am assured is just and true. If, through ignorance, I should transgress the usages and proprieties of courts, I entreat you to pardon me; for I was not brought up in the palaces of kings, but in the seclusion of a convent."--Ibid., b. 7, ch. 8.  {GC 158.2} 

Then, proceeding to the question, he stated that his published works were not all of the same character. In some he had treated of faith and good works, and even his enemies declared them not only harmless but profitable. To retract these would be to condemn truths which all parties confessed. The second class consisted of writings exposing the corruptions and abuses of the papacy. To revoke these works would strengthen the tyranny of Rome and open a wider door to many and great impieties. In the third class of his books he had attacked individuals who had defended existing evils. Concerning these he freely confessed that he had been more violent than was becoming. He did not claim to be free from fault; but even these books he could not revoke, for such a course would embolden the enemies of truth, and they would then take occasion to crush God's people with still greater cruelty.  {GC 158.3} 

"Yet I am but a mere man, and not God," he continued; "I shall therefore defend myself as Christ did: 'If I have spoken evil, bear witness of the evil.' . . . By the mercy of God, I conjure you, most serene emperor, and you, most illustrious princes, and all men of every degree, to prove from the writings of the prophets and apostles that I have erred. As soon as I am convinced of this, I will retract every error, and be the first to lay hold of my books and throw them into the fire.  {GC 159.1} 

"What I have just said plainly shows, I hope, that I have carefully weighed and considered the dangers to which I expose myself; but far from being dismayed, I rejoice to see that the gospel is now, as in former times, a cause of trouble and dissension. This is the character, this is the destiny, of the word of God. 'I came not to send peace on earth, but a sword,' said Jesus Christ. God is wonderful and terrible in His counsels; beware lest, by presuming to quench dissensions, you should persecute the holy word of God, and draw down upon yourselves a frightful deluge of insurmountable dangers, of present disasters, and eternal desolation. . . . I might quote many examples from the oracles of God. I might speak of the Pharaohs, the kings of Babylon, and those of Israel, whose labors never more effectually contributed to their own destruction than when they sought by counsels, to all appearance most wise, to strengthen their dominion. 'God removeth mountains, and they know it not.'"--Ibid., b. 7, ch. 8.  {GC 159.2} Answer Repeated in Latin on Request 

Luther had spoken in German; he was now requested to repeat the same words in Latin.. The minds of many of the princes were so blinded by error and superstition that at the first delivery they did not see the force of Luther's reasoning; but the repetition enabled them to perceive clearly the points presented.  {GC 159.3} 

Those who stubbornly closed their eyes to the light, and determined not to be convinced of the truth, were enraged at the power of Luther's words. As he ceased speaking, the spokesman of the Diet said angrily: "You have not answered the question put to you. . . . You are required to give a clear and precise answer. . . . Will you, or will you not, retract?"  {GC 160.1} 

The Reformer answered: "Since your most serene majesty and your high mightinesses require from me a clear, simple, and precise answer, I will give you one, and it is this: I cannot submit my faith either to the pope or to the councils, because it is clear as the day that they have frequently erred and contradicted each other. Unless therefore I am convinced by the testimony of Scripture or by the clearest reasoning, unless I am persuaded by means of the passages I have quoted, and unless they thus render my conscience bound by the word of God, I cannot and I will not retract, for it is unsafe for a Christian to speak against his conscience. Here I stand, I can do no other; may God help me. Amen." --Ibid., b. 7, ch. 8.  {GC 160.2} 

Thus stood this righteous man upon the sure foundation of the word of God. The light of heaven illuminated his countenance. His greatness and purity of character, his peace and joy of heart, were manifest to all as he testified against the power of error and witnessed to the superiority of that faith that overcomes the world.  {GC 160.3} 

The whole assembly were for a time speechless with amazement. .. The courage and firmness which he now displayed, as well as the power and clearness of his reasoning, filled all parties with surprise. The emperor, moved to admiration, exclaimed: "This monk speaks with an intrepid heart and unshaken courage." Many of the German princes looked with pride and joy upon this representative of their nation.  {GC 160.4}

The partisans of Rome had been worsted; their cause appeared in a most unfavorable light. They sought to maintain their power, not by appealing to the Scriptures, but by a resort to threats, Rome's unfailing argument. Said the spokesman of the Diet: "If you do not retract, the emperor and the states of the empire will consult what course to adopt against an incorrigible heretic."  {GC 161.1}

Luther's friend, who had with great joy listened to his noble defense, trembled at these words; but the doctor himself said calmly: "May God be my helper, for I can retract nothing."--Ibid., b. 7, ch. 8.  {GC 161.2} Second Time Refusal to Recant

He was directed to withdraw from the Diet while the princes consulted together. It was felt that a great crisis had come. Luther's persistent refusal to submit might affect the history of the church for ages. It was decided to give him one more opportunity to retract. For the last time he was brought into the assembly. Again the question was put, whether he would renounce his doctrines. "I have no other reply to make," he said, "than that which I have already made." It was evident that he could not be induced, either by promises or threats, to yield to the mandate of Rome.  {GC 161.3} 

The papal leaders were chagrined that their power, which had caused kings and nobles to tremble, should be thus despised by a humble monk; they longed to make him feel their wrath by torturing his life away. But Luther, understanding his danger, had spoken to all with Christian dignity and calmness. His words had been free from pride, passion, and misrepresentation. He had lost sight of himself, and the great men surrounding him, and felt only that he was in the presence of One infinitely superior to popes, prelates, kings, and emperors. Christ had spoken through Luther's testimony with a power and grandeur that for the time inspired both friends and foes with awe and wonder. The Spirit of God had been present in that council, impressing the hearts of the chiefs of the empire. Several of the princes boldly acknowledged the justice of Luther's cause. Many were convinced of the truth; but with some the impressions received were not lasting. There was another class who did not at the time express their convictions, but who, having searched the Scriptures for themselves, at a future time became fearless supporters of the Reformation.  {GC 161.4} 

The elector Frederick had looked forward anxiously to Luther's appearance before the Diet, and with deep emotion he listened to his speech. With joy and pride he witnessed the doctor's courage, firmness, and self-possession, and determined to stand more firmly in his defense. He contrasted the parties in contest, and saw that the wisdom of popes, kings, and prelates had been brought to nought by the power of truth. The papacy had sustained a defeat which would be felt among all nations and in all ages.  {GC 162.1} 

(Charles had announced) his determination to carry out the policy of his predecessors to maintain and protect the Catholic religion. Since Luther had refused to renounce his errors, the most vigorous measures should be employed against him and the heresies he taught. "A single monk, misled by his own folly, has risen against the faith of Christendom. To stay such impiety, I will sacrifice my kingdoms, my treasures, my friends, my body, my blood, my soul, and my life. I am about to dismiss the Augustine Luther, forbidding him to cause the least disorder among the people; I shall then proceed against him and his adherents as contumacious heretics, by excommunication, by interdict, and by every means calculated to destroy them. I call on the members of the states to behave like faithful Christians."--Ibid., b. 7, ch. 9. Nevertheless the emperor declared that Luther's safe-conduct must be respected, and that before proceedings against him could be instituted, he must be allowed to reach his home in safety.  {GC 162.3} Lesson on Clinging to Custom and Tradition

.. ( Like Charles)  There are many at the present day thus clinging to the customs and traditions of their fathers. When the Lord sends them additional light, they refuse to accept it, because, not having been granted to their fathers, it was not received by them. We are not placed where our fathers were; consequently our duties and responsibilities are not the same as theirs. We shall not be approved of God in looking to the example of our fathers to determine our duty instead of searching the word of truth for ourselves. Our responsibility is greater than was that of our ancestors. We are accountable for the light which they received, and which was handed down as an inheritance for us, and we are accountable also for the additional light which is now shining upon us from the word of God.  {GC 164.1} 

Said Christ of the unbelieving Jews: "If I had not come and spoken unto them, they had not had sin: but now they have no cloak for their sin." John 15:22. The same divine power had spoken through Luther to the emperor and princes of Germany. And as the light shone forth from God's word, His Spirit pleaded for the last time with many in that assembly. As Pilate, centuries before, permitted pride and popularity to close his heart against the world's Redeemer; as the trembling Felix bade the messenger of truth, "Go thy way for this time; when I have a convenient season, I will call for thee;" as the proud Agrippa confessed, "Almost thou persuadest me to be a Christian" (Acts 24:25; 26:28), yet turned away from the Heaven-sent message--so had Charles V, yielding to the dictates of worldly pride and policy, decided to reject the light of truth.  {GC 164.2}

Rumors of the designs against Luther were widely circulated, causing great excitement throughout the city. The Reformer had made many friends, who, knowing the treacherous cruelty of Rome toward all who dared expose her corruptions, resolved that he should not be sacrificed. Hundreds of nobles pledged themselves to protect him. Not a few openly denounced the royal message of evincing a weak submission to the controlling power of Rome. On the gates of houses and in public places, placards were posted, some condemning and others sustaining Luther.. The popular enthusiasm in Luther's favor throughout all Germany convinced both the emperor and the Diet that any injustice shown him would endanger the peace of the empire and even the stability of the throne.  {GC 164.3} Luther Maintained His Integrity

(Luther had supporters, both hidden as in Frederick of Saxony, and  many open) with earnest efforts made to obtain Luther's consent to a compromise with Rome. Nobles and princes represented to him that if he persisted in setting up his own judgment against that of the church and the councils he would soon be banished from the empire and would have no defense. To this appeal Luther answered: "The gospel of Christ cannot be preached without offense. . . . Why then should the fear or apprehension of danger separate me from the Lord, and from that divine word which alone is truth? No; I would rather give up my body, my blood, and my life."-- D'Aubigne, b. 7, ch. 10.  {GC 165.2} 

Again he was urged to submit to the judgment of the emperor, and then he would have nothing to fear. "I consent," said he in reply, "with all my heart, that the emperor, the princes, and even the meanest Christian, should examine and judge my works; but on one condition, that they take the word of God for their standard. Men have nothing to do but to obey it. Do not offer violence to my conscience, which is bound and chained up with the Holy Scriptures."-- Ibid., b. 7, ch. 10.  {GC 166.1} 

To another appeal he said: "I consent to renounce my safe-conduct. I place my person and my life in the emperor's hands, but the word of God--never!"--Ibid., b. 7, ch. 10. He stated his willingness to submit to the decision of a general council, but only on condition that the council be required to decide according to the Scriptures. "In what concerns the word of God and the faith," he added, "every Christian is as good a judge as the pope, though supported by a million councils, can be for him."--Martyn, vol. 1, p. 410. Both friends and foes were at last convinced that further effort for reconciliation would be useless.  {GC 166.2} 

Had the Reformer yielded a single point, Satan and his hosts would have gained the victory. But his unwavering firmness was the means of emancipating the church, and beginning a new and better era. The influence of this one man, who dared to think and act for himself in religious matters, was to affect the church and the world, not only in his own time, but in all future generations. His firmness and fidelity would strengthen all, to the close of time, who should pass through a similar experience. The power and majesty of God stood forth above the counsel of men, above the mighty power of Satan.  {GC 166.3} Commanded to Return Home

Luther was soon commanded by the authority of the emperor to return home, and he knew that this notice would be speedily followed by his condemnation. Threatening clouds overhung his path; but as he departed from Worms, his heart was filled with joy and praise. "The devil himself," said he, "guarded the pope's citadel; but Christ has made a wide breach in it, and Satan was constrained to confess that the Lord is mightier than he."--D'Aubigne, b. 7, ch. 11.  {GC 166.4} 

After his departure, still desirous that his firmness should not be mistaken for rebellion, Luther wrote to the emperor. "God, who is the searcher of hearts, is my witness," he said, "that I am ready most earnestly to obey your majesty, in honor or in dishonor, in life or in death, and with no exception save the word of God, by which man lives. In all the affairs of this present life, my fidelity shall be unshaken, for here to lose or to gain is of no consequence to salvation. But when eternal interests are concerned, God wills not that man should submit unto man. For such submission in spiritual matters is a real worship, and ought to be rendered solely to the Creator."--Ibid., b. 7, ch. 11.  {GC 167.1} 

On the journey from Worms, Luther's reception was even more flattering than during his progress thither. Princely ecclesiastics welcomed the excommunicated monk, and civil rulers honored the man whom the emperor had denounced. He was urged to preach, and, notwithstanding the imperial prohibition, he again entered the pulpit. "I never pledged myself to chain up the word of God," he said, "nor will I." --Martyn, vol. 1, p. 420.  {GC 167.2} New Edict of Condemnation

He had not been long absent from Worms, when the papists prevailed upon the emperor to issue an edict against him. In this decree Luther was denounced as "Satan himself under the form of a man and dressed in a monk's frock."-- D'Aubigne, b. 7, ch. 11. It was commanded that as soon as his safe-conduct should expire, measures be taken to stop his work. All persons were forbidden to harbor him, to give him food or drink, or by word or act, in public or private, to aid or abet him. He was to be seized wherever he might be, and delivered to the authorities. His adherents also were to be imprisoned and their property confiscated. His writings were to be destroyed, and, finally, all who should dare to act contrary to this decree were included in its condemnation. The elector of Saxony and the princes most friendly to Luther had left Worms soon after his departure, and the emperor's decree received the sanction of the Diet. Now the Romanists were jubilant. They considered the fate of the Reformation sealed.  {GC 167.3} Kidnapped and Imprisoned in Warburg

God had provided a way of escape for His servant in this hour of peril. A vigilant eye had followed Luther's movements, and a true and noble heart had resolved upon his rescue. It was plain that Rome would be satisfied with nothing short of his death; only by concealment could he be preserved from the jaws of the lion. God gave wisdom to Frederick of Saxony to devise a plan for the Reformer's preservation. With the co-operation of true friends the elector's purpose was carried out, and Luther was effectually hidden from friends and foes. Upon his homeward journey he was seized, separated from his attendants, and hurriedly conveyed through the forest to the castle of Wartburg, an isolated mountain fortress. Both his seizure and his concealment were so involved in mystery that even Frederick himself for a long time knew not whither he had been conducted. This ignorance was not without design; so long as the elector knew nothing of Luther's whereabouts, he could reveal nothing. He satisfied himself that the Reformer was safe, and with this knowledge he was content.  {GC 168.1} Translation of New Testament in German   

..In the friendly security of the Wartburg, Luther for a time rejoiced in his release from the heat and turmoil of battle. But he could not long find satisfaction in quiet and repose... Then he reproached himself for his indolence and self-indulgence. Yet at the same time he was daily accomplishing more than it seemed possible for one man to do. His pen was never idle. While his enemies flattered themselves that he was silenced, they were astonished and confused by tangible proof that he was still active. A host of tracts, issuing from his pen, circulated throughout Germany. He also performed a most important service for his countrymen by translating the New Testament into the German tongue. From his rocky Patmos he continued for nearly a whole year to proclaim the gospel and rebuke the sins and errors of the times.  {GC 168.3} Preservation From Pride and Self- Confidence

But it was not merely to preserve Luther from the wrath of his enemies, nor even to afford him a season of quiet for these important labors, that God had withdrawn His servant from the stage of public life. There were results more precious than these to be secured. In the solitude and obscurity of his mountain retreat, Luther was removed from earthly supports and shut out from human praise. He was thus saved from the pride and self-confidence that are so often caused by success. By suffering and humiliation he was prepared again to walk safely upon the dizzy heights to which he had been so suddenly exalted.  {GC 169.1} 

 As men rejoice in the freedom which the truth brings them, they are inclined to extol those whom God has employed to break the chains of error and superstition. Satan seeks to divert men's thoughts and affections from God, and to fix them upon human agencies; he leads them to honor the mere instrument and to ignore the Hand that directs all the events of providence. Too often religious leaders who are thus praised and reverenced lose sight of their dependence upon God and are led to trust in themselves. As a result they seek to control the minds and consciences of the people, who are disposed to look to them for guidance instead of looking to the word of God. The work of reform is often retarded because of this spirit indulged by its supporters. From this danger, God would guard the cause of the Reformation. He desired that work to receive, not the impress of man, but that of God. The eyes of men had been turned to Luther as the expounder of the truth; he was removed that all eyes might be directed to the eternal Author of truth.  {GC 169.2} Understanding of the Truth

There are men among us who profess to understand the truth for these last days, but who will not calmly investigate advanced truth. They are determined to make no advance beyond the stakes which they have set, and will not listen to those who, they say, do not stand by the old landmarks. They are so self-sufficient that they cannot be reasoned with. They consider it a virtue to be at variance with their brethren, and close the door, that light shall not find an entrance to the people of God. It will require heavenly wisdom to know how to deal with such cases. Light will come to God's people, and those who have sought to close the door will either repent or be removed out of the way. The time has come when a new impetus must be given to the work. There are terrible scenes before us, and Satan is seeking to keep from our knowledge the very things that God would have us know. God has messengers and messages for his people. If ideas are presented that differ in some points from our former doctrines, we must not condemn them without diligent search of the Bible to see if they are true. We must fast and pray and search the Scriptures as did the noble Bereans, to see if these things are so. We must accept every ray of light that comes to us. Through earnest prayer and diligent study of God's word, dark things will be made plain to the understanding.  {ST, May 26, 1890 par. 12} 

 I (Ellen White) entreat  everyone to be clear and firm regarding the certain truths that we have heard and received and advocated. The statements of God's Word are plain. Plant your feet firmly on the platform of eternal truth. Reject every phase of error, even though it be covered with a semblance of reality, which denies the personality of God and of Christ.  {RH, August 31, 1905 par. 11} 

 Of the Saviour, John says: "He was in the world, and the world was made by him, and the world knew him not. . . . But as many as received him, to them gave he power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on his name: which were born, not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God. And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, . . . full of grace and truth."  {RH, August 31, 1905 par. 12} 

 Jesus Christ is the Son of God. He was manifest in the flesh. What was his work in this world?--To put away sin by the sacrifice of himself on the cross of Calvary. He was tempted in all points as we are, yet without sin. By his prayers and strong supplications, he overcame. In his human nature, he perfected a character after the divine similitude. By a life of perfect obedience to every requirement of God, he procured redemption for all who will be obedient. The divine nature is imparted to those who receive and acknowledge him as their Saviour. They become partakers of the divine nature, overcoming the assaults of Satan and escaping the corruption that is in the world through lust. Christ energizes by his Spirit those who seek him with the whole heart.  {RH, August 31, 1905 par. 13} 

Those who truly receive Christ are given power to become the sons of God. As they look to Jesus, they catch the divine rays of light, and are attracted by the loveliness and purity and goodness of the Saviour. They seek to copy his pleasantness, rather than the harsh violence manifested by those who disregard the laws of God. And as they keep before them the fear of God, and walk as obedient children, others will mark their Christlikeness of character, and will be drawn to the Saviour by the revelation of their love, their justice, and their mercy. Yet some will refuse to come to the Saviour, choosing darkness rather than light, because their deeds are evil.  {RH, August 31, 1905 par. 14} 

The very essential and theological truth is found in Php 3:9  “And be found in him, not having mine own righteousness, which is of the law, but that which is through the faith of Christ, the righteousness which is of God by faith:” (E.G. White said that to let Christ and His righteousness be our platform, the very life of our faith.--Review and Herald, Aug. 31, 1905.) Perspective on Righteousness by Faith

The Sermon on the Mount ( Mat 5;1-12 is the teaching of righteousness by faith as Jesus first sermon in preparing His disciples to embrace faith in Him after He returned to heaven and they are to finish the work here in preaching the everlasting gospel to the end of the world and then Jesus will return to be reunited with them. (See Wp4 , Passover Message, par 4.3.5 The Sermon on the Mount  at http://www.wakeupow.com/159912042 )

Assembled  here are excerpts from Ellen White on the Righteousness by Faith when it was shared by Waggoner and Jones  in 1888- 1893 to the SDA  leaders  who ridiculed them at that time on the understanding of  the law in Galation.

"I see the beauty of truth in the presentation of the Righteousness of Christ in relation to the law as the doctor (Waggoner) has placed it before us. You say, many of you, it is light and truth. Yet you have not presented it in this light heretofore. Is it not possible that through earnest, prayerful searching of the Scriptures he has seen still greater light on some points? That which has been presented harmonizes perfectly with the light which God has been pleased to give me during all the years of my experience." Manuscript 15, 1888.

(Elsewhere, she made similar comments:

"[It] is a message from God: It bears the divine credentials."    E.G.W., Review, September 3, 1889.

"Messages bearing the Divine credentials have been sent to Gods people." Review, May 27, 1890.

Not only did Ellen White openly and repeatedly support the message of Jones and Waggoner, but she even traveled with them as they went from place to place, following the Minneapolis meetings, presenting them to the people:

"I have traveled from place to place. attending meetings where the message of the Righteousness of Christ was preached. I considered it a privilege to stand by the side of my brethren, and give my testimony with the message for the time." Review, March 18. 1890.

In the providence of God, the Messenger of the Lord was present to give added support to the message for the people a message that Heaven wanted them to have, and a message that we need today.

Almost the entire General Conference Session of 1893 was devoted to a presentation of this subject by Elders Waggoner and Jones. It is considered to have been a re-presentation of the message delivered in 1888. - http://www.sdadefend.com/Defend-foundation/righteoua.htm ) Six Unique Pillars of SDA Faith

(https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LTSyTDC2Oo8  (32:06)- Peter Gregory _ The Pillars Of Our Faith _ Part I Published on Mar 23, 2015)

Elder Peter Gregory gave a sermon series at the Loma Linda Chinese Seventh-day Adventist Church on March 20 and March 21. The theme of the seminar was ‘Pillars Of Our Faith’. This is Part I in a series of three parts.

We must be grounded in our understanding on how these six main pillars relate to its central pillar that of faith in Jesus; in treasuring having His Righteousness, in heartfelt contemplation, experience the love of God, and thankful in being restored to His divine nature which was also our image before we sinned. (See  http://www.wakeupow.com/159912047- F9 Settling in Truth, par 2.5.1 The Six Biblical Pillars of Faith for a condensed version)

The six pillars of our faith are Second Coming, Sanctification, State of the Dead, Sanctuary, Sabbath, and Spirit of Prophecy ( and even Salvation for a seventh). They all describe Jesus Christ, our Saviour just as the Bible describes Jesus as our Saviour. They all talk about our Saviour. The crucial point, in order to know your Saviour is not  just talk about the good news and treat it as a psychological comfort (although He does comfort us  and give us the positive understanding). We are in the great controversy and there are deceptions, doctrines that will cause us to misunderstand God. If we do not understand God, we cannot rightly exercise our faith in God in order for us to know Jesus (it is more than Jesus love and mercy). According to the Bible, we must know: 1. Jesus as our King which is connected to His Second Coming; 2. Jesus our Intercessor for our Sanctification (justification is already included as sanctification is not possible without justification); 3. Jesus is our life and resurrection- giving us the doctrine ofState of the dead; 4. Jesus our High Priest- connected to the Sanctuary (whereby we can know in terms of structure where we are in the plan of salvation, how to follow him and what to do. We have to move with God according to what He is doing in heaven); 5. Jesus is our Creator – takes us to the Sabbath doctrine; 6. Jesus is our Messenger and Prophet that leads us to – Spirit of Prophecy. They are important aspects as they are there to solve our biggest problem.  All these doctrines are there (what God will do) to solve our sin problem. Unbelief- Doubting God’s Word

What led us to sin - by doubting God’s word. (Adam and Eve doubted God’s word) Our biggest problem is death.  God gave us the package of everything. We only have to respond by believe. But to have belief and faith is so difficult. It requires the exercise of our faith. (Gen 3:1-Satan  put doubt in Eve mind with exaggeration to manipulate, to get you defensive and respond.  (Curiosity – tempting doubt, is not sin yet, but we need to let the Bible guide us to resolve that curiosity.) (Satan works on human minds, leading them to think that there is wonderful knowledge to be gained apart from God. By deceptive reasoning he led Adam and Eve to doubt God's word, and to supply its place with a theory that led to disobedience….  {COL 108.1} }  The Bible and the  Spirit of prophecy (SOP)  says, What led to sin is doubt.  (Doubt led us to sin. And sin is the cause of our death, our biggest problem which no mortal soul can escape. Second Coming Doctrine

(Doubt > Sin > Death > Eternal Life > Second Coming Doctrine)  ( > is pointing up; -> is pointing sideway)

The pillars of our faith is answers to our problem (“For the wages of sin is death; but the gift of God is eternal life through Jesus Christ our Lord.”- Rom 6:23), The ultimate Solution is eternal life.   It comes to us through Jesus, by His grace in the day of resurrection when Jesus returns ( Jesus coming with eternal life- Jn 6:54 (Second Coming doctrine). State of the Dead Doctrine

(Eternal Life -> Resurrection of Life > State of the Dead Doctrine)

The State of the Dead Doctrine is to assure us that it is not the end. Bible says dead people are sleeping in the grave?. They are only sleeping and need to be woken up at the second coming.

“Marvel not at this: for the hour is coming, in the which all that are in the graves shall hear his voice, “And shall come forth; they that have done good, unto the resurrection of life; and they that have done evil, unto the resurrection of damnation.”-Jn 5:28,29)

Eternal life is given when resurrected to those who have done good from birth to death, and never done evil at all. (Bible definition of done good, not just doing good deeds now and then but the whole life.) According to Rom 3: 12, “They are all gone out of the way, they are together become unprofitable; there is none that doeth good, no, not one.”– no one have done good.  So how are we to be saved?  Knowing about Justification and sanctification becomes practically important.  Good  = righteous = done good- Rom 3:10. From the Legal stand point, even by one sin  we are guilty.  The Bible defines the just man  is Jesus in Mat 27:19, Jn 18:38,19:4,6)- no fault ( no evidence)found by the Judge ( Pilate ). None of humanity is without fault.   But there is a way to become one as foretold in Rev 14: 1-5 Sanctuary Doctrine

 (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Jtc_txPCv7w – (31:38) Peter Gregory _ The Pillars Of Our Faith _ Part II Published on Mar 24, 2015. This is Part II of the second sermon in the series presented at 3 PM on March 21, 2015 entitled ‘Pillars Of Our Faith’)

(Resurrection ->Done Good >Righteousness >Blotting out Sin > Sanctuary Doctrine)

What a just man needs is righteousness. In the Gospel, a sinner can be forgiven and then it’s considered justified and he becomes no fault.  But in the civil law , a murder can also receive forgiveness ( from the victim’s relatives and merciful  people) . There is clear evidence of him actually intentionally killing someone. He will receive forgiveness from the loved one of the victim, but he will be found guilty by the law. (Receiving forgiveness doesn’t mean being free from penalty. He can’t be justified as though he didn’t. This concept is impossible in the legal standpoint.  In the prosecution process, he is found guilty, and has to receive penalty.

However in the Gospel it is possible. So what has to happen to our record of sin? The sinner receives forgiveness is justified and is without fault. So in the Gospel, the record has to be blotted out.  Forgiveness is the same as justification in Gospel. But analytically, forgiveness  ( is given to one who has sinned – guilty but pardoned)) , so justification is for the sinner ton “ blot out his sin” and he is not guilty anymore. (Heaven only accept those who have never sinned and a pardon is not good enough without justification,) The pardon must also provide a way to erase the record of sin so that God can say you are just.  When God forgives us He needs to erase the record of our sins. But in order for Him to erase our sin, he needs from us, permission as he will not do it by force. What we have to do is to let him, by confession and repentance, to let him know you don’t want the sin anymore By faith you have to live as though you don’t want the sin anymore.  God will take your sin confession and ask you live by faith and show me that you live by faith and show me that you don’t want this sin anymore before I erase your record.  (Jesus is saying through my blood I would take your sin and then someday I would blot out your sin.) The period of time is the process of education and character change over that period to see how you live and is really genuinely in love with me and my way. Promise of Justification

Sinners>Record of sin> Repentance> Forgiveness (guilty but pardoned) - Receive the promise of Justification

We believe in Justification by Faith because we don’t have it at that moment. By faith we can act like you have it right then, (but in reality you don’t have it) His promise is so sure because He cannot lie. it is as good as it is happened that moment. You have to believe it by faith in God’s word. We see the promise of justification and we see the blood of Jesus cover (not taken away) your sin. Once it is being covered is that promise to erase it. What we have to do is surrender by faith. Saying I am giving you permission to erase my sin, because my life is yours. Then you live a sanctified life by choice. In Isa 43:25,26, being justified is connected with blotting out sin  saying you have not committed sin.  (Only when your sin is blotted out can God rightly say you have not committed sin. Therefore when we continue to live by faith and when we have sanctified life through faith, not by human effort or words. It is only by generally surrendering to God and following God.  Your own works and any legalistic way will lead you to death.  Only way you can rightly receive blotting out of sin is by genuine surrender.  You only surrender because you love God. God really wants you to have an experience of being in love with him (in intimate relationship).  We cannot be scared to go to Him. When you have the sanctified life God will blot out your sin.  And justification comes after ( 1 Cor 6:11- where sanctification is mentioned before justification).

(We are thankful for the wonderful truth of Justification by Faith, for it is an integral part of the message of Righteousness by Faith. But it is the full message which will finish Gods work on earth. Justification begins a step. Sanctification carries it through. Justification begins the next step. Sanctification carries that through. The two go together all the way to the city of God. Crying to Christ and obeying in Christ are the two phases on our part. Forgiveness in Christ and enabling in Christ, the two phases on Gods part. Two phases: Justification and Sanctification a complete message. - http://www.sdadefend.com/Defend-foundation/righteoua.htm )

(Blood of Jesus covering your sin > Surrender By Faith > Sanctified > Blotting of Sin > Justified)

It is also true in the general sense that when we repent we receive forgiveness, then we receive the promise of what we receive, justification by faith.  And then we suddenly become surrendered by faith,  and the result is sanctification in life by faith.  By living this way, at the end of the judgment of God, He will blot out our sins.  Rev 22:11 is the announcement God will make at the moment when probation closes (only at that moment God will put down you are just. Until then it is withheld because sin has to be blotted out before God can see that). Who shall receive resurrection of life?  Those that have done good (possible for us when we receive blotting of sin).

In spite of the sinner having been justified (sinner confessing all his sin, sanctified life, at end Jesus blot out and erase all his sin)  he is not ready for heaven because he still does not have the qualification to receive  resurrection of life. He has no record to show he has done good. Living a sanctified life is to show that he live by faith. But even though he is able to produce obedience through faith cannot qualify him to go to heaven.  He needs more, a new record; Christ’s righteousness. Jesus let us have his record (just man from birth to death). Jesus came to earth to live a perfect live so that His record can be good enough for anybody who wants to be saved. Heaven requires you have to do good. He has to exchange his life with Jesus (why the surrender for the exchange.)  Surrender life by faith is needed. God can say I know you don’t want your life anymore. The new life record is called Christ our righteousness.  (The word Justified in Hebrew is Taadaq = cleanse(  same as in Dan 8 :14 - sanctuary cleansed). Therefore blotting out sin (to be justified or cleansed) is cleansing that takes place in the sanctuary. Blotting out sin understanding exist because we know there is sanctuary cleansing.  In 1844, this takes place in the heavenly sanctuary. The sanctuary message is how to make you righteous. How to make you as though you have no record of sin, and as though you have done good. 

State of the dead is the process to receive eternal life at the  second coming,  Righteousness of Jesus is the answer to how we shall receive eternal life as clearly explained in the sanctuary message. Sanctification Doctrine

(https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QxiADL3T8Co – ((47:13) Peter Gregory_ Decoding Core of Our Faith Published on Mar 24, 2015. This is the third sermon in the series presented at 4:30 PM on March 21, 2015 entitled ‘Decoding Core Of Our Faith)

(Blotting out Sin -> Obedience (evidence of faith by love) > Sanctification Doctrine)

What is the condition for God not remembering our sin? In order for God to do that He has to write His laws in our hearts, a new covenant ( Heb 10:16,17)when we are living a sanctified life This is the outcome of having righteousness of Christ because we have faith. The only way to have faith is to surrender everything to Christ  and the only natural result is obedience by love.  Sanctification is about obedience. We need to have His laws in our heart and this is called obedience. The obedient life is called sanctification. (Blotting out sins means not remembering your sins) In order for you to have that you have to experience the new covenant, which is obedience to the law. This is the doctrine of Sanctification.

Sanctification cannot obtain salvation and yet it is important.  Obedience is the evidence that we have faith, and it should be out of love.  The next point is the manner we are sanctified which is by faith (Acts 26:18) Therefore obedience should be done by faith . (Obedience <- Faith) ( Knowing this detail is to enable us to give a reason for our belief to others who may want to know, This intellectual knowledge protects us from deception. It is dangerous to think you have faith by feeling it.)

(Obedience is worked out for us and with us and in us by the very One who Himself shared our fallen nature while on earth. Waggoner clearly saw the importance of the religious experience of Christ during His earthly years. If Christ did not come in our sinful nature with all its hereditary weaknesses, He could not, as an indwelling Saviour, provide us with a resistance to temptation which He Himself had not experienced.- http://www.sdadefend.com/Defend-foundation/righteoua.htm ) Sabbath Doctrine

(Obedience <- Faith > Sabbath Doctrine)

To receive eternal life the crucial point is Righteousness. This requires that our sins be blotted out. This needs obedience and sanctification, which is by faith. Doctrines can help us to develop faith. We need to review Gen 3:1-7 where Eve added touching the fruit (overstating)which God did not say.

“Eve had overstated the words of God's command. He had said to Adam and Eve, "But of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, thou shalt not eat of it: for in the day that thou eatest thereof thou shalt surely die." In Eve's controversy with the serpent, she added "Neither shall ye touch it." Here the subtlety of the serpent appeared. This statement of Eve gave him advantage; he plucked the fruit and placed it in her hand, using her own words, He hath said, If ye touch it, ye shall die. You see no harm comes to you from touching the fruit, neither will you receive any harm by eating it.” {Con 14.2}  

This is the first Bible study in the Bible on what God said. She misquoted the Bible and got herself into trouble with Satan. All her five senses told her the fruit was good. Eve yielded to the lying sophistry of the devil in the form of a serpent.  This was God’s test of her free will to allow the possibility of doubt. Eve in making the choice had to go completely against her senses and reasoning  in order to obey what God had said to trust God’s word completely that the tree was dangerous. Thus, In order for us to develop relationship with God, we must develop unconditional trust, to the extent of denying all your senses and feelings. Your faith and trust is so strong that not even science can deter you from that faith. The tree is placed in the Garden to remind Eve daily on what God said not to eat from the tree of good and evil. This is unconditional trust that even though I don’t understand it, I trust what God said. Many Christians today are doing precisely what Eve did.

This leads us to another teaching on unconditional faith. It is about Sabbath. God gave us the Sabbath which is the seventh day of the weekly cycle that is universally accept without question ( except for a brief period in France which adopted the ten day cycle  instituted by Napoleon). There is no scientific proof that the seventh day is different from any other day of the week. But what makes Sabbath so special is what God said. Keeping the Sabbath is the practice unconditional trust by obeying God’s word in remembering the Sabbath to keep it holy as a rest day and to keep it special. This weekly repetition will become a habit which forms character, the character of obeying God because of what God said and not because of what I feel. This is an unconscious way to develop our faith. We do not keep Sabbath as works ( as a burden) but because it is our opportunity to exercise and practice unconditional trust, love and faith in God.  We obey God unconditionally because He is our Creator. We walk by faith not by sight (2 Cor 5:7). In order for faith to be restored to us in the last days we must have Sabbath, the seventh day of creation, the seal of the living God, to develop faith by keeping Sabbath. (Faith > Sabbath ).

To recap: Our Doubt led to Sin, causing us to die, Death. But God gave us remedy of Eternal life  at Jesus Second Coming and received on being resurrected from the first death, the State of the Dead. It is only those who have done good, the Righteous, meaning that our sins have to be Blotted out.  This will take place at the investigative judgment beginning in 1844 as it is taught in the Sanctuary message. The blotting out of sin is the outcome of having the Obedience by Faith experience where obedience is developed gradually in the process of Sanctification and faith in character by habitual keeping of Sabbath. Spirit of Prophecy Doctrine

The Spirit of Prophecy is given to God’s remnant church in order for the church to understand about prophesy  given in the Bible, especially for the end of the world. The Bible tells us that Judgment began in 1844 and this is explained in the Spirit of Prophecy.  There are major time prophecies for God’s people. The pattern of giving the prophecy for the prophetic time period (prophet to give the prophecy at the beginning and at the end to confirm fulfilment of that prophecy) points to the end-time prophet to be Ellen G. White: 1. Noah (beginning prophet)-120 years (flood)-Noah (ending prophet); 2. Abraham - 400 years (pilgrimage)-Moses; 3. Jeremiah -70 years (Babylonian captivity)- Daniel; 4. Daniel- 490 years (Jesus Advent)- John the Baptist; 5. Daniel -2300 years (1844)- Apostle John and Ellen White* (Her Spirit of Prophecy books are confirmation that we are living according to God’s end-time prophecy and God’s church is given the Spirit of Prophecy.)

(*Ellen White considered her writings a guide to a clearer understanding of the Bible. "Additional truth is not brought out; but God has through the Testimonies, simplified the great truths already given and in His own chosen way brought them before the people to awaken and impress the mind with them, that all may be left without excuse." "The written testimonies are not given to give new light, but to impress vividly upon the heart the truths of inspiration already revealed." She never assumed the title of prophetess, but she did not object when others called her by that title She called herself a messenger of God. From 1844,when she was 17, until 1915—the year of her death—she had more than 2, 000 visions. During that time she lived and worked in America, Europe, and Australia, counseling, establishing new work, preaching, and writing. The material that she wrote fills more than 80 books, 200 tracts and pamphlets, and 4, 600 periodical articles. Sermons, diaries, special testimonies, and letters comprise another 60, 000 pages of manuscript materials.- http://www.sdanet.org/atissue/books/27/27-17.htm ) The Core of SDA Faith- Righteousness by Faith

God has a plan of Salvation for sinners to overcome death. The key points are we can have Eternal life by having Righteousness  which is received by Faith . Therefore, Righteous by Faith becomes the core of message of the six pillars of our faith.

The Judgment of 1844 is to confirm that event of blotting out sin to give us the final righteousness which is received by faith. The core message of Adventism (SDA, the remnant movement, the last day church) is therefore Righteousness by Faith. It is also the third angel’s message.

Historically, the preaching by Willian Miller of the advent movement about the Second Coming began in 1833. People were convinced, confessed and changed their lives (Sanctification of their lives) as they expected Jesus to come back in 1844. The dying had hopes that when they die they will be resurrected at His Coming (state of the dead understanding). In their great disappointment in 1844, that the message of the Sanctuary was discovered by the faithful pioneers and later confirmed by the Spirit of Prophecy.  In 1847, Sabbath truth was given to them. These are the messages that led us to where we are today. The SDA was organised and established by 1863 and the 25 propositions of our teachings printed in 1872 (which was consolidated into 22 beliefs in the 1931 Yearbook.  We now have 28 Fundamental  Beliefs since 2005.)

The final message of Righteousness by faith that summarise the collective whole message occurred in 1888 to give us the message to proclaim in the form of the three angels’ messages. These messages preach against spiritual Babylon (the anti-Christ) who represents righteousness by works. They attacked the state of the dead, Sabbath as they are attacking the reasons to live. They attacked the source of our faith. Evolution was introduced, false signs and many other religion were introduced during that time in 1844 (next topic of discussion- par  

The main question now is do you understand these messages? Can you explain it intellectually? Are you experiencing them spiritually? Do you love Jesus?  Cane you get somebody else to love Jesus? Can you explain to somebody else who we (SDA) are and what we believe?  Are you equipped? Do you know? 

We have to be grounded and established in the truth. If you recognize all these, praise God. Time is at hand for us to speak up and to stand up while it is day for when the night comes and we cannot work (very strong possibility after Oct, 31, 2017) This movement will go through major issues.  Ellen White says that only those who are earnestly studying the Bible will go through in the last days.

We must  end  this week’s  article by watching this short clip of 12 minutes  to know how the Evangelical Protestants in America were deceived at  https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=of9M2MVMrVA - Spoken Like A Serpent - by Professor Walter Julius Veith, published on Mar 21, 2017. Clip From Sermon By Gifted Speaker Walter Veith Righteousness By Faith In Verity Part 2 at https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E0Mkc... ( One main point: The Roman Catholic-Lutheran “Joint Declaration of Justification” is a denial of the Gospel and the Righteousness of Christ- by Richard Bennett, ex-Roman Catholic priest after 21 years. )

…. To be continued.   Posted on October 16, 2017



“Blow the trumpet in Zion, And sound an alarm in My Holy mountain! Let all the inhabitants of the land tremble; For the day of the Lord is coming, For it is at hand” –Joel 2:1 The judgment of God d will catch the wicked unprepared and it will be DREADFUL But the faithful Christians will be rejoicing for it is Deliverance from the bondage to sin and Satan.

WP5c The Finishing Act: Pt 4, “The Day of the Lord”

1Co 15:51  Behold, I shew you a mystery; We shall not all sleep, but we shall all be changed,  1Co 15:52  In a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trump: for the trumpet shall sound, and the dead shall be raised incorruptible, and we shall be changed.  1Co 15:53  For this corruptible must put on incorruption, and this mortal must put on immortality.  1Co 15:54  So when this corruptible shall have put on incorruption, and this mortal shall have put on immortality, then shall be brought to pass the saying that is written, Death is swallowed up in victory. 

WP5c The Finishing Act:  Pt 4, “The Day of the Lord”

The Invitation

“The Day of the Lord” is the grand occasion marking the transition to the kingdom of glory with the return of Jesus as the King of kings.  It is the day of the end of the world when it involves God’s judgment on all of humanity. It is also the new beginning to those that believe in the living God and have the faith of Jesus. It is the great consummation of the promises of God in the plan of salvation to those that heed the warnings from His servants the prophets and are spiritually prepared.

Most people associate the day of the Lord with a period of time or a special day that will occurs when God’s will and purpose for His world and for mankind will be fulfilled. Some scholars believe that the day of the Lord will be a longer period of time than a single day— a period of time when Christ will reign throughout the world before He cleanses heaven and earth in preparation for the eternal state of all mankind. Other scholars believe the day of the Lord will be an instantaneous event when Christ returns to earth to redeem His faithful believers and send unbelievers to eternal damnation. - https://www.gotquestions.org/day-of-the-Lord.html

The correct view is now offered here (based on revelation from Scripture and Spirit of Prophecy).  It is a singular event when Christ returns to earth as King of kings to redeem His faithful believers,  burning up the whole earth  (2 Pet 3:10) together with the wicked  who are in hiding in dens and caves (Rev 6:15-16) and binding up Satan for a thousand years (Rev 20:1-3). The righteous dead and the living saints who witness His return are resurrected with immortality and received their rewards to be taken to heaven to reign with Him as priests and judges for a thousand years.( Rev 20:4-6 This is only the beginning of a period of time that will end a thousand years later with His return to earth with the saints to install the new earth (Rev 21:1-2) and to mete out the executive judgment on Satan and the wicked who are then resurrected from the dead  to face the sentencing ( Rev 20:11-15). They take the opportunity to attack the new city of God and are all cast into the lake of fire and the earth is finally rid of sin (Rev 20:7-10). (See Bible Snapshot of Climactic End at http://www.wakeupow.com/152909631 )

This final article will try to substantiate this view with some other related lessons from the past  to the day of the Lord that reveals Satan and the antichrist mode of perverted operation  in attempting to remain on this world. In the time we are now living, we need to relate current events as they take place in their order to how they relate with past history and prophecy so as to know where we are today in getting ready for the day of the Lord. (1chro 12 32) We need to heed and to sound the final warning to the world before it is too late.   

To those who prefer to watch rather than to read, scan the contents and decide whether this article may be worth your attention and then watch the videos as follows:

  1. “Judgement Hour” by Ps Dwayne Lemon, published on Apr 6, 2016  at.   https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6SEXFq8HVxE  (1:08:27).
  2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=30v4Tlv-jWM - Stephen Bohr: The Sanctuary, Published on Jun 4, 2011
  3. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z1Km5QwkEzo&list=PLihnlHdV4AJaHAt6oL21s6pXZHOOkTXIS&index=7 , Secret Rapture Fallacy by Ps S. Bohr,  published Sep 8, 2013.
  4. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0tieHp1Wbcs&list=PLihnlHdV4AJaHAt6oL21s6pXZHOOkTXIS&index=11&spfreload=10)- (11/12 The Devastating Implications of Futurism by Stephen  Bohr, published on Sep 8, 2013
  5.  https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9CRR7IwVHqU  - GC23.WH Bible Studies Spur Awakening.Social Media,Pope,Great Hope kill Protestantism.Road 2 Cashless, published on Aug 3, 2017
  6. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FM66slpUJmc -  History's Endgame / In the Stream of Time by Prof Walter Veith ; published on May 4,
  7. 2017.https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UXRowhyEdWc - Daniel 11 and the End of the World | Norman McNulty; published on Sep 22, 2016.



5.4 The Day of the Lord; 5.4.1 Bible Passages; Old Testament Passages; New Testament Passages; Two Faces of Judgment; The Wrath of God ; Deliverance; Faith in the Second Coming; 5.4.2 Judgment Hour; Countdown in Lund, Sweden, Oct 31, 2016; The Great Controversy; Divine Appointment; The Spirit of Prophecy Books; Online Access to E.G. White  Books; Bible Study; The Guide of Daily Life; The Present Truth; Christ’s Ministration in the Sanctuary; Five Stages of Christ’s Ministry; End-Time Church of Judgment; The Distinct Doctrines; The Three Angels’ Messages; The Day of Atonement; The 144,000; The Final Conflict; Time of Aggressive Warning; Studying Daniel and Revelation; Satan’s Schemes of Deception; The Foundational Lie is Spiritualism; The Emergent Church; Mindfulness Meditation; Introduction to Mindfulness; The Founder of Mindfulness; The Effect on the Brain; The Three Most Accepted Lies; The Very Dangerous End-Time Delusion; The Secret Rapture; The Devastating Implications of Futurism; The Historicism Approach; The Remnant Church; The Sea Beast and the Land Beast; The Battle of Armageddon; Futurism; World Leaders are Deceived; Counterfeit Second Coming; False Sense of Security; The Impending Danger in Protestantism; The Repeat of Judgment on the Antediluvian; The Global Flood; Evil Rules over Mankind; The Remnants  Preserved; Noah’s Warning Message Ridiculed; Reasoning against Noah’s Warning; The Remnants Shut in the Ark; The Unimaginable Devastation by Water; Incorrigible Judged ; The World Today is the Same; ; The Last Days Scoffers; The Prophesied End of the World; The Lesson from the Days of Noah; Truth about Satan for End-time ( Rev 10-14); The Charade of the Self-Inflicted Wound; The Beast from the Abyss; The Underground Strategy; The Jesuits Camouflaged Transition; The Illuminati formed by Adam Weishaupt; Rationale of Self- Inflicted Wound Strategy; Famous “Evolution Theory” Perpetrators of Satan; Jesuit formulated“Big Bang Theory”; The Meaning of Rev 17:8; The Pinnacle of Abomination: Sun Worship; The Pinnacle of Abomination: Sun Worship; End-time Scenario; The False Prophet: Apostate Protestantism; America Founded on Liberty and Freedom; The Prophesied Protestant Apostasy; Formation of the Beast; Satan is God’s Ape; The Number “666”: Operation Phoenix (Rev 13: 17-18); Lucifer is also Fenex; Lucifer will Possess the Last Pope; Forewarning of Counterfeit Worship System; God’s Final Act; The Truth Segments of Revelation; References

Contents added on Aug 30, 2017

5.4.3 The Prophesied Climactic End; The Second Coming of Christ; The Various Distortions on the Second Coming: : a-millennialism, pre-millennialism, post-millennialism, and  dispensationalism; Preterism and Futurism; Biblical Study on the Second Coming: The Manner of Jesus Second Coming; Overview of Events in the Second Coming; No Secret Rapture; Battle of Armageddon; The Sixth plague; The Seventh Plague; During the Millennium; After the Millennium; The Doctrine of Hell; Catholic Catechism on Hell; Loyola’s Spiritual Exercise- meditation on Hell; Impact of Hell Doctrine; The Quran Perspective; The Biblical Doctrine on Hell; The Meaning of Eternal Fire; The Purpose of the Eternal Fire; on View of God; False Conception of God; View of God Survey in America; Source on the True View of God; The Importance of Doctrines; The Beliefs of Seventh-day Adventists (SDA); The True View of God; The New Earth; 5.4.4 Daniel Chapter 11 Bible Study; Rivalry between North and South; The Rise of the Roman Kingdom; Julius Caesar; Jesus Crucifixion ; Victory of Augustus over Anthony & Cleopatra; Papal Rome becomes King of the North; The Veracity of Prophetic Words; Fulfilled Prophecies that will be Repeated; Notes on Dan 11:31-36 - This History will be Repeated; Notes on Dan 11:37-39- Traditions Created by Papacy; Notes on Daniel 11:40- The Fall of Soviet Union by 1991; Deadly Wound; Bible Banned during French Revolution; Rise of Atheism; The Fall of Communism; The Alliance of Papacy and U.S.A; Fall of the Berlin Wall in 1989; Notes on Daniel 11:41- Setting Up Sunday Worship; Discussion on The Glorious Land; The Glorious Land is Spiritual Israel; Invoking Assistance from Apostate Protestant America; National Sunday Law; The Four Stages of National Sunday Law; The Close of Probation; Edom, Moab and Ammon; Notes on Daniel 11:42, 43 – The Conquest of Satan; Spiritual Egypt; Power over World Economy; Daniel 11:44, 45 – God’s  Final  Act; The Time of Trouble; The Death Decree; Character of God’s People; The Remnant; Deceived  Condition of the World; God’s Vengeance on Satan; Application of Daniel 11:31-45; Highlights of Daniel Ch. 12; Dan 12:1 -  God’s Action  in Eliminating Sin; Dan 12:2 – Special Resurrection; Dan 12:3-4 – The Wise and Increase in Knowledge; Dan 12:8-13 –Daniel Did not Understand as we now understand; Jesus, Our All-in- All;


WP5c1 The Finishing Act:  Pt 4, “The Day of the Lord”

5.4 The Day of the Lord

In many of the prophetic texts addressing the Day of the Lord, it is clear that the Day can be a time of unprecedented destruction or of overwhelming blessing contingent on one’s obedience to Yahweh. According to Obadiah, it is upon those who treat others unfairly that destruction will come. In Isaiah, judgment falls on the proud one. In Amos, however, the Day of the Lord is to be longed for by the righteous, though there will be great darkness for the wicked. The message of the Day of the Lord, then, is that its coming is inevitable. Its harshness, though, is directly related to our disobedience to Yahweh: The greater the disobedience, the greater the destruction; the greater the righteousness, the greater the blessing. - https://bible.org/article/day-lord

5.4.1 Bible Passages

The phrase “the day of the Lord” is used nineteen times in the Old Testament (Isaiah 2:12; 13:6, 9; Ezekiel 13:5, 30:3; Joel 1:15, 2:1,11,31; 3:14; Amos 5:18,20; Obadiah 15; Zephaniah 1:7,14; Zechariah 14:1; Malachi. 4:5) and five times in the New Testament (Acts 2:20; 1 Thessalonians 5:2; 2 Thessalonians 2:2; 2 Peter 3:10). It is also alluded to in other passages (Revelation 6:17; 16:14). (https://www.gotquestions.org/day-of-the-Lord.html ) Old Testament Passages

The Old Testament passages dealing with the day of the Lord often convey a sense of imminence, nearness, and expectation: “Wail, for the day of the Lord is near!” (Isaiah 13:6); “For the day is near, even the day of the Lord is near” (Ezekiel 30:3); “Let all who live in the land tremble, for the day of the Lord is coming. It is close at hand” (Joel 2:1); “Multitudes, multitudes in the valley of decision! For the day of the Lord is near in the valley of decision” (Joel 3:14); “Be silent before the Lord God! For the day of the Lord is near” (Zephaniah 1:7). This is because the Old Testament passages referring to the day of the Lord often speak of both a near and a far fulfillment, as does much of Old Testament prophecy. Some Old Testament passages that refer to the day of the Lord describe historical judgments that have already been fulfilled in some sense (Isaiah 13:6-22; Ezekiel 30:2-19; Joel 1:15, 3:14; Amos 5:18-20; Zephaniah 1:14-18), while others refers to divine judgments that will take place toward the end of the age (Joel 2:30-32; Zechariah 14:1; Malachi 4:1, 5). (https://www.gotquestions.org/day-of-the-Lord.html)

It is used first by Isaiah  ("For the day of the LORD of hosts shall be upon every one that is proud and lofty, and upon every one that is lifted up; and he shall be brought low" (Isaiah 2:12)) and subsequently incorporated into prophetic and apocalyptic literature texts of the Bible. It relies on military images to describe the Lord as a "divine warrior" who will conquer his enemies. In certain prophetic texts of the Old Testament, the enemies of the Lord are Israel's enemies, and in these visions the day of the Lord brings victory for the people of ancient Israel. Other prophets use the imagery as a warning to Israel or its leaders and for them, the day of the Lord will mean destruction for the biblical nations of Israel and/or Judah. This concept develops throughout Jewish and Christian Scripture into a day of divine, apocalyptic judgment at the end of the world.[2]- https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Day_of_the_Lord

Another early use of the phrase is in Amos 5:18-20.[3] Wright suggests that the phrase was already a standard one, and Amos' hearers would take it to mean "the day when Yahweh would intervene to put Israel at the head of the nations, irrespective of Israel's faithfulness to Him."[3] Yet Amos declares "Woe to you who long for the day of the LORD! Why do you long for the day of the LORD? That day will be darkness, not light" (Amos 5:18, NIV). Because Israel had sinned, God would come in judgement on them. Thus, the day of the Lord is about God chastening his people, whether it be through the Babylonian invasion of Jerusalem or a locust plague described in Joel 2:1-11.[3] Yet Joel 2:32 holds a promise that on the Day of the Lord, "everyone who calls on the name of the LORD will be saved." (Ibid)

Reference to a specific day as being "The Day of the Lord" is found in the Book of Daniel 12:12, "Blessed is he who waits and comes unto 1,335 days."(to be discussed later)(Ibid) New Testament Passages

This promise is also picked up in the New Testament, when Joel 2:28-32 is quoted in Acts 2:17-21. The phrase is also used in 1 Thessalonians 5:2 to refer either to the (unexpected and surprise )   ( delete rapture* or to the) return of Jesus.[4] (Ibid)

(*Note:  watch “The Secret Rapture Fallacy” (A New Look at the Blessed Hope) by  Ps. S. Bohr, published on Sep 8, 2013 at https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z1Km5QwkEzo&list=PLihnlHdV4AJaHAt6oL21s6pXZHOOkTXIS&index=7 )

The phrase alludes to a judgment for eternal rewards in 2 Corinthians 1:14 where it says "we are your rejoicing, even as ye also are ours in the day of the Lord Jesus". (Ibid)

The Book of Revelation describes the day of the Lord as an apocalyptic time of God's almighty wrath, which comes upon those who are deemed wicked. The text pictures every man hiding in the rocks of the mountains during a major earthquake to attempt to hide from God's wrath, while celestial phenomena turn the moon blood red and the sun dark.[Revelation 6:12-17] These celestial phenomena are also mentioned in Joel 2:31, which foretells the same precise order of events mentioned in Revelation: The moon turns blood red and the sun turns dark before the great day of the Lord.[Joel 2:31] Matthew 24:29-31 mentions the same event, yet it places the celestial phenomenon as occurring after the "tribulation of those days".[Matthew 24:29-31] According to these passages, it then seems that the day of the Lord is an event closely tied with the coming of the Messiah to judge the world. (Ibid)

The New Testament calls it a day of “wrath,” a day of “visitation,” and the “great day of God Almighty” (Revelation 16:14) and refers to a still future fulfillment when God’s wrath is poured out on unbelieving Israel (Isaiah 22; Jeremiah 30:1-17; Joel 1-2; Amos 5; Zephaniah 1) and on the unbelieving world (Ezekiel 38–39; Zechariah 14). The Scriptures indicate that “the day of the Lord” will come quickly, like a thief in the night (Zephaniah 1:14-15; 2 Thessalonians 2:2), and therefore Christians must be watchful and ready for the coming of Christ at any moment. (https://www.gotquestions.org/day-of-the-Lord.html)

Besides being a time of judgment, it will also be a time of salvation as God will deliver the remnant of Israel, fulfilling His promise that “all of Israel will be saved” (Romans 11:26), forgiving their sins and restoring His chosen people to the land He promised to Abraham (Isaiah 10:27; Jeremiah 30:19-31, 40; Micah 4; Zechariah 13). The final outcome of the day of the Lord will be that “the arrogance of man will be brought low and the pride of men humbled; the Lord alone will be exalted in that day” (Isaiah 2:17). The ultimate or final fulfillment of the prophecies concerning the day of the Lord will come at the end of history when God, with wondrous power, will punish evil and fulfill all His promises. (Ibid) Two Faces of Judgment

The good people who love God welcome judgment which is the final act of being separated from the evil ones. The evil loving people who hate and reject God dread judgment, since they know that it will be the extinction of their lives as God is vindicated good, just and righteous.

While Christ is still in the Most Holy Place in heaven and probation is not closed, anyone can still return to God and be able to turn the Day of the Lord into a day of salvation and rejoicing. The Wrath of God

 To the scoffers saying  “Where is the promise of his coming? for since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning of the creation.” (2 Pet 3:4), Peter  replied:  “But, beloved, do not forget this one thing, that with the Lord one day [is] as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day. “The Lord is not slack concerning [His] promise, as some count slackness, but is long suffering toward us, not willing that any should perish but that all should come to repentance. “ But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night, in which the heavens will pass away with a great noise, and the elements will melt with fervent heat; both the earth and the works that are in it will be burned up.” (2 Pet 3:8-10).

This is the day that God hath appointed for the close of this world's history. “This gospel of the kingdom shall be preached in all the world for a witness unto all nations; and then shall the end come." Mat 24:14. Prophecy is fast fulfilling (based on some of the current events we have discussed earlier).  The day is at hand when the destiny of every soul will be fixed forever. This day of the Lord hastens on apace. The false watchmen are raising the cry, "All is well"; but the day of God is rapidly approaching. Its footsteps are so muffled that it does not arouse the world from the deathlike slumber into which it has fallen. While the watchmen cry (on the behest of the false Christ and the false prophets), "Peace and safety," "sudden destruction cometh upon them," "and they shall not escape"; "for as a snare shall it come on all them that dwell on the face of the whole earth." It overtakes the pleasure-lover and the sinful man as a thief in the night. When all is apparently secure, and men retire to contented rest, then the prowling, stealthy, midnight thief steals upon his prey.. The solemn fact is to be kept not only before the people of the world, but before our own churches also, that the day of the Lord will come suddenly, unexpectedly. The fearful warning of the prophecy is addressed to every soul. Let no one feel that he is secure from the danger of being surprised. Let no one's interpretation of prophecy rob you of the conviction of the knowledge of events which show that this great event is near at hand.  {FE 335.2} ( The day of the Lord will declare and bring to light things that are not yet made manifest. {CET 151.2} )

The Inspired writing of Ellen White saying, “We have nothing to fear for the future, except as we shall forget the way the Lord has led us, and His teaching in our past history.” {CET 204.1} points us to recall  the history of the past to be an example for what is now unfolding concerning the mass takeover  by the papacy with all the religious faith  coming into the Catholic’s fold. Pope Francis is on the verge of quelling the Protestant Reformation when he confidently presided in Lund, Sweden on October 31, 2016 in the kick-off of events leading up to the 500th anniversary on October 31, 2017 which will proclaim to the whole world that Protestantism is over and that peace and prosperity will follow with him as the supreme moral ruler.( see par The Secret Rapture onhow the deception is brought about)

There are in the world today many that closes their eyes to the evidences that Christ has given to warn men of His coming. They seek to quiet all apprehension, while at the same time the signs of the end are rapidly fulfilling, and the world is hastening to the time when the Son of man shall be revealed in the clouds of heaven. Paul teaches that it is sinful to be indifferent to the signs which are to precede the second coming of Christ. Those guilty of this neglect he calls children of the night and of darkness. He encourages the vigilant and watchful with these words: "But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief. Ye are all the children of light, and the children of the day: we are not of the night, nor of darkness. Therefore let us not sleep, as do others; but let us watch and be sober."  {AA 260.1} Deliverance and Reunion

Especially important to the church in our time are the teachings of the apostle upon this point. To those living so near the great consummation, the words of Paul should come with telling force: "Let us, who are of the day, be sober, putting on the breastplate of faith and love; and for a helmet, the hope of salvation. For God hath not appointed us to wrath, but to obtain salvation by our Lord Jesus Christ, who died for us, that, whether we wake or sleep, we should live together with Him."  {AA 260.2} 

The watchful Christian is a working Christian, seeking zealously to do all in his power for the advancement of the gospel. As love for his Redeemer increases, so also does love for his fellow men. He has severe trials, as had his Master; but he does not allow affliction to sour his temper or destroy his peace of mind. He knows that trial, if well borne, will refine and purify him, and bring him into closer fellowship with Christ. Those who are partakers of Christ's sufferings will also be partakers of His consolation and at last sharers of His glory.  {AA 261.1} Faith in the Second Coming

God gives no one a message that it will be ten or twenty years before this earth’s history shall close. If it were forty or one hundred years, the Lord would not authorize anyone to proclaim it. He would not give any living being an excuse for delaying the preparation for His appearing. He would have no one say, as did the unfaithful servant, “My Lord delayeth his coming,” for this leads to reckless neglect of opportunities and privileges to prepare for that great day. Every soul who claims to be a servant of God is called to do His service as if every day might be the last. . . . {CTr 346.2}

Let everyone to whom the Lord has given light from His Word be sure to make a right use of that light. Let all be guarded that they do not presume to feed the flock of God with food that is not appropriate for the time. {CTr 346.3}

Talk of the speedy appearing of the Son of man in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory. Put not off that day. God has given no one light to say, “My Lord delayeth his coming.” Let the inquiry be made, Shall I stand at the right hand or at the left hand of the Judge at that day? . . . {CTr 346.4}

It is essential that all shall know what atmosphere surrounds their own souls, whether they are in co-partnership with the enemy of righteousness and unconsciously doing his work, or whether they are linked up with Christ, doing His work, and seeking to establish souls more firmly in the truth. {CTr 346.5}

Satan would be pleased to have anyone and everyone become his allies to weaken the confidence believers have in one another, and to sow discord among those who profess to believe the truth. Satan can accomplish his purposes most successfully through professed friends of Christ who are not walking and working in Christ’s lines. Those who in mind and heart are turning away from the Lord’s special work for this time, those who do not cooperate with Him in establishing souls in the faith by leading them to heed His words of warning, are doing the work of the enemy of Christ. . . . {CTr 346.6}

This is the day of the Lord’s preparation. We have no time now to talk unbelief and to gossip, no time now to do the devil’s work. . . . So long as the people of God are in this world they will have to meet conflict and trouble and deception, because many choose the attributes of Satan instead of the attributes of God.—Manuscript 32a, 1896 (Manuscript Releases, vol. 18, pp. 58-62). {CTr 346.7}

5.4.2 Judgment Hour (Partial repeat of WP4.5 “Hour of His Judgment is Come” - Rev 14:7 at http://www.wakeupow.com/159912044 )

Jesus preaches that His kingdom is not of this world and called people to repentance (as did John the Baptist) because the kingdom of God is at hand which  Paul in Act 17:31 adds that God had appointed a day in which He is going to judge the world in righteousness by Jesus whom He has raised from the dead. So the message of repentance akin to the third angel’s message to come out of Babylon is connected to the message of judgment.  God wants people to be saved and whoever passes the judgment will enter into the kingdom of heaven. But the secular world and even the general Christians or the charismatic Christians hold the imagery of Judgment as mass destruction, with fires from heaven to burn the earth up since God is coming to punish eventually. This is on aspect of punishment but it is not limited to punishment. Since God has no pleasure in the death of even the wicked (Eze 33:11), for God loves judgment, and “will direct their work in truth and will make an everlasting  covenant with them” ( Isa 61:8).

This is a serious and solemn truth, that there are judgments that shall come, but the Bible prophecy tells us there is a judgment going on right now since Oct 22nd  1844 ( Dan 8:14) . This judgment is upon all those who have professed to be your righteous servants and righteous servants.  We are allowing events and things to take place in our lives so that a great polarisation will take place and shall be revealed even at the coming of the Lord . Whatever it takes we must pray to God to help us pass the judgment. “It is our desire that we will be counted amongst that special group that are righteous still when you come. Please help us to be so settled in the truth both intellectually and spiritually that by your grace we cannot be moved. Though these things may seem impossible with men but all things are possible with God.. May God keep us faithful and steadfast to the end.”  

The Judgment hour is almost ending  ( with the close of probation) based on the signs of the times  as are covered in earlier article WP4.5 : par Repent and be Converted  Now  with respect to thecountdown to the joint celebration of the 500th Anniversary of Luther’s protest for reform as the lead up to the end of the world;  par4. Countdown in Lund, Sweden; par "Spare it this Year Also"; par Satan’s  Plan of Attack;  par The Last Abomination.

Some of the disturbing news pertaining to the verbalized inclination (dictate) of Pope Francis can be read in the following links:

Proselytism “a poison for the ecumenical journey”- Pope: Christian unity is among my main preoccupations http://www.lastampa.it/2016/11/10/vaticaninsider/eng/the-vatican/pope-christian-is-among-my-main-preoccupations-S76WV8wfGZEH06cIfXag9I/pagina.html   Nov 10th 2016, Catholic Herald

*SDA in Christian World Communions Delegation (https://press.vatican.va/content/salastampa/en/bollettino/pubblico/2016/10/12/161012a.html- The Pope to the Christian World Communions delegation: ecumenism of prayer, journeying and blood, 12.10.2016)

Prayer, Service and Blood in Ecumenism - It’s Not My Jesus vs Your Jesus, But Our Jesus, Pope Says to Ecumenical Group). Ecumenism has three facets: prayer, service and blood, October 13, 2016ZENIT Staff Papal Texts https://zenit.org/articles/its-not-my-jesus-vs-your-jesus-but-our-jesus-pope-says-to-ecumenical-group/)   

Catholics and Evangelicals Share Same Gospel? -  (http://www.catholicherald.co.uk/issues/july-24th-2015/the-popes-great-evangelical-gamble/  -The Pope’s great Evangelical gamble by Luke Coppen,  posted Thursday, 23 Jul 2015) Countdown in Lund, Sweden, Oct 31, 2016  (From WP 4.5, par

God has a lesson for us to let the world know about the history of the Protestant Reform started by Martin Luther so that there will be an awakening and revival rather than the end of Protestantism as the Pope would want to claim the success in the counter-reformation by the Jesuits, headed by Ignatius Loyola who set it up.  The commemoration in Lund, was strategically phased in two stages with the first stage in Lund to entice, lure, all that have missed out to be drawn by the lure of the mercy door remaining open, the display and relying on mass magnetism. God providentially impressed the  rebellious leaders to stage this one-year-countdown so that we can be reminded about the parable of the unfruitful fig tree (discussed earlier) and see the role that Sweden played in the Reformation, and to lead people to read the book, “The Great Controversy” by Ellen G. White, which is one of the way to prepare in proclaiming the three angels’ messages. The Great Controversy

The Great Controversy (GC) is the book that can throw light on the history of the Protestant Reformation in which Sweden play a major role. The Great Controversy is a 19th-century work based on an extensive amount of materials originally produced by and under the name of a co-founder of the Seventh-day Adventist denomination, Ellen Gould Harmon-White (1827-1915).

The Great Controversy contains the story of the past, the present, and the future. In its outline of the closing scenes of this earth's history, it bears a powerful testimony in behalf of the truth. I (Ellen White) am more anxious to see a wide circulation for this book than for any others I have written; for in The Great Controversy, the last message of warning to the world is given more distinctly than in any of my other books.--Letter 281, 1905.  {CM 127.1} (The coverage of this book chapter by chapter with linkage to current events is being conducted by Ps Andrew Hendriques and Hilari Hendriques at www.prophesyagain.org  or https://livestream.com/savedtoserve/events/2814361 ) Divine Appointment

People must read the “The Great Controversy” by Ellen G. White as she explained :

The Lord has set before me ( Ellen G. White) matters which are of urgent importance for the present time, and which reach into the future. The words have been spoken in a charge to me, "Write in a book the things which thou hast seen and heard, and let it go to all the people; for the time is at hand when past history will be repeated." I have been aroused at one, two, or three o'clock in the morning with some point forcibly impressed upon my mind, as if spoken by the voice of God. . . .  {CM 128.1}

 I was shown . . . that I should devote myself to writing out the important matters for volume 4 [The Great Controversy]; that the warning must go where the living messenger could not go, and that it would call the attention of many to the important events to occur in the closing scenes of this world's history.--Letter 1, 1890.  {CM 128.2} 

The book The Great Controversy, I appreciate above silver or gold, and I greatly desire that it shall come before the people. While writing the manuscript of The Great Controversy, I was often conscious of the presence of the angels of God. And many times the scenes about which I was writing were presented to me anew in visions of the night, so that they were fresh and vivid in my mind.--Letter 56, 1911.  {CM 128.3} 

The results of the circulation of this book [The Great Controversy] are not to be judged by what now appears. By reading it, some souls will be aroused, and will have courage to unite themselves at once with those who keep the commandments of God. But a much larger number who read it will not take their position until they see the very events taking place that are foretold in it. The fulfillment of some of the predictions will inspire faith that others also will come to pass, and when the earth is lightened with the glory of the Lord, in the closing work, many souls will take their position on the commandments of God as the result of this agency.--Manuscript 31, 1890.  {CM 128.4} ( It is inexplicable as to why the SDA General Conference  chose to dilute the Great Controversy with The Great Hope ( last 14 chapters  of the Great Controversy as the medium in its outreach in 2012- see par Closing  Scenes of Protestant Reformation) The Spirit of Prophecy Books

In The Desire of Ages, Patriarchs and Prophets, The Great Controversy, and in Daniel and the Revelation, there is precious instruction. These books must be regarded as of special importance, and every effort should be made to get them before the people.--Letter 229, 1903.  {CM 123.2} 

The light given was that Thoughts on Daniel and the Revelation, The Great Controversy, and Patriarchs and Prophets, would make their way. They contain the very message the people must have, the special light God had given His people. The angels of God would prepare the way for these books in the hearts of the people.-- Special Instruction Regarding Royalties, p. 7. (1899)  {CM 123.3} 

 I thank my heavenly Father for the interest that my brethren and sisters have taken in the circulation of Christ's Object Lessons. By the sale of this book great good has been accomplished, and the work should be continued. But the efforts of our people should not be confined to this one book. The work of the Lord includes more than one line of service. Christ's Object Lessons is to live and do its appointed work, but not all the thought and effort of God's people are to be given to its circulation. The larger books, Patriarchs and Prophets, The Great Controversy, and The Desire of Ages, should be sold everywhere. These books contain truth for this time,--truth that is to be proclaimed in all parts of the world. Nothing is to hinder their sale.  {CM 124.1} 

God gave me the light contained in The Great Controversy and Patriarchs and Prophets and this light was needed to arouse the people to prepare for the great day of God, which is just before us. These books contain God's direct appeal to the people. Thus He is speaking to the people in stirring words, urging them to make ready for His coming. The light God has given in these books should not be concealed. . . .  {CM 129.1} 

How many have read carefully Patriarchs and Prophets, The Great Controversy, and The Desire of Ages? I wish all to understand that my confidence in the light that God has given stands firm, because I know that the Holy Spirit's power magnified the truth, and made it honorable, saying: "This is the way, walk ye in it." In my books, the truth is stated, barricaded by a "Thus saith the Lord." The Holy Spirit traced these truths upon my heart and mind as indelibly as the law was traced by the finger of God, upon the tables of stone, which are now in the ark, to be brought forth in that great day when sentence will be pronounced against every evil, seducing science produced by the father of lies.--Letter 90, 1906.  {CM 126.2} 

Canvassers should be secured to handle the books, Great Controversy, Patriarchs and Prophets, Desire of Ages, Daniel and the Revelation, and other books of like character, who have a sense of the value of the matter these books contain, and a realization of the work to be done to interest people in the truth. Special help, which is above all the supposed advantages of illustrations, will be given to such canvassers. The canvassers who are born again by the work of the Holy Spirit, will be accompanied by angels, who will go before them to the dwellings of the people, preparing the way for them. --Manuscript 131, 1899.  {CM 88.1}

I know that the statement made that these books cannot be sold, is untrue. I know; for the Lord has instructed me that this is said because human devising has blocked the way for their sale. It cannot be denied that these works were not the product of any human mind; they are the voice of God speaking to His people and they will have an influence upon minds that other books do not have.--Manuscript 23, 1890.  {CM 129.2} 

Many will depart from the faith and give heed to seducing spirits. Patriarchs and Prophets and The Great Controversy, are books that are especially adapted to those who have newly come to the faith, that they may be established in the truth. The dangers are pointed out that should be avoided by the churches. Those who become thoroughly acquainted with the lessons in these books will see the dangers before them, and will be able to discern the plain, straight path marked out for them. They will be kept from strange paths. They will make straight paths for their feet, lest the lame be turned out of the way.--Letter 229, 1903.  {CM 129.3} 

Let there be an interest awakened in the sale of these books. Their sale is essential; for they contain timely instruction from the Lord. They should be appreciated as books that bring to the people light that is especially needed just now. Therefore these books should be widely distributed. Those who make a careful study of the instruction contained in them, and will receive it as from the Lord, will be kept from receiving many of the errors that are being introduced. Those who accept the truths contained in these books will not be led into false paths.  {CM 130.1} Online Access to E.G. White  Books - http://whiteestate.org/books/ebooks/ebooks.asp Bible Study

The urgent necessities that are making themselves felt in this time demand a constant education in the word of God. This is present truth. Throughout the world there should be a reform in Bible study, for it is needed now as never before. As this reform progresses, a mighty work will be wrought; for when God declared that His word should not return unto Him void, He meant all that He said. A knowledge of God and of Jesus Christ "whom He has sent" is the highest education, and it will cover the earth with its wonderful enlightenment as the waters cover the sea.  {6T 131.2} 

It is Ellen White’s counsel in her time that Bible study is especially needed in the schools. Students should be rooted and grounded in divine truth. Their attention should be called, not to the assertions of men, but to the word of God. Above all other books, the word of God must be our study, the great textbook, the basis of all education; and our children are to be educated in the truths found therein, irrespective of previous habits and customs. In doing this, teachers and students will find the hidden treasure, the higher education.  {6T 131.3} (Since Bible study is forbidden in all modern day secular schools it is imperative that the church must provide the lack.) The Guide of Daily Life 

Bible rules are to be the guide of the daily life. The cross of Christ is to be the theme, revealing the lessons we must learn and practice. Christ must be brought into all the studies, that students may drink in the knowledge of God and may represent Him in character. His excellence is to be our study in time as well as in eternity. The word of God, spoken by Christ in the Old and New Testaments, is the bread from heaven; but much that is called science is as dishes of human invention, adulterated food; it is not the true manna.  {6T 132.1} 

 In God's word is found wisdom unquestionable, inexhaustible--wisdom that originated, not in the finite, but in the infinite mind. But much of that which God has revealed in His word is dark to men, because the jewels of truth are buried beneath the rubbish of human wisdom and tradition. To many the treasures of the word remain hidden, because they have not been searched for with earnest perseverance until the golden precepts were understood. The word must be searched in order to purify and prepare those who receive it to become members of the royal family, children of the heavenly King.  {6T 132.2} 

The study of God's word should take the place of the study of those books that have led minds into mysticism and away from the truth. Its living principles, woven into our lives, will be our safeguard in trials and temptations; its divine instruction is the only way to success. As the test comes to every soul, there will be apostasies. Some will prove to be traitors, heady, high-minded, and self-sufficient, and will turn away from the truth, making shipwreck of faith. Why? Because they did not live "by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God." They did not dig deep and make their foundation sure. When the words of the Lord through His chosen messengers are brought to them, they murmur and think the way is made too strait. In the sixth chapter of John we read of some who were thought to be disciples of Christ, but who, when the plain truth was presented to them, were displeased and walked no more with Him. In like manner these superficial students also will turn away from Christ.  {6T 132.3} The Present Truth

(https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=30v4Tlv-jWM - Stephen Bohr: The Sanctuary, Published on Jun 4, 2011)

Satan invents unnumbered schemes to occupy our minds, that they may not dwell upon the very work with which we ought to be best acquainted. The arch deceiver hates the great truths that bring to view an atoning sacrifice and an all-powerful mediator. He knows that with him everything depends on his diverting minds from Jesus and His truth.  {GC 488.1}

Pastor Stephen Bohr in his talk on “The Sanctuary” discusses the meaning & purpose of God's heavenly sanctuary live during the 3ABN Spring 2011 Camp meeting to explain  that present truth is the truth  connected with where and what Jesus is presently doing in the plan of salvation. It is following Jesus where He is. Thus it is essential that the subject of the sanctuary and the investigative judgment should be understood. We can trace the work of Jesus  when He was on earth  and where He is right now in the throne room of the heavenly sanctuary  doing the investigative judgment and  at the same time being our advocate and mediator since October 22 1844.

Those who would share the benefits of the Saviour's mediation should permit nothing to interfere with their duty to perfect holiness in the fear of God. The precious hours, instead of being given to pleasure, to display, or to gain seeking, should be devoted to an earnest, prayerful study of the word of truth. The subject of the sanctuary and the investigative judgment should be clearly understood by the people of God. All need a knowledge for themselves of the position and work of their great High Priest. Otherwise it will be impossible for them to exercise the faith which is essential at this time or to occupy the position which God designs them to fill. Every individual has a soul to save or to lose. Each has a case pending at the bar of God. Each must meet the great Judge face to face. How important, then, that every mind contemplate often the solemn scene when the judgment shall sit and the books shall be opened, when, with Daniel, every individual must stand in his lot, at the end of the days.  {GC 488.2}

All who have received the light upon these subjects are to bear testimony of the great truths which God has committed to them. The sanctuary in heaven is the very center of Christ's work in behalf of men. It concerns every soul living upon the earth. It opens to view the plan of redemption, bringing us down to the very close of time and revealing the triumphant issue of the contest between righteousness and sin. It is of the utmost importance that all should thoroughly investigate these subjects and be able to give an answer to everyone that asketh them a reason of the hope that is in them.  {GC 488.3}

The intercession of Christ in man's behalf in the sanctuary above is as essential to the plan of salvation as was His death upon the cross. By His death He began that work which after His resurrection He ascended to complete in heaven. We must by faith enter within the veil, "whither the forerunner is for us entered." Hebrews 6:20. There the light from the cross of Calvary is reflected. There we may gain a clearer insight into the mysteries of redemption. The salvation of man is accomplished at an infinite expense to heaven; the sacrifice made is equal to the broadest demands of the broken law of God. Jesus has opened the way to the Father's throne, and through His mediation the sincere desire of all who come to Him in faith may be presented before God.  {GC 489.1} (SeeTOP10. Following Christ by Faith (into the Holy of Holies) http://www.wakeupow.com/152909634 ) Christ’s Ministration in the Sanctuary 

SDA is unique preaching a distinct message unique message for this time. The correct understanding of the ministration in the heavenly sanctuary is the foundation of our faith..--Letter 208, 1906.  {Ev 221.2}

We are to be established in the faith, in the light of the truth given us in our early experience. At that time one error after another pressed in upon us; ministers and doctors brought in new doctrines. We would search the Scriptures with much prayer, and the Holy Spirit would bring the truth to our minds. Sometimes whole nights would be devoted to searching the Scriptures, and earnestly asking God for guidance. Companies of devoted men and women assembled for this purpose. The power of God would come upon me, and I was enabled clearly to define what is truth and what is error.  {GW 302.2} (We must study the Bible and Spirit of Prophecy writings to confirm the truth.) Five Stages of Christ’s Ministry (From TOP10. Following Christ by Faith (into the Holy of Holies), par 10.1.1 at   http://www.wakeupow.com/152909634)

The study of the sanctuary message revealed the five stages in the work of Christ in our salvation. Christ was in the camp surrounding the sanctuary in Stage 1 when He became man and dwelled among us, lived the perfect life for us, the sinners, and faced our temptations and trials without sinning. He lived the life we should live. God demands absolute perfection with no deviation from His law which is a reflection of His character and none of us can offer that perfection. Stage 2 was in the court where He died for us as our substitute (as the lamb of God) at the brazen Altar of Sacrifice. The Law condemns us to death for transgressions and Jesus pay the penalty for our sins.  He is paying for all who has ever lived (corporately for every person ).  He was resurrected in the washing of regeneration (Tit3:5) at the Laver. He ascended to Heaven and entered the Holy Place in Stage 3 where as High Priest He was applying the benefits of His earthly works , (His life and death) in accepting confessions from repentant sinners who believed and trusted in Him. All the confessed sins are therefore entered into the Holy Place at the Altar of Incense through the blood of Christ. Jesus gained the benefits of salvation on a perfect life and a death for sin. This resource must be personally claimed in order for us to benefit from it.  In the Holy Place Jesus receives prayers of repentance sinners who confessed their sins. Jesus takes his perfect life , His death for sin and places them to the sinner’s account and God looks upon him as if he had never sin. Our sins enter the sanctuary through the blood of Jesus. What is written in heaven is forgiven sins- with pardon recorded in the books. On 22nd October 1844, He entered the Most Holy Place in stage 4  as Judge and our Advocate to cleanse the sanctuary of all these sins. This stage involved the investigative judgment which started at the house of God and until all individual cases are judged.  Stage 5 is when all cases have been judged all these sins must be removed from the sanctuary which takes place during the day of atonement.  On the final Day of Atonement all these sins are then transferred to Satan prior to His Second Advent as King of Kings and Lord of Lords. Its purpose is to reveal to the universe  who were true and genuine repentant sinners.  The books are opened revealing records to show true repentance and manifested by a changed life. All the forgiven sins are placed on the head of the scapegoat which represents Satan, the originator of sin. Probation closes as Jesus change into His kingly robe and returns to earth as King of kings and Lord of Lords.

These five stages are not present truths. Present truth is where Jesus is and what He is doing now. Present truth has to do with the apartment where Jesus is ministering today. And what are the truths revealed there In order for us to preach the present truth? It must be the truths that are revealed in the Most Holy Place (MHP) in the heavenly sanctuary. Present truths  are the truths revealed in the MHP today. End-Time Church of Judgment

 The seven periods of church history are revealed in the book of Revelation. Church of Ephesus is the period of the apostolic Church-( 31- 100 A.D.)  Smyrna was the church period that was persecuted under the Roman emperors- (100-323 A.D.).  Pergamos was the church period when compromise comes into the church in he days of Constantine- ( 323- 538 A.D.) The church of Thyatira where that woman Jezebel does harlotry, represents the the dominion of Roman Catholic papacy in the Middle Ages – (538-1517 A.D.). Sardis represents the period of Protestant Reformation- (1517-1790) The sixth church, Philadelphia came after the temporal end of papal supremacy. It was a period before the second coming after 1798 – (1790- 1900).  Rev 3: 7-8 says the door to the MHP is to be opened  as confirmed in Rev 11:19 concerning the sixth trumpet.  “Then the temple of God was opened in heaven, and the ark of His covenant was seen in His temple.”  The door to the MHP was only opened on the day of atonement in the sanctuary service. So on the sixth trumpet under the six church is the opening of this door where the ark of the covenant is found. This gives us the chronology of the judgment.  Daniel 7 follows the same pattern and the same chronology where the little horn is the last beast representing the new Rome, papal Rome  which rules for 1260 years.  It is after the little horn ruling for 1260 year (538-1798) we have the heavenly scene of  judgment  where the Ancient of Days went  and  sat and the judgment was set and the books were opened  after 1798 (Dan 7:7-10).  Jesus came to the Ancient of Days in the MHP on Oct 22, 1844 and He is given His kingdom. (Rev 7:13-14) The purpose of the judgment is for Jesus to receive His kingdom which is to determine who belongs to the kingdom of Jesus Christ. The judgment is to determine who is a true genuine follower of Jesus Christ. When Jesus has judged the case of all of those who profess Jesus Christ as Lord and Saviour, then His kingdom will be made up. This is to reveal before to the universe that God was right in the way that He dealt with those who professed the name of Jesus Christ ( in view that there are wise and foolish virgins, wheat and tares in God’s remnant church. Forgiveness can be revoked when the cases are examined and it is discovered that those who claimed Jesus as Lord and Saviour did not embrace Jesus Christ as Lord and Saviour ( Mat 18:23-35). The Distinct Doctrines

The Ten Commandments is found in the MHP and it must be the preaching of the SDA church. In the center of the Ten Commandments is the Sabbath which is highlighted by related two other things in the ark of the Covenant, the pot of manna ( the manna  test for obedience- and to show that we should live healthy lifestyle according to God’s eight laws of health), and Aeron’s rod  that sprouted representing Jesus who has life in Himself. Since judgment only starts in 1844 so that no one are sent to heaven or to hell  when they die and before they are judged in the investigative judgment in 1844 it can be deduced that  the state of the dead is like a deep sleep, another distinctive doctrine of SDA. All these doctrines are contended in the Christian world and are rejected to a great degree because they have not followed Jesus Christ into the MHP which is present truth. The Three Angels’ Messages

Dan 7 depicts the scene of judgment in heaven. Rev, 14:6,7 is the announcement of judgment on earth has come while the gospel is being preached. Rev 13:2 refers  to Dan 7’s four beasts and the last beast the dragon gave its power to the sea beast  which rules for 1260 years  (Rev 12:7). After this is the warning in Rev 14:6-12 given  before  the second coming and the close of probation. This is the three angels messages which  contain the same things as the MHP. Fear God is used in connection with keeping God’s commandments. (Ecc 12:13 cp Rev 14;7,12). The first angel’s message,  “worship Him who created the heavens, the earth, the seas .. “ brings to view the Sabbath that is in the MHP. It is a test  over the mark of the beast  or the seal of God. The three angels’ messages also is about the judgment hour, the state of the dead, healthy living o give glory to God. Thus the three angels’ messages are the earthly proclamation of the MHP of the heavenly sanctuary. This is present truth. The Day of Atonement

The MHP has another message, the Day of Atonement, which has been greatly ignored by the Christian world and even by Adventists.  The Feast of Trumpets announces the coming  of the Day of Atonement and the need to prepare. The people are afflicting their souls and they are fasting and gathered around the Sanctuary because their minds have to be in the Sanctuary, because once the Day of Atonement closed  that was it and judgment is decided . The work of Jesus in cleansing  the sanctuary does  a parallel work of cleansing the temple of  the souls on earth.

Joel 2 1-9 is about the second coming vv 10-11 say the day of the Lord is great and very terrible for who can endure it? The answer is in vv 12,13,15-17: we are supposed to be weeping now not celebration; in soul searching, and repentance. We are also to blow the trumpets to gather people to do the same thing. This should be the spirit on earth. Because Jesus is not going to cleanse any there that has not been cleansed in the MHP in heaven. The 144,000

The question in Joel 2:11 is repeated in Revelation  after describing signs in the stars, and a great earthquake( Rev 6:17) The answer is in Rev 7; describing the  144,000 which represents the living saints when Jesus comes. They follow the lamb wherever He goes. The name of Father is written on their forehead.  They are virgins which means they have not been defiled with apostate women , the fallen churches. ) They are without spot before the throne of God. In the words, they are those who have been in the MHP with Jesus and through the power of the Holy Spirit had overcome sin in their lives. (Nobody is perfect  but perfection does not depend on whether I’m perfect or not , it depends on whether God is able or not. Phi 4:13)

This is precisely what Ellen White had written:

“From the Holy of Holies, there goes on the grand work of instruction. The angels of God are communicating to men. Christ officiates in the sanctuary. We do not follow Him into the sanctuary as we should. Christ and angels work in the hearts of the children of men. The church above united with the church below is warring the good warfare upon the earth. There must be a purifying of the soul here upon the earth, in harmony with Christ's cleansing of the sanctuary in heaven.  {Mar 249.4}   God's people are now to have their eyes fixed on the heavenly sanctuary, where . . . our great High Priest . . . is interceding for His people.  {Mar 249.5}

“Satan is constantly alluring away from faithfulness and thoroughness in the essential works of preparedness for the great event that will try every man's soul. The work in the heavenly sanctuary is going forward. Jesus is cleansing the sanctuary. The work on earth corresponds with the work in heaven. The heavenly angels are at work constantly to draw man, the living agent, to look to Jesus to contemplate and meditate upon Jesus that he may, in viewing the perfection of Christ, be impressed with the imperfections of His own character. The promised Comforter, Christ. . . declared, "shall testify of me." This is the burden of the message for this time. . . . “ {UL 344.2}   

 God wants more than forgiveness. He wants to pour out His power to overcome. He does not want us to have a frustrated Christian walk where we keep asking for forgiveness . He will forgive if we are sincere and we love the Lord. But Jesus wants us to have victory over sin. All our pioneers discovered all our distinctive truth because once you enter the MHP you see the ark and the law is there and not done away at the cross. The manna  in the ark  is God’s  provision  for healthy living and highlights the Sabbath, In the MHP judgment took place.  Judgment only started in 1844, so the dead are dead until the resurrection until after  they are judged in the investigative judgment. These are the distinctive truths of the Advent Church in the MHP that is present Truth.

Ellen White has said, “These messages  (three angels’ messages) were represented to me as an anchor to the people of God. Those who understand and receive them will be kept from being swept away by the many delusions of Satan. “ {EW 256.2} The Final Conflict

The final controversy will be over God’s law and the Sabbath. Spiritualism is going to be involved which is a wrong concept of the state of the dead. The Distinctive truths are the issues in the end time conflict. We need to warn the world about this and to teach people to follow Jesus. We need to take them in stages from the camp first where he lived, camp where he died and then to the HP to come to Jesus and if you repent and confess your sins and trust in the merits of Jesus , He will take his life and his death and put them in your account and you will be covered by the blood in the sanctuary. The next step is the MHP, the idea that through the power of God sin can be overcome because sin is not more powerful than God. This the reason for our existence and woe to us if we think we need to preach whatever other churches are preaching and on the new ways to grow churches. The truth will fill the Church with words that are sincere and loving.

God has a whole blueprint of how he is going to finish the work. We have all the present truth given to us and we don’t share it.  When the present truth come to us we have to put them into action first in our hearts personally, secondly in our home, thirdly in our neighbourhood and then abroad. We may be beaten with many stripes, but we have to put into action what God has been showing us.  There is a great work to be done but in the little time to do it.  We are getting ready to go into a great battle against the final movement of spiritual Babylon and Jesus said we need to understand Luk 14:28 -  to count the cost needed to finish it; v31- no intelligent king will go into war without knowing what is his enemy trying to do and how he could  counter the enemy and win  the battle. We need to know by the grace of God how to stand though the heaven may fall. Time of Aggressive Warning

Christ had been warning the people of the coming of the kingdom of God, and He had sharply rebuked their ignorance and indifference. The signs in the sky, which foretold the weather, they were quick to read; but the signs of the times, which so clearly pointed to His mission, were not discerned.  {COL 212.2} 

The Inspired saying “We have nothing to fear for the future, except as we shall forget the way the Lord has led us, and His teaching in our past history.” {CET 204.1} points us to recall  the history of the past to be an example for what is now unfolding concerning the mass takeover  by the papacy with all the religious faith  coming into the Catholic fold. Pope Francis is on the verge of quelling the Protestant Reformation when he confidently presided in Lund, Sweden on October 31, 2016 in the kick-off of events leading up to the 500th anniversary on October 31, 2017 which will proclaim to the whole world that Protestantism is over and that peace and prosperity will follow with him as the supreme moral ruler.

We are living in the closing scenes of these perilous times. The Lord foresaw the unbelief that now prevails respecting His coming; and again and again He has given warning in His word that this event will be unexpected. The great day will come as a snare "on all them that dwell on the face of the whole earth." Luke 21:35. But there are two classes. To one the apostle gives these encouraging words: "Ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief." 1 Thessalonians 5:4. Some will be ready when the Bridegroom comes, and will go in with Him to the marriage. How precious is this thought to those who are waiting and watching for His appearing! Christ "loved the church, and gave Himself for it; that He might sanctify and cleanse it with the washing of water by the word, that He might present it to Himself a glorious church, not having spot, or wrinkle, or any such thing; but that it should be holy and without blemish." Ephesians 5:25-27. Those whom God loves enjoy this favor because they are lovely in character.  {6T 129.1}

The perils of the last days are upon us, and in our work we are to warn people of the danger that they are in. Let not the solemn scenes, that prophecy has revealed are soon to take place, be left untouched. If our people were awake, if they realized the nearness of the events portrayed by John, such a reformation would be made in our churches that many more would believe our message. We are God's messengers, and we have no time to lose, for He calls upon us to watch for souls as they that must give an account. Advance new principles, and crowd in clear-cut truth. It will be as a sword cutting both ways. But do not be too ready to take a controversial attitude. There will be times when we must stand still and see the salvation of the Lord. Present the truth as it is in Jesus. Let Daniel speak, let Revelation speak, and tell what is truth. But whatever phase of the subject is presented, uplift Jesus as the center of all hope, "the root and the offspring of David, and the bright and morning star."   {PUR, January 14, 1904 par. 6} Studying Daniel and Revelation

Daniel and  Revelation are invaluable help in our witnessing to the unbelieving. We need to understand this book. It speaks of past, present, and future, laying out the path so plainly that none need err therein. Those who will diligently study this book will have no relish for the cheap sentiments presented by those who have a burning desire to get out something new and strange to present to the flock of God. The rebuke of God is upon all such teachers. They need that one teach them what is meant by godliness and truth. The great, essential questions which God would have presented to the people are found in Daniel and the Revelation. There is found solid, eternal truth for this time. Everyone needs the light and information it contains.  {1MR 61.2}  (Specific sections of both these books have been discussed throughout this article and key topics will be highlighted in later sections.) The Counterfeit of Satan ( from FoC10 at http://www.wakeupow.com/159912048 - “Time of Preparation”) par The Obstructions to Preparation Satan’s Obstructive Works; The Antichrist; Overcoming the Antichrist; The 1888 Message Obstructed; The Three Most Blatant Obstructions: Theory of Evolution; Special Creation; Four Reasons; The Time of Advent; Sunday Worship; Antichrist at Work; False Sabbath Keeping; Church in Apostasy; Church Triumphant)

In FoC10, Entering into True Happiness, Pt3: Time in Preparation (LKY Tribute 2015AprilQuarterly - Time in Preparation), under the section, The Obstructions to Preparation,  we have discussed  that the tenor of the book of Revelation presents the second coming of Christ as near (see Rev. 1:1; cf. Rev 22:20). If Jesus is coming “quickly,” then the time for Satan to work is “short.” See Rev. 17:10.

In order to pack as much as possible in the coverage, topics that have been covered in earlier articles will be referenced and the reader is to make recourse to them to provide the available understanding. However, for continuity in flow some parts will be repeated in this article.

The identity of the Christian’s enemy is well known—he is the adversary (Gr. antidikos, “an opponent in a lawsuit,” hence, “an enemy”).  Behind all the persecution from which his readers were suffering, Peter sees the archenemy, Satan (cf. Job 1:7), the Devil, Gr. diabolos (see on Matt. 4:1; Eph. 4:27).  He is “as a lion roaring,” that is, as a hungry lion roaring to frighten and to catch its prey—an apt figure of the devil, who, through persecution, was seeking to frighten the Christians, and thus to force them into apostasy. Starting at the Garden of Eden, Satan has been seeking various means to corner his prey. Peter may have been thinking of Job 1:7, where Satan is depicted as “walking up and down” in the earth. As a lion bolts the flesh of its prey, so the devil would tear his victims from the bosom of the church and swallow them up.

Satan and his evil hosts have been given this short time to fully manifest the devastation that he could deceive the world into following him. At the cross of Calvary the angels and the unfallen beings in the universe were convinced of Satan’s motives. But, we, human beings are still believing in the lies of Satan and participating in his evil schemes. In his cunning he would have strategies to obstruct any works that would hasten judgment day. He has allies who have been mesmerized and deceived by him working from within and without the church.

Jesus had warned His disciples to “Take heed that no man deceive you. “For many shall come in my name, saying, I am Christ; and shall deceive many.” (Matt 24:4-5) “And many false prophets shall rise, and shall deceive many.” (Matt 24:11) “For there shall arise false Christs, and false prophets, and shall shew great signs and wonders; insomuch that, if it were possible, they shall deceive the very elect.” (Matt 24: 24; 7: 15; cf Rev 13:13; 2The 2:9,10) This had led Peter to warn, “But there were false prophets also among the people, even as there shall be false teachers among you, who privily shall bring in damnable heresies, even denying the Lord that bought them, and bring upon themselves swift destruction.” (2Pe 2:1)

False doctrine is one of the satanic influences that work in the church, and brings into it those who are unconverted in heart. Men do not obey the words of Jesus Christ, and thus seek for unity in faith, spirit, and doctrine. They do not labor for the unity of spirit for which Christ prayed, which would make the testimony of Christ's disciples effective in convincing the world that God had sent His Son into the world, "that whosoever believeth in Him should not perish, but have everlasting life." If the unity for which Christ prayed existed among the people of God, they would bear living testimony, would send forth a bright light to shine amid the moral darkness of the world.  {TM 47.3}

Instead of the unity which should exist among believers, there is disunion; for Satan is permitted to come in to tempt, and through his specious deceptions and delusions he leads those who are not learning of Christ meekness and lowliness of heart, to take a different line from the church, and break up, if possible, the unity of the church. Men arise speaking perverse things to draw away disciples after themselves. They claim that God has given them great light; but how do they act under its influence? Do they pursue the course that the two disciples pursued on their journey to Emmaus? When they received light, they returned and found those whom God had led and was still leading, and told them how they had seen Jesus and had talked with Him.  {TM 48.1}

The whole Bible is about the great controversy, of Satan’s obstructive works. “The records of sacred history are written, not merely that we may read and wonder, but that the same faith which wrought in God’s servants of old may work in us.”—PK, pp. 174, 175.

In the first instance, Satan tried to kill the seed of Adam and Eve that was prophesied to come by using Cain to kill Abel. The Old Testament (OT) holds records of the apostasy he has masterminded. We know that he tried to kill Jesus when he was a baby through King Herod the Great.

The testimony of Jesus to John in the messages for the seven churches (Rev 2-3) clearly prophesied the obstructions of Satan throughout history and of the remnants that will endure to the end by keeping the Commandments and have the faith of Christ.(Rev 12:12) (See FoC9, par The Era of the Seven Churches.) The Foundational Lie is Spiritualism

Ellen G White  foresaw  that the regeneration of the foundational lie in Eden ( which is spiritualism) in the last days  is the omega of apostasy. The Emergent Church  that is openly drawing many  professed Christians into its fold is the perfection of the first lie that enchanted Eve to doubt God’s word.

(Many of Satan’s exploits are discussed in earlier articles. (See WAR7 Faces of Spiritualism, Pt1: The Dark Original Face) His concerted attacks on the remnant church, is particularly at the leadership level and individually at the very faithful believers. He need not pay attention to those who are not converted for they are already in his camp (See War5, par 3.1.1 Perversion Underlies Satan's Technique, par Satan's Strategy with Unbelievers).

The foundational lie that “ye shall not die” believed by Eve which is the basis of spiritualism is discussed in War7, par The Root of Spiritualism, and in War14, par 8.3.1 Fundamental Spiritualism. Apart from the growth in spiritualism (in the  form of spiritual formation that practices mystic eastern meditation as the channel to have a personal experience with God using contemplative prayer and mystical meditation, lectio divina, labyrinth walking, yoga, spiritual direction- see http://amazingdiscoveries.org/S-deception_Spiritual_Formation_movement_Oakland   ) that is now growing in popularity resulting in the rise of mega churches (See War 14, par Modern Spiritual Formation; par Origin of Spiritual Formation; and War6, par Self-Hypnosis Taught in Public High School.)) The Emergent Church

(http://amazingdiscoveries.org/the-emergent-church -The Emergent Church by Robert Llewellyn

The Emergent Church is a movement that has been afoot since the 1990's within various denominations This  so called new theology  (championed by Brian McLaren, Rob Bell, Leron Shults, Jurgen Moltmann, Doug Pagitt and many others) has already established its particular brand of quasi-doctrinal thinking into mainstream Christian culture, including Adventism.  The Advent message of the 3rd Angel's Message is diametrically at odds with the emergent agenda.

The Emergent Church places emphasis on the deconstruction of traditional Christian methods of worship and expression. Yet this emergent movement is the most powerful and pervasive direction Christianity has taken into its worldview since the inception of the ecumenical mandates from Rome.

Leaders, writers, and laity who sympathize with emerging ideas busy themselves with the "Social Gospel" and by "being missional" rather than espousing salvational strategies or evangelism. There is a simple reason for this. The Emergent Church does not believe in the Biblical concept of a final judgement nor does it therefore accept the necessity of salvation.( Brian McLaren)

The Emergent Church also denies any concrete absolute interpretations of Biblical texts thus making the reader of the scripture the originator of their own subjective/contextual theology. (Leonard Sweet, Brian McLaren, Jerry Haselmayer).  Members of the Emergent Church  participating in a theological "conversation" embracing mystical rituals and practices as a means to bring us closer to God, not just the vehicle of faith. Contemplative prayer, chanting, yoga and prayer labyrinths are but a few of such techniques being used to accomplish intimacy with God in emergent savvy churches-  (Doug Pagitt, Kathryn Prill). So to them faith is not the only road to God. This return to mysticism, by those what are emergent, has placed many unwitting Christians firmly within the bastions of spiritualism.( Ray Yungen)

The occult world has arrived in broad daylight to ply its trade through emergent expressions of worship. In short, the emergent church has through its authors, academics and popular pastors radicalized and changed Christianity, taking the evangelical gospel theology and tearing it to shreds. The problem with most lay Christians, Adventist included, is that they do not take the time to research the nature of these movements, and thus find themselves joining interfaith initiatives, such as The forthcoming Joint Celebration of the 500th Anniversary of  Luther’s Protestant Reformation  as the grand occasion to officially end the Protestant Reformation on October 31, 2017.

Many Christians today have been so easily misled and taken down Satan's garden path, only to find themselves in a circus of twisted theological carnival rides that support modern Babylon's apostate plan. The Emergent Church is one such harlot. Nothing within the Emergent Church message advocates God's blueprint to end once and for all, the universal scourge of sin and Christ's ultimate sacrifice to emancipate us individually from the plight of Satan's nihilistic abyss. The Emergent Church is a delusional utopian fairytale that has no basis in Biblical truth. It offers up many sensational distractions and removes any notion of spiritual consequences to rejection God's invitation of eternal life based on Christ's substitutionary atonement. Is it any wonder this emergent movement is front and centre within most Christian denominations today since Satan's time is fast dwindling during these last day events? It is the only way by which he hopes to live on for a thousand year if he and his agents are able to deceive the whole world again to perpetuate his usurped kingdom on earth. Mindfulness Meditation

As Eastern meditation is growing rapidly in the Christian church  without  the members awareness that it is spiritualism society at large is not spared  either  as Mindfulness is equally used in mental health as therapy and in schools.

It is not surprising for even the National Library of Singapore in its quarterly  “Time of your Life,”  April –June, 2017 has  “Introduction to Mindfulness” as its special feature: Introduction to Mindfulness (by Tan Yun Xian, NLB)

Mindfulness is defined as “being aware of the present moment, without judgment or worry for the past or the future”. It allows you to be more aware of the emotions without judgment.

According to Practical Mindfulness by Mike Annesley, being mindful makes you le ss affected by past thoughts or negative emotions. Mindfulness focuses on being in conscious control of your reaction to your present situation rather than being in “autopilot” – where you react to your present situation rather than being on fresh emotions or potential in the present.  This includes being stuck in the past in the past – regretting and being imprisoned in guilt and shame – or being anxious about the future.

Here’s an exercise from Practical Mindfulness that beginners in mindfulness can do: 1.Sit upright on a comfortable  chair and close your eyes, keeping your body in a natural position with both legs flat on the floor; 2. Allow your body to relax and mind to become calm. 3. Focus on each in-breath and out-breath. Don’t try to to breathe deeply but do so naturally. 4. If your mind wanders, bring your focus gently back to your breathing. 5. After 5 minutes of mindful breathing, open your eyes and take in your surrounding again. (Tan, the  writer,  may not know what he is teaching about- meditation technique of the wrong kind.)  

Mindfulness meditation is not just about being relaxed, but rather a set of mental exercise that allows you to purposely focus your attention so as to “observe” stray thoughts and emotions that flutter through. For instance, it could be a casual comment that someone made about you or an anxious thought related to deep-seated issue in your life’ When such a thought enters your mind during meditation , refocus on your breathing so that you can regard that negative thought as it is – a thought , not a fact. “You are you. Not your thoughts about yourself.” ( So here it is divulged that  “Mindfulness” is a form of mediation which must have originated form a source. But what is the source is not revealed. Herein lies the great danger.)

The feature article then listed four books available at the National Library. The Founder of Mindfulness

Dr Jon Kabat-Zinn, founder of Mindfulness is a practitioner of Hatha Yoga and Zen meditation. It is impossible to strip eastern meditation off its foundational Buddhist or Hindu beliefs as they are not just language based but NEURALLY BASED. The neural phenomena that occurs in eastern or so-called Christian meditation that takes the brain's frontal lobe "offline" and deactivates the parietal lobe causes mystical neural phenomena that are then expressed in language describing the neural experience such as nirvana, liberation, satori, ..... and in Mindfulness as "being in the moment". The Effect on the Brain

The parietal lobe gives you your sense of position and time in 3D space. When the parietal is deactivated in meditation, you merge into everything and experience the loss of space and time. "Being in the moment" is a light version of Nirvana.

Other brain phenomena occur in the meditation package:

    1) calming of the amygdala causes bliss

    2) 68% more endogenous dopamine causes visual acuity and addiction

    3) more alpha and theta sleepwaves causes mental drift which science describes as the "optimisation of inattention"

    4) Neuroscience confirms meditation as hypnosis when the mind is open to suggestions.

These neural phenomena coupled with addiction ushers a person to the ultimate destination ie nirvana, liberation, satori. Now in false Christian meditation the same phenomena is termed " union with God" or "in the Presence of God"

In Mindfulness which is Meditation-like, when practiced for a few minutes causes "being in the moment" but when practiced for days causes the experience of Nirvanic oneness with God. This is a counterfeit of Bible meditation. When we look at what happens in Bible meditation, eg in Psalms 19, above neural phenomena do not occur. (See Foc 11, par The Meditation Method, then par Religion Co-related with Spirituality at http://www.wakeupow.com/159912049 ) The Three Most Accepted Lies

The three most glaring main obstructions observed almost by the whole world (but imperceptible to the participants)  without any qualms and questions are: 1. The theory of Evolution; 2. The celebration of Advent, one of Satan’s successful current ongoing campaign; 3. Sunday as the day of rest and worship replacing the Sabbath day, which is to be the issue in the final conflict.  ( see FoC10, par The Three Most Blatant Obstructions. Theory of Evolution Special Creation Four Reasons The Time of Advent Sunday Worship ) Very Dangerous End-Time Delusion

This is the end-time lie in the misinterpretation of Scripture to delude the world  ( those that does not read the Bible daily) into a false sense of security in worshipping after the beast.

The misinterpretation of Bible passages  of 1Thes 4:13-17, and 2 Thes 2:1-10 result in the secret rapture  which is a fallacy as explained  by Ps S. Bohr in Secret Rapture Fallacy at  https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z1Km5QwkEzo&list=PLihnlHdV4AJaHAt6oL21s6pXZHOOkTXIS&index=7 , published Sep 8, 2013. The pretribulation rapture, made popular by Hal Lindsay in a fictional novel, is the belief that faithful Christians will be mysteriously taken to heaven before the “7 year tribulation”. This is unbiblical “For God hath not appointed us to wrath, but to obtain salvation by our Lord Jesus Christ,”- 1Th 5:9. In the tribulation God will pour out His wrath without mercy in the seven last plagues (Rev 14:10; 15:1; 16:1) but God’s people  are not raptured away first as God is able to preserve His people from the plagues; for example as in the plagues in Egypt (Exo 8-12) and the preservation of the three faithful friends of Daniel that were thrown into the fiery furnace by Nebuchadnezzar for refusing to bow down and worship him ( Dan 3- which is to be repeated in the end-time.)  “There shall no evil befall thee, neither shall any plague come nigh thy dwelling.”- Psa 91:10. According to Isaiah God’s people are to hide “for a little moment until the indignation be overpast” since the Lord must “punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity” – Isa 26:20-21). The Secret Rapture (From FoC10, par )

The teaching known as the “*secret rapture,” according to which the saints are to be secretly snatched away from this earth prior to the visible return of Christ, is wholly unscriptural. Its advocates (the more post- modern renown being *Left Behind, a series of 13 best-selling novels (including movies) by Tim LaHaye and Jerry B. Jenkins) appeal to the statements of Christ in Mat: 39–41 as proof. But these verses teach no such thing. The “coming” of Mat 24 is always, without exception, the literal, visible appearance of Christ (see vs. 3, 27, 30, 39, 42, 44, 46, 48, 50). At this coming “all the tribes of the earth … see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven” (v. 30). Everything of the nature of a “secret” coming Christ is attributed to the false christs (vs. 24–26). What Jesus meant by being “taken” and by being “left” is made clear by the context. Those who are left are the evil servants, who instead of continuing in their normal pursuits after a supposed secret rapture, are cut asunder and assigned their portion with the hypocrites (vs. 48–51). The Greek precludes the idea that it is the righteous who are “left.” The righteous are, literally, “received,” and the wicked “sent away.”

Many Christians (wrongly) believe  that Christ's second coming will be in two stages -- first, a secret rapture of the Church at the beginning of a seven year period of tribulation, followed by a visible, triumphant return of Christ to the earth, accompanied by the Church, at the close of the seven year period.

They believe that during this seven year period there will be a great tribulation during which time, God will select and seal 144,000 literal Jews (who are sexually celibate) who will take the Gospel of the Kingdom to the whole world, converting innumerable souls to Christ.

The war of Armageddon, a literal war of nations against literal Israel, which occurs near the end of the seven year period, is brought to a halt by Christ's return with His Church. Then literal Israel accepts the Lord as the Messiah and enters with Him as His covenant people into the 1,000 year (millennial) reign on earth, known as the Kingdom Age.

Christ will rule directly over the earth from the throne of David in Jerusalem, where the typical temple services function again. Those who ultimately reject Christ's rule are eventually judged and destroyed at the end of the Millennium. The new believers will then receive immortality and eternity will begin. (For more  on the history of this fallacy read on  -F10, par The “Secret Rapture” at http://www.wakeupow.com/159912048 )

*Notes on The Secret Rapture by Lorraine Day, M.D. (http://www.goodnewsaboutgod.com/studies/rapture2.htm  )

We will forego reviewing this in detail in order to cover another talk in the series - 11/12 The Devastating Implications of Futurism (A New Look at the Blessed Hope) by S. Bohr. The Devastating Implications of Futurism

(11/12 The Devastating Implications of Futurism by Stephen  Bohr, published on Sep 8, 2013 at https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0tieHp1Wbcs&list=PLihnlHdV4AJaHAt6oL21s6pXZHOOkTXIS&index=11&spfreload=10)

Many Christians do not think that it is important to study Issues relating to Bible prophecy. We need to know what is coming otherwise we will be accepting the wrong one that is coming which is Satan who has power imitate Christ. “Error is never harmless. It never sanctifies, but always brings confusion and dissension. It is always dangerous. The enemy has great power over minds that are not thoroughly fortified by prayer and established in Bible truth. {5T 292.2}  So in the case of Bible prophecy we better make sure we are not entertaining errors. We should be certain we are studying the truth and understanding the truth as in is in Jesus. The Historicism Approach

The method of historicism ( historic flow) is illustrated by reviewing the historic sequence of Daniel 7. The Lion represents the kingdom of Babylon- 605- 539 B.C; the bear represents the kingdom of Persia- 539- 331 B.C.;  the bear represents the kingdom of Persia- 539- 331 B.C.; the leopard represents the kingdom of Greece- 331- 168 B.C.; the dragon beast represents the kingdom of Rome- 168 B.C.- 468 A.D.; and then from this fourth beast come ten horns signifying the division of Rome into ten nations ( modern day Europe nations). Out of this system arises the little horn representing the Roman Catholic  Papacy which governed for 1260 years- 538- 1798 A.D. Dan 7:25 points out that the little horn speak great words against the most high and persecute the saints of the most high and think to change the law and time, In 1798 a deadly wound was given to the system by France. Pope Pious VI was deposed and jailed in Valence, France where he died in 1799.This took away the secular power from Papacy. There is no gap in the historic events so that we can know where we are at any point in prophetic time to the final event. The Remnant Church

The reference to the 1260 days prophecy is picked up in Rev 12: 14 where the woman, representing the church, flees to the wilderness because the dragon (serpent) wants to destroy her( Rev 12:5, 13). So the little horn is an emissary of the dragon (Satan, the power behind the little horn). Rev 12 describes the history beginning with the birth of Christ (Rev 12:5) and moves on to the 1260 years. Now Rev 12:17 speaks about the remnant to arise after the 1260 years) This remnant has the characteristics of keeping the commandments of God and the testimony of Jesus Christ in response to counteracting the work of the little horn in changing the sequence of prophetic end time. God raises up the gift of prophecy to show  what God’s true prophetic calendars are for the testimony of Jesus Christ is the spirit of prophecy ( Rev 19:10) which is a gift of the Holy Spirit to the remnant church. This gift is to correct (counteract) the change of time and the law by the little horn . The Sea Beast and the Land Beast

Rev 13 describes the reign of the little horn (the sea beast, v 1) who is given the  power, the seat  and great authority of the Dragon ( Rev 13:1-8) in creating the false prophetic scenario  to deceive the people of the world. In order to regain its secular power, the sea beast sought the land beast, representing the United States (Rev 13:11-18) in the healing of the deadly wound inflicted in 1798 (and the whole world then worshipped the sea beast Rev 13:3,4). This second beast actually forces everyone to receive the mark of the beast (Rev 13:16). The Catholic sources say that the mark of its authority is that they have been able to change the law of God. They change Sabbath as the day of worship from Saturday to Sunday. This change of the day of worship to Sunday is going to be enforced at the end of time. This change of the law is the change of the rest day which is breaking the fourth commandment of God. This has to be pointed out to warn the world by the gift of prophecy to the remnant church. The Battle of Armageddon

The manner in which the they ( the dragon, the sea beast and the land beast )strive to bring this about is foretold in Rev 16 :13  which  will be brought about  in the six plagues  as their last resort to counteract the wrath of God. They unleash the three unclean spirits from the mouth of Satan, the mouth of the papacy and the mouth of the false prophet, America, the land beast. ( They are the three counterfeits of the Godhead, God the Father, Son and Holy Spirit.) So in the end time the battle (in the mind) is going to be the commandments of God and the commandments of men, and the true prophetic scenario versus the false counterfeit scenario.  The issues are the commandments of God and the testimony of Jesus Christ (prophecy as it has been taught by God) which the devil hates.    

Satan hates the historical flow method because historicism points out in detail how prophecy is going to develop in future step by step. The genius of the Roman Catholic system is its ability to use the power of the states, initially use the powers of Europe to achieve its purposes. This power was removed by France  and for the last two hundred years it is bidding its time to rise again. Historicism reveals who the antichrist is; even when and where he will arise. Will he arise after the church is raptured to heaven? No. In the Middle East? No, because he comes out from the head of the dragon beast, Rome.   Historicism points out who the antichrist is, when he has ruled and will rule, where he is going to arise, what he is going to do, who is going to help him regain his power. It will give us a clear view of the issues involved in the conflict. We are also able to know the remnant church arise in America after 1798 (1844) ( Rev 12:16) and what its message and mission is going to be. Thus the devil is trying his utmost to destroy the historicism method.

Presently there is only one church in the world that uses the historicism method, the SDA church. In the past, practically all the Protestant churches around the time of the Reformation , Lutherans, Presbyterians, the Reformed Church, Methodists. But they have gone astray from their roots. Futurism

The Millerite movement spawned the SDA church. It discredited historicist premillennialism causing it to fade out entirely after 1844. It shows that  date setting  of Christ’s return  is perilous. The great disappointment of 1844 has decimated the historicist premillennialism .  But a futurist  premillennialism called dispensationalism  soon arrived on the scene, that is  futurism. Within Evangelism since then futurism has grown  to dominate and overcome historicism. So the two prophetic scenarios in our life and death struggle is Historicism and futurism.

Futurism changes the place and time of the appearance of the antichrist. Its actual appearance in Rome is changed to the Middle East and then appearing in the future after the church is raptured, the place from Rome and United States  to Jerusalem. The manner in which it will appear is also changed from a blasphemous individual who will hate Christianity and persecute the Jews  to someone that is bearing clearly 666 on his forehead. It changes the parties involved in the final crisis saying it is between the Russians, the Chinese and the Arabs coming against Israel in the valley of Megiddo. This is far from the truth in the Bible that says it is a battle between two types of Christians, two kinds of believers. This final conflict is the same as it was in the beginning as between Cain and Abel which will expand from two individuals to two worldwide groups. The issues are the same, obedience and worship.  Cain chose to worship the way he wished. Both of them professed to worship the true God and yet Cain killed Abel, his brother, over the true way of worship by Abel. Through futurism the people are expecting the big political battle in the valley of Megiddo.  The issues are falsely portrayed as over the oil of the Middle East, or the anti-Semitic war against the Jews, World Leaders are Deceived

The consequence of Futurism  has led certain religious leader to claim Pope Francis as the supreme moral leader of the world, and  as leader of the entire Christian world, and George Bush  as president regularly consulting the Council of Catholic Bishops  and ask the pope for his opinion about certain political issues of the world. It brought about reconciliation with the Lutherans and the Catholics in coming to terms by signing on the joint declaration of righteousness by faith and culminating in the joint celebration of the 500th Anniversary of Luther’s Protests which signifies the death of Protestantism. Even the Evangelical Protestants have joined in Catholic celebration with the pope at the Vatican. If all of these people believe in the antichrist scenario as prophesied in the Bible that they will be doing what they did?

The biblical verse that makes SDA unique is Dan 8:14, the cleansing of the Sanctuary after 2300 days/years which is 1844. The futurist says the prophetic clock stops after the 490 years which obliterates 1844, which is a very important event that happens in heaven, the investigative judgment in the MHP in heaven that started in 1844.(See http://www.wakeupow.com/159912039  F5 par The Great Religious Awakening - 1821-1845.) William Miller was wrong about the event but he was right about the time. The remnant of the Advent movement that held fast to the truth of God’s God held their eye to the heavenly place and then they discovered the distinctive doctrines of the SDA church as discussed earlier.

Futurism also obliterates the remnant church by interpreting Rev 4:1 to mean that the church is gone and the rest of Revelation applies to the Jews and not to the church. This would mean that the three angels’ messages ( Rev 14:6-12) to be given by the remnant church (SDA mission) as the last warning to God’s people to get out of spiritual Babylon has no relevance if this proclamation is after the church has been raptured to heaven. The Devil wants us to believe that the church will be raptured to heaven and that it is the Jews that will be keeping the Commandments. Counterfeit Second Coming

The Futurists are setting themselves and the world to believe in the antichrist counterfeit second coming. According to Scripture when Jesus comes  He is not going to set up His kingdom on earth for a millennium. “Wherefore if they shall say unto you, Behold, he is in the desert; go not forth: behold, he is in the secret chambers; believe it not.” For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shineth even unto the west; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.” (Mat 24: 26-27). Satan is going to counterfeit the second coming and walk upon the earth with the intent to establish the millennium of peace. The people that are going to be deceived by this ploy in expecting  Jesus to establish His kingdom on earth for a thousand years. This totally demolishes SDA beliefs and Biblical prophecy on the second coming. Furthermore futurists will be totally unprepared for the time of tribulation as they do not believe in the historical flow method of understanding Revelation. They believe that they will not be going through the tribulation as they will be up in heaven. They will be caught without shelter in the time of trouble without the necessary preparation and be hiding in caves from the brightness of Jesus coming in the air with His host of angels. False Sense of Security

Futurism also gives Christians a false sense of security with the promise that if you don’t make it at the secret rapture, you will still make it in the tribulation and be saved during the millennium. This is based on the doctrine of second chance and third chance of Futurism.

Futurist champions, Hal Linsey and Tim Lahaye say the churches have been raptured to heaven and the tribulation do not concern them. But in Rev 16:15 Jesus says in the midst of the sixth plague, “Behold, I come as a thief. Blessed is he that watcheth, and keepeth his garments, lest he walk naked, and they see his shame.”  Jesus also counsels  the church “I counsel thee to buy of me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see. “  (Rev 3:18). So futurist Christians will be found naked during the sixth plagues. Thus the real issue is how you are clothed with the righteousness of Christ which is manifested in the obedience to His Law. Satan wants to hide the real issues by bringing in all kinds of issues  that he orchestrates in the middle East to divert the real thing ( counterfeit worship) happening in Rome and the U.S. so that all the world will be caught naked  without the robe of righteousness at the worst tribulation before the second coming of Christ

 The Devil was the one who schemed 911. He wants to bring U.S. to global prominence ( as prophesied). He wants to direct everyone eyes to the Middle East. He wants to make people to give up their freedom and to have government to control in the name of security because in this way, eventually he will be able to restrict and destroy the freedom of God’s people. The Impending Danger in Protestantism

In the word of Ellen White: “God's word has given warning of the impending danger; let this be unheeded, and the Protestant world will learn what the purposes of Rome really are, only when it is too late to escape the snare. She is silently growing into power. Her doctrines are exerting their influence in legislative halls, in the churches, and in the hearts of men. She is piling up her lofty and massive structures in the secret recesses of which her former persecutions will be repeated. Stealthily and unsuspectedly she is strengthening her forces to further her own ends when the time shall come for her to strike. All that she desires is vantage ground, and this is already being given her. We shall soon see and shall feel what the purpose of the Roman element is. Whoever shall believe and obey the word of God will thereby incur reproach and persecution.”  {GC 581.2}  (This is not being an alarmist as Prophecy teaches that the deadly wound of the sea beast would be healed-  Rev 13:3-4)

“The papacy is just what prophecy declared that she would be, the apostasy of the latter times. 2 Thessalonians 2:3, 4. It is a part of her policy to assume the character which will best accomplish her purpose; but beneath the variable appearance of the chameleon she conceals the invariable venom of the serpent. "Faith ought not to be kept with heretics, nor persons suspected of heresy" (Lenfant, volume 1, page 516), she declares. Shall this power, whose record for a thousand years is written in the blood of the saints, be now acknowledged as a part of the church of Christ?  {GC 571.2} 

“It is not without reason that the claim has been put forth in Protestant countries that Catholicism differs less widely from Protestantism than in former times. There has been a change; but the change is not in the papacy. Catholicism indeed resembles much of the Protestantism that now exists, because Protestantism has so greatly degenerated since the days of the Reformers.  {GC 571.3} 

“ As the Protestant churches have been seeking the favor of the world, false charity ( political correctness) has blinded their eyes. They do not see but that it is right to believe good of all evil, and as the inevitable result they will finally believe evil of all good. Instead of standing in defense of the faith once delivered to the saints, they are now, as it were, apologizing to Rome for their uncharitable opinion of her, begging pardon for their bigotry.”  {GC 571.4}

This is the present truth for these last days given to the remnant church to warn the world.   The world is confused  as millions  of people have read the “Left Behind” series  and are convinced this is the  Gospel truth the way it is going to happen. Futurism has overtaken the world as the false system of interpreting prophecy .  The SDA is given the responsibility to go to the world and tell them there is another alternative view of the second coming of Jesus in the day of the Lord which the devil has sought to destroy. When these events explode upon the world people can make wise decision and choose to be with those who keep the commandments of God and have the testimony of Jesus Christ. The Repeat of Judgment on the Antediluvian

Jesus has warned “For as in the days that were before the flood they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day that Noe entered into the ark, “And knew not until the flood came, and took them all away; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.” (Mat 24:38-39) The judgment on the antediluvian will be repeated in the end-time great tribulation. We will need to review what Ellen White has amplified on the flood which wiped out the whole  evil human race (through sin) but for Noah and his family, the progenitor of the human race to the end of the world. The Global Flood (Patriarchs and Prophets, chap. 7- The Flood, pp 90-104)  

In the days of Noah a double curse was resting upon the earth in consequence of Adam's transgression and of the murder committed by Cain…The human race yet retained much of its early vigor. But a few generations had passed since Adam had access to the tree which was to prolong life; and man's existence was still measured by centuries. Had that long-lived people, with their rare powers to plan and execute, devoted themselves to the service of God, they would have made their Creator's name a praise in the earth, and would have answered the purpose for which He gave them life. But they failed to do this. There were many giants, men of great stature and strength, renowned for wisdom, skillful in devising the most cunning and wonderful works; but their guilt in giving loose rein to iniquity was in proportion to their skill and mental ability.  {PP 90.2} 

God bestowed upon these antediluvians many and rich gifts; but they used His bounties to glorify themselves, and turned them into a curse by fixing their affections upon the gifts instead of the Giver. They employed the gold and silver, the precious stones and the choice wood, in the construction of habitations for themselves, and endeavored to excel one another in beautifying their dwellings with the most skillful workmanship. They sought only to gratify the desires of their own proud hearts, and reveled in scenes of pleasure and wickedness. Not desiring to retain God in their knowledge, they soon came to deny His existence. They adored nature in place of the God of nature. They glorified human genius, worshiped the works of their own hands, and taught their children to bow down to graven images.  {PP 90.3}..In the green fields and under the shadow of the goodly trees they set up the altars of their idols.. and thus allure them to participate in the idolatrous worship.  {PP 91.1} Evil Rules over Mankind  (Read the underlined sentences)

Men put God out of their knowledge and worshiped the creatures of their own imagination; and as the result, they became more and more debased. The psalmist describes the effect produced upon the worshiper by the adoration of idols. He says, "They that make them are like unto them; so is every one that trusteth in them." Psalm 115:8. It is a law of the human mind that by beholding we become changed. Man will rise no higher than his conceptions of truth, purity, and holiness. If the mind is never exalted above the level of humanity, if it is not uplifted by faith to contemplate infinite wisdom and love, the man will be constantly sinking lower and lower. The worshipers of false gods clothed their deities with human attributes and passions, and thus their standard of character was degraded to the likeness of sinful humanity. They were defiled in consequence. "God saw that the wickedness of man was great in the earth, and that every imagination of the thoughts of his heart was only evil continually. . . . The earth also was corrupt before God; and the earth was filled with violence." God had given men His commandments as a rule of life, but His law was transgressed, and every conceivable sin was the result. The wickedness of men was open and daring, justice was trampled in the dust, and the cries of the oppressed reached unto heaven.  {PP 91.2}

Polygamy had been early introduced, contrary to the divine arrangement at the beginning. The Lord gave to Adam one wife, showing His order in that respect. But after the Fall, men chose to follow their own sinful desires; and as the result, crime and wretchedness rapidly increased. Neither the marriage relation nor the rights of property were respected. Whoever coveted the wives or the possessions of his neighbor, took them by force, and men exulted in their deeds of violence. They delighted in destroying the life of animals; and the use of flesh for food rendered them still more cruel and bloodthirsty, until they came to regard human life with astonishing indifference.  {PP 91.3} 

The world was in its infancy; yet iniquity had become so deep and widespread that God could no longer bear with it; and He said, "I will destroy man whom I have created from the face of the earth." He declared that His Spirit should not always strive with the guilty race. If they did not cease to pollute with their sins the world and its rich treasures, He would blot them from His creation, and would destroy the things with which He had delighted to bless them; He would sweep away the beasts of the field, and the vegetation which furnished such an abundant supply of food, and would transform the fair earth into one vast scene of desolation and ruin.  {PP 92.1} The Remnants  Preserved – The Left Behind

Amid the prevailing corruption, Methuselah, Noah, and many others labored to keep alive the knowledge of the true God and to stay the tide of moral evil. A hundred and twenty years before the Flood, the Lord by a holy angel declared to Noah His purpose, and directed him to build an ark. While building the ark he was to preach that God would bring a flood of water upon the earth to destroy the wicked. Those who would believe the message, and would prepare for that event by repentance and reformation, should find pardon and be saved. Enoch had repeated to his children what God had shown him in regard to the Flood, and Methuselah and his sons, who lived to hear the preaching of Noah, assisted in building the ark.  {PP 92.2}    

God gave Noah the exact dimensions of the ark and explicit directions in regard to its construction in every particular. Human wisdom could not have devised a structure of so great strength and durability. God was the designer, and Noah the master builder. .. All that man could do was done to render the work perfect, yet the ark could not of itself have withstood the storm which was to come upon the earth. God alone could preserve His servants upon the tempestuous waters.  {PP 92.3} Noah’s Warning Message Ridiculed

"By faith Noah, being warned of God of things not seen as yet, moved with fear, prepared an ark to the saving of his house; by the which he condemned the world, and became heir of the righteousness which is by faith." Hebrews 11:7. While Noah was giving his warning message to the world, his works testified of his sincerity. It was thus that his faith was perfected and made evident. He gave the world an example of believing just what God says. All that he possessed, he invested in the ark. As he began to construct that immense boat on dry ground, multitudes came from every direction to see the strange sight and to hear the earnest, fervent words of the singular preacher. Every blow struck upon the ark was a witness to the people.  {PP 95.1} 

Many at first appeared to receive the warning; yet they did not turn to God with true repentance. They were unwilling to renounce their sins. During the time that elapsed before the coming of the Flood, their faith was tested, and they failed to endure the trial. Overcome by the prevailing unbelief, they finally joined their former associates in rejecting the solemn message. Some were deeply convicted, and would have heeded the words of warning; but there were so many to jest and ridicule, that they partook of the same spirit, resisted the invitations of mercy, and were soon among the boldest and most defiant scoffers; for none are so reckless and go to such lengths in sin as do those who have once had light, but have resisted the convicting Spirit of God.  {PP 95.2} 

The men of that generation were not all, in the fullest acceptation of the term, idolaters. Many professed to be worshipers of God. They claimed that their idols were representations of the Deity, and that through them the people could obtain a clearer conception of the divine Being. This class were foremost in rejecting the preaching of Noah. As they endeavored to represent God by material objects, their minds were blinded to His majesty and power; they ceased to realize the holiness of His character, or the sacred, unchanging nature of His requirements. As sin became general, it appeared less and less sinful, and they finally declared that the divine law was no longer in force; that it was contrary to the character of God to punish transgression; and they denied that His judgments were to be visited upon the earth. Had the men of that generation obeyed the divine law, they would have recognized the voice of God in the warning of His servant; but their minds had become so blinded by rejection of light that they really believed Noah's message to be a delusion.  {PP 95.3} 

It was not multitudes or majorities that were on the side of right. The world was arrayed against God's justice and His laws, and Noah was regarded as a fanatic. Satan, when tempting Eve to disobey God, said to her, "Ye shall not surely die." Genesis 3:4. Great men, worldly, honored, and wise men, repeated the same. "The threatenings of God," they said, "are for the purpose of intimidating, and will never be verified. You need not be alarmed. Such an event as the destruction of the world by the God who made it, and the punishment of the beings He has created, will never take place. Be at peace; fear not. Noah is a wild fanatic." The world made merry at the folly of the deluded old man. Instead of humbling the heart before God, they continued their disobedience and wickedness, the same as though God had not spoken to them through His servant.  {PP 96.1} 

But Noah stood like a rock amid the tempest. Surrounded by popular contempt and ridicule, he distinguished himself by his holy integrity and unwavering faithfulness. A power attended his words, for it was the voice of God to man through His servant. Connection with God made him strong in the strength of infinite power, while for one hundred and twenty years his solemn voice fell upon the ears of that generation in regard to events, which, so far as human wisdom could judge, were impossible.  {PP 96.2} Reasoning against Noah’s Warning  

The world before the Flood reasoned that for centuries the laws of nature had been fixed. The recurring seasons had come in their order. Heretofore rain had never fallen; the earth had been watered by a mist or dew. The rivers had never yet passed their boundaries, but had borne their waters safely to the sea. Fixed decrees had kept the waters from overflowing their banks. But these reasoners did not recognize the hand of Him who had stayed the waters, saying, "Hitherto shalt thou come, but no further." Job 38:11.  {PP 96.3} 

As time passed on, with no apparent change in nature, men whose hearts had at times trembled with fear, began to be reassured. They reasoned, as many reason now, that nature is above the God of nature, and that her laws are so firmly established that God Himself could not change them. Reasoning that if the message of Noah were correct, nature would be turned out of her course, they made that message, in the minds of the world, a delusion--a grand deception. They manifested their contempt for the warning of God by doing just as they had done before the warning was given. They continued their festivities and their gluttonous feasts; they ate and drank, planted and builded, laying their plans in reference to advantages they hoped to gain in the future; and they went to greater lengths in wickedness, and in defiant disregard of God's requirements, to testify that they had no fear of the Infinite One. They asserted that if there were any truth in what Noah had said, the men of renown--the wise, the prudent, the great men--would understand the matter.  {PP 97.1} 

Had the antediluvians believed the warning, and repented of their evil deeds, the Lord would have turned aside His wrath, as He afterward did from Nineveh. But by their obstinate resistance to the reproofs of conscience and the warnings of God's prophet, that generation filled up the measure of their iniquity, and became ripe for destruction.  {PP 97.2} 

The period of their probation was about to expire. Noah had faithfully followed the instructions which he had received from God. The ark was finished in every part as the Lord had directed, and was stored with food for man and beast. And now the servant of God made his last solemn appeal to the people. With an agony of desire that words cannot express, he entreated them to seek a refuge while it might be found. Again they rejected his words, and raised their voices in jest and scoffing. Suddenly a silence fell upon the mocking throng. Beasts of every description, the fiercest as well as the most gentle, were seen coming from mountain and forest and quietly making their way toward the ark. A noise as of a rushing wind was heard, and lo, birds were flocking from all directions, their numbers darkening the heavens, and in perfect order they passed to the ark. Animals obeyed the command of God, while men were disobedient. Guided by holy angels, they "went in two and two unto Noah into the ark," and the clean beasts by sevens. The world looked on in wonder, some in fear. Philosophers were called upon to account for the singular occurrence, but in vain. It was a mystery which they could not fathom. But men had become so hardened by their persistent rejection of light that even this scene produced but a momentary impression. As the doomed race beheld the sun shining in its glory, and the earth clad in almost Eden beauty, they banished their rising fears by boisterous merriment, and by their deeds of violence they seemed to invite upon themselves the visitation of the already awakened wrath of God.  {PP 97.3} 

God commanded Noah, "Come thou and all thy house into the ark; for thee have I seen righteous before Me in this generation." Noah's warnings had been rejected by the world, but his influence and example resulted in blessings to his family. As a reward for his faithfulness and integrity, God saved all the members of his family with him. What encouragement to parental fidelity!  {PP 98.1} The Remnants Shut in the Ark

Mercy had ceased its pleadings for the guilty race. The beasts of the field and the birds of the air had entered the place of refuge. Noah and his household were within the ark, "and the Lord shut him in." A flash of dazzling light was seen, and a cloud of glory more vivid than the lightning descended from heaven and hovered before the entrance of the ark. The massive door, which it was impossible for those within to close, was slowly swung to its place by unseen hands. Noah was shut in, and the rejecters of God's mercy were shut out. The seal of Heaven was on that door; God had shut it, and God alone could open it. So when Christ shall cease His intercession for guilty men, before His coming in the clouds of heaven, the door of mercy will be shut. Then divine grace will no longer restrain the wicked, and Satan will have full control of those who have rejected mercy. They will endeavor to destroy God's people; but as Noah was shut into the ark, so the righteous will be shielded by divine power.  {PP 98.2} 

For seven days after Noah and his family entered the ark, there appeared no sign of the coming storm. During this period their faith was tested. It was a time of triumph to the world without. The apparent delay confirmed them in the belief that Noah's message was a delusion, and that the Flood would never come. Notwithstanding the solemn scenes which they had witnessed--the beasts and birds entering the ark, and the angel of God closing the door--they still continued their sport and revelry, even making a jest of these signal manifestations of God's power. They gathered in crowds about the ark, deriding its inmates with a daring violence which they had never ventured upon before.  {PP 98.3} The Unimaginable Devastation by Water

But upon the eighth day dark clouds overspread the heavens. There followed the muttering of thunder and the flash of lightning. Soon large drops of rain began to fall. The world had never witnessed anything like this, and the hearts of men were struck with fear. All were secretly inquiring, "Can it be that Noah was in the right, and that the world is doomed to destruction?" Darker and darker grew the heavens, and faster came the falling rain. The beasts were roaming about in the wildest terror, and their discordant cries seemed to moan out their own destiny and the fate of man. Then "the fountains of the great deep" were "broken up, and the windows of heaven were opened." Water appeared to come from the clouds in mighty cataracts. Rivers broke away from their boundaries, and overflowed the valleys. Jets of water burst from the earth with indescribable force, throwing massive rocks hundreds of feet into the air, and these, in falling, buried themselves deep in the ground.  {PP 99.1} 

The people first beheld the destruction of the works of their own hands. Their splendid buildings, and the beautiful gardens and groves where they had placed their idols, were destroyed by lightning from heaven, and the ruins were scattered far and wide. The altars on which human sacrifices had been offered were torn down, and the worshipers were made to tremble at the power of the living God, and to know that it was their corruption and idolatry which had called down their destruction.  {PP 99.2} The Incorrigible Judged

As the violence of the storm increased, trees, buildings, rocks, and earth were hurled in every direction. The terror of man and beast was beyond description. Above the roar of the tempest was heard the wailing of a people that had despised the authority of God. Satan himself, who was compelled to remain in the midst of the warring elements, feared for his own existence. He had delighted to control so powerful a race, and desired them to live to practice their abominations and continue their rebellion against the Ruler of heaven. He now uttered imprecations against God, charging Him with injustice and cruelty. Many of the people, like Satan, blasphemed God, and had they been able, they would have torn Him from the throne of power. Others were frantic with fear, stretching their hands toward the ark and pleading for admittance. But their entreaties were in vain. Conscience was at last aroused to know that there is a God who ruleth in the heavens. They called upon Him earnestly, but His ear was not open to their cry. In that terrible hour they saw that the transgression of God's law had caused their ruin. Yet while, through fear of punishment, they acknowledged their sin, they felt no true contrition, no abhorrence of evil. They would have returned to their defiance of Heaven, had the judgment been removed. So when God's judgments shall fall upon the earth before its deluge by fire, the impenitent will know just where and what their sin is--the despising of His holy law. Yet they will have no more true repentance than did the old-world sinners.  {PP 99.3} 

Some in their desperation endeavored to break into the ark, but the firm-made structure withstood their efforts. Some clung to the ark until they were borne away by the surging waters, or their hold was broken by collision with rocks and trees. The massive ark trembled in every fiber as it was beaten by the merciless winds and flung from billow to billow. The cries of the beasts within expressed their fear and pain. But amid the warring elements it continued to ride safely. Angels that excel in strength were commissioned to preserve it.  {PP 100.1} 

The beasts, exposed to the tempest, rushed toward man, as though expecting help from him. Some of the people bound their children and themselves upon powerful animals, knowing that these were tenacious of life, and would climb to the highest points to escape the rising waters. Some fastened themselves to lofty trees on the summit of hills or mountains; but the trees were uprooted, and with their burden of living beings were hurled into the seething billows. One spot after another that promised safety was abandoned. As the waters rose higher and higher, the people fled for refuge to the loftiest mountains. Often man and beast would struggle together for a foothold, until both were swept away.  {PP 100.2} 

 From the highest peaks men looked abroad upon a shoreless ocean. The solemn warnings of God's servant no longer seemed a subject for ridicule and scorning. How those doomed sinners longed for the opportunities which they had slighted! How they pleaded for one hour's probation, one more privilege of mercy, one call from the lips of Noah! But the sweet voice of mercy was no more to be heard by them. Love, no less than justice, demanded that God's judgments should put a check on sin. The avenging waters swept over the last retreat, and the despisers of God perished in the black depths.  {PP 100.3} 

"By the word of God . . . the world that then was, being overflowed with water, perished: but the heavens and the earth, which are now, by the same word are kept in store, reserved unto fire against the day of judgment and perdition of ungodly men." 2 Peter 3:5-7. Another storm is coming. The earth will again be swept by the desolating wrath of God, and sin and sinners will be destroyed.  {PP 101.1} The World Today is the Same  

The sins that called for vengeance upon the antediluvian world exist today. The fear of God is banished from the hearts of men, and His law is treated with indifference and contempt. The intense worldliness of that generation is equaled by that of the generation now living. Said Christ, "As in the days that were before the Flood they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day that Noah entered into the ark, and knew not until the Flood came, and took them all away; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be." Matthew 24:38, 39. God did not condemn the antediluvians for eating and drinking; He had given them the fruits of the earth in great abundance to supply their physical wants. Their sin consisted in taking these gifts without gratitude to the Giver, and debasing themselves by indulging appetite without restraint. It was lawful for them to marry. Marriage was in God's order; it was one of the first institutions which He established. He gave special directions concerning this ordinance, clothing it with sanctity and beauty; but these directions were forgotten, and marriage was perverted and made to minister to passion.  {PP 101.2} 

 A similar condition of things exists now. That which is lawful in itself is carried to excess. Appetite is indulged without restraint. Professed followers of Christ are today eating and drinking with the drunken, while their names stand in honored church records. Intemperance benumbs the moral and spiritual powers and prepares the way for indulgence of the lower passions. Multitudes feel under no moral obligation to curb their sensual desires, and they become the slaves of lust. Men are living for the pleasures of sense; for this world and this life alone. Extravagance pervades all circles of society. Integrity is sacrificed for luxury and display. They that make haste to be rich pervert justice and oppress the poor, and "slaves and souls of men" are still bought and sold. Fraud and bribery and theft stalk unrebuked in high places and in low. The issues of the press teem with records of murder--crimes so cold-blooded and causeless that it seems as though every instinct of humanity were blotted out. And these atrocities have become of so common occurrence that they hardly elicit a comment or awaken surprise. The spirit of anarchy is permeating all nations, and the outbreaks that from time to time excite the horror of the world are but indications of the pent-up fires of passion and lawlessness that, having once escaped control, will fill the earth with woe and desolation. The picture which Inspiration has given of the antediluvian world represents too truly the condition to which modern society is fast hastening. Even now, in the present century, and in professedly Christian lands, there are crimes daily perpetrated as black and terrible as those for which the old-world sinners were destroyed.  {PP 101.3} 

Before the Flood God sent Noah to warn the world, that the people might be led to repentance, and thus escape the threatened destruction. As the time of Christ's second appearing draws near, the Lord sends His servants with a warning to the world to prepare for that great event. Multitudes have been living in transgression of God's law, and now He in mercy calls them to obey its sacred precepts. All who will put away their sins by repentance toward God and faith in Christ are offered pardon. But many feel that it requires too great a sacrifice to put away sin. Because their life does not harmonize with the pure principles of God's moral government, they reject His warnings and deny the authority of His law.  {PP 102.1} The Last Days Scoffers

 Of the vast population of the earth before the Flood, only eight souls believed and obeyed God's word through Noah. For a hundred and twenty years the preacher of righteousness warned the world of the coming destruction, but his message was rejected and despised. So it will be now. Before the Lawgiver shall come to punish the disobedient, transgressors are warned to repent, and return to their allegiance; but with the majority these warnings will be in vain. Says the apostle Peter, "There shall come in the last days scoffers, walking after their own lusts, and saying, Where is the promise of His coming? for since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning." 2 Peter 3:3, 4. Do we not hear these very words repeated, not merely by the openly ungodly, but by many who occupy the pulpits of our land? "There is no cause for alarm," they cry. "Before Christ shall come, all the world is to be converted, and righteousness is to reign for a thousand years. Peace, peace! all things continue as they were from the beginning. Let none be disturbed by the exciting message of these alarmists." But this doctrine of the millennium does not harmonize with the teachings of Christ and His apostles. Jesus asked the significant question, "When the Son of man cometh, shall He find faith on the earth?" Luke 18:8. And, as we have seen, He declares that the state of the world will be as in the days of Noah. Paul warns us that we may look for wickedness to increase as the end draws near: "The Spirit speaketh expressly, that in the latter times some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of devils." 1 Timothy 4:1. The apostle says that "in the last days perilous times shall come." 2 Timothy 3:1. And he gives a startling list of sins that will be found among those who have a form of godliness.  {PP 102.2} 

As the time of their probation was closing, the antediluvians gave themselves up to exciting amusements and festivities. Those who possessed influence and power were bent on keeping the minds of the people engrossed with mirth and pleasure, lest any should be impressed by the last solemn warning. Do we not see the same repeated in our day? While God's servants are giving the message that the end of all things is at hand, the world is absorbed in amusements and pleasure seeking. There is a constant round of excitement that causes indifference to God and prevents the people from being impressed by the truths which alone can save them from the coming destruction.  {PP 103.1} The Prophesied End of the World

In Noah's day philosophers declared that it was impossible for the world to be destroyed by water; so now there are men of science who endeavor to show that the world cannot be destroyed by fire--that this would be inconsistent with the laws of nature. But the God of nature, the Maker and Controller of her laws, can use the works of His hands to serve His own purpose.  {PP 103.2} 

When great and wise men had proved to their satisfaction that it was impossible for the world to be destroyed by water, when the fears of the people were quieted, when all regarded Noah's prophecy as a delusion, and looked upon him as a fanatic--then it was that God's time had come. "The fountains of the great deep" were "broken up, and the windows of heaven were opened," and the scoffers were overwhelmed in the waters of the Flood. With all their boasted philosophy, men found too late that their wisdom was foolishness, that the Lawgiver is greater than the laws of nature, and that Omnipotence is at no loss for means to accomplish His purposes. "As it was in the days of Noah," "even thus shall it be in the days when the Son of man is revealed." Luke 17:26, 30. "The day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in the which the heavens shall pass away with a great noise, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat, the earth also and the works that are therein shall be burned up." 2 Peter 3:10. When the reasoning of philosophy has banished the fear of God's judgments; when religious teachers are pointing forward to long ages of peace and prosperity, and the world are absorbed in their rounds of business and pleasure, planting and building, feasting and merrymaking, rejecting God's warnings and mocking His messengers--then it is that sudden destruction cometh upon them, and they shall not escape. 1 Thessalonians 5:3.  {PP 103.3} The Lesson from the Days of Noah   (FoC10 par

In spite of the warning sounded by Noah and testified to by his construction of the ark, men went about their usual round of work and pleasure, utterly heedless of events soon to take place. The same unconcern, Jesus said, would characterize men living in the days prior to His second coming. Their activities too, like those of the antediluvians, would, for the most part, be evil (see DA 633). For a description of conditions in the world before the Flood see Gen. 6:5–13; cf. Peter 2:5, 6.

The Scriptures are explicit concerning the prevailing iniquity of the days of Noah (see Gen. 6:5, 11–13). The same conditions are foretold of the last days (2 Tim 3:1–5). However, here in Matt. 24 our Lord stresses the additional fact that the Flood overtook the antediluvians while they were occupied in their usual round of activities, and came to them as a surprise (see vs. 36–43). The same will be true of the second advent (see GC 338, 339, 491). For 120 years Noah had warned the antediluvians of the coming of the Flood. They had ample opportunity to know, but chose not to believe. They locked themselves in the darkness of unbelief (see on Hosea 4:6).

The 2014 film “Noah’  ends up locating the rationale for God’s mercy in some native spark of goodness in Noah that will, viewers hope, make the new, post-flood world more livable than the antediluvian one."[40] (The notion (through consistent preaching) of prosperity, peace and safety of the antediluvians still persists. They were swept away caught by surprise. Many still believe in the secret rapture clinging to the misinterpretation of Mt 24: 40-41; Lk 17:32-36, not understanding that the taken away (the one raptured) were the antediluvians that were not inside the Ark. The ending deliberately leaves one feeling that life of earth after the flood will last forever. The sense of the end of the world and of its urgency as revealed in the signs of the time is obliterated from the mind as it was in the days of Noah. (See FoC3, par 2.7.4-

The antediluvians in the days of Noah were annihilated with flood water which God later promised to Noah will not be repeated. (“But the heavens and the earth, which are now, by the same word are kept in store, reserved unto fire against the day of judgment and perdition of ungodly men.”- 2Pe 3:7). For the present age, “Fire” is the means by which punishment for sin is inflicted (Matt. 18:8; 25:41). That “fire” is “everlasting,” The Scriptures refer to the fires of the last day as “unquenchable” (Matt. 3:12), that will devour the wicked and all their works (2 Peter 3:10–12; Rev. 20:10, 14, 15). Truth about Satan for End-time (Rev 10-14)

This section is extracted from the article “Manifestation of Jesus Christ” Part 4 by *Michael E Fassbender,  Amazing Discoveries  Spring 2017 Journal  at http://amazingdiscoveries.org/the-manifestation-of-jesus-christ-part-4.  It presents another likely facet of Satan’s End-time behind the scene deception in the Charade of the self-inflicted wound ( Rev 13:2-3). It involves the study of Rev 10-14  (God’s truth segments)  based on the chiasm structure of Revelation.

(The Author: *Michael E Fassbender, Ph.D., is a nuclear scientist. Originally from Germany, he spent a three-year stint in South Africa. He now works for the U.S. Government and lives with his wife and two daughters in New Mexico, USA. Michael and his wife are members of the Texico Conference of Seventh-Day-Adventists )

The messages of the three angels, God’s truth, the Father’s truth for the last age, is the truth about the Lamb, and also the truth about the enemy of souls.  There are three distinct elements of truth about the Lamb because the messengers “follow the Lamb whithersoever he goeth”.: 1. the Lamb is the Redeemer (Revelation 14: 3), which is the subject of the everlasting gospel (verse 6), 2. the Lamb is also the Judge, and judgment has commenced (verse 7), 3. the Lamb is the Creator (verse 7).

The truth about the enemy of souls are: 1. There are in essence only two religions: the worship of the true God and “Babylon”, which is in opposition of God’s truth, 2. Like Adam and Eve of old, God will again allow man to be tested; Satan will set up a worship system that will oppose true worship, and whoever receives the “mark of the beast” will be lost for eternity. (verse 9)

So, now it get serious, since eternal life is at stake! Critical questions: Who is the “beast”, his “image” and what is the “mark” of the beast? In order to get answers to these questions, we need to shift our attention from Revelation 14 back to Revelation 11 and Revelation 13, for both chapters introduce the forces that oppose God’s truth: Satan’s engines of deception and intimidation. The Charade of the Self-Inflicted Wound

In Revelation 11, verses 1 and 2, John is asked by Jesus to conduct a peculiar task; measure “the temple of God, the altar, and them that worship therein”. But John was also given instructions to leave out the outer court, because it is given to the Gentiles. For 42 months, the holy city is to be trodden underfoot. Let’s now take a look at Revelation 13. It appears that Revelation 13 gives more information on this important 42-month period of Satanic oppression: a beast (a kingdom or temporal power) would rise out of the sea (i.e., would originate from a densely populated region), receive power, speak in blasphemy and would make war with the saints for 42 months (verse 5).

John’s task to divide off the outer temple court in Revelation 11 could be interpreted such that this “beast” appears -at least on the surface- to be part of God’s church (the temple), but in reality is a Gentile institution opposing God’s true church. Revelation 13, on the other hand, indicates that the “beast” also has temporal power (verse 2). The reformers identified the “sea beast”, which is the same entity as the “ten horned” beast in Daniel 7, with papal Rome. Papal Rome ruled exactly 42 prophetic months or 1260 prophetic days equaling 1260 actual years: it came to temporal power on May 7th, 538 AD, when the ecclesiastical Sunday law was enacted 1 at the third synod of Orleans, France. The Papacy’s power ended 1260 years later 2, on February 15th, 1798, when French General Berthier, the head of the French army, ordered his troops to take Pope Pius VI captive. He died in captivity 18 months later. The Beast from the Abyss

Ellen White (4SP 188.2) identifies the two witnesses (Rev 11:3) with the Old and the New Testament of the Holy Scriptures- would prophecy “in sackcloth” for 1260 prophetic “days”, meaning 1260 actual years. This is exactly the time span of the temporal dominion of the “sea beast” (Rev 13), the papacy. By the end of the testimony in sackcloth, which coincides with the (preliminary) end of the temporal papal rule, around 1798, a mysterious beast would ascent out of the bottomless pit (the “abyss”), to rage war against God’s word, God’s truth (Revelation 11:7). Hence, the appearance of the “abyss”-beast roughly coincides with the papacy’s receiving a wound that appeared to be mortal (Revelation 13:3).

Now we have to do some work of reasoning. A powerful beast gets wounded in the late 1700’s. But who was able to hurt the beast at that point in history? Revelation 13 mentions only two beasts, the “sea” beast (papacy) and the earth beast (United States, 4SP 277.1), which, however, was not strong enough at that time to content with the “sea” beast. After all, the “earth beast” would eventually collaborate with the “sea beast” to set up its “image” (Revelation 13:14), where apostate Protestantism would use the state to enforce religious doctrine (GC 445.1). Moreover, Daniel 7:21.22 states that papal Rome would have world dominion until the return of the Lord. We are apparently unable to spot a contender strong enough to inflict a blow on the sea beast’s head. If there was no contender around at 1798, the only possibility remains that the “deadly wound” was self-inflicted, that it was nothing else than a ridiculous charade; a circus of deception, pretense-play that was designed to regain the temporal papal power that had continuously dwindled away after the Protestant Reformation. Who was (or is) the “beast from the bottomless pit”? Ellen White identifies it with the French revolution and atheism:

But another power—the beast from the bottomless pit—was to arise to make open, avowed war upon the word of God. [..] According to the words of the prophet, then, a little before the year 1798 some power of satanic origin and character would rise to make war upon the Bible. And in the land where the testimony of God’s two witnesses should thus be silenced, there would be manifest the atheism of the Pharaoh and the licentiousness of Sodom. GC 269.3 (emphasis supplied)

The world still recalls with shuddering horror the scenes of that most cowardly and cruel onslaught, the Massacre of St. Bartholomew. The king of France, urged on by Romish priests and prelates, lent his sanction to the dreadful work. [...] The same master-spirit that urged in the Massacre of St. Bartholomew, led also in the scenes of the French Revolution. Satan seemed to triumph. Notwithstanding the labors of the Reformers, he had succeeded in holding vast multitudes in ignorance concerning God and his word. Now he appeared in a new guise [….] The work which the papacy had begun, atheism completed. The one withheld from the people the truths of the Bible; the other taught them to reject both the Bible and its Author. The seed sown by priests and prelates was yielding its evil fruit. SP 4.191-192. The Underground Strategy

It appears from the Spirit of Prophecy’s testimony that the Romish priests and atheism worked hand in hand to attack God’s truth. Does the reader now get the hidden truth about the “abyss” beast? Are there historical clues that the forces driving the French -and later Russian and Chinese- revolutions were just “hidden” manifestations of Romanism?

The seemingly “mortal wound” that the Papacy received in 1798 was historically inflicted by Napoleon Bonaparte. Napoleon Bonaparte himself rose to prominence during the French Revolution, a “movement that shook France between 1787-1799”3. So, Napoleon took out the pope. But who pulled Napoleon’s strings? This question is most difficult to answer, since none of the established history books tell us something about the “hidden” agendas of world politics. But there is circumstantial evidence, and we can get an answer from puzzle pieces of historical side notes. All sources are freely available on the Internet for everyone to study. Who benefitted politically from the removal of Pope Pius VI? Pius VI was the very pope that was captured by General Bertier in 1798 and died in exile in 1799. In 1773, about one and a half decades prior to the French Revolution, something interesting happened, and we get this amazing detail directly from the source: The Jesuits Camouflaged Transition

Jesuits [The Society of Jesus, a Roman Catholic order of priests] were first expelled from Portugal (1759), then France (1764), Spain (1767) and Austria (1770). Thousands of destitute priests and brothers sought refuge in Rome during these years. Finally in 1773 anti-Jesuit forces succeeded in persuading Pope Clement XIV to issue Dominus ac Redemptor, the papal brief suppressing the Society of Jesus, in order to secure peace in the Church. (4*) – (*see par references for this article) The Illuminati formed by Adam Weishaupt

So, the Society of Jesus was generally suppressed in 1773. Let’s collect some more puzzle pieces:

- In 1776, only three years later, something else happened: a Jesuit theologian (teacher of canon law) named Adam Weishaupt formed the order of the Illuminati (the enlightened ones). (5)

- The “Illuminati” incited the French Revolution (6)

- There is strong suspicion that Napoleon was a high-level Freemason (7)

- The Jesuits invented advanced degrees in Freemasonry (8)

- Pius VII, the successor of dethroned Pope Pius VI, became pope in 1800.

- One of Pope Pius VII’s first acts following Napoleon’s abdication in 1814, was to reinstate the Society of Jesus worldwide with the Bull Solicitudo omnium ecclesiarum. (4)

So, what does this look like to us? The Society of Jesus, aka the Jesuits, was banned, so it went “underground”; meaning it created front organizations to be able to operate in the background. These front organizations would influence governments to execute their bidding. Napoleon was one of their puppets who took the pope captive and exiled him. The next pope would then immediately reinstate the Jesuit Order, which is known as being “more papal than the pope and more Catholic than the College of Cardinals”. (9) Rationale of Self- Inflicted Wound Strategy

Is it not likely that the Romanists themselves inflicted the deadly wound on the papacy to set a starting point for a long-ranged action plan to regain absolute papal power? In this context, it is important to recognize that the “sea beast” (Romanism) does indeed have seven heads (Revelation 13:1), with the papacy being one of them. This implies that there may be six other “departments” of Romanism, which we could imagine collaborating most of the time, but sometimes working against each other. But let alone the political power struggle, on a higher spiritual level, what was Satan’s plan in this “black op” (10), “false flag operation” -a strategy often used in order to attain a hidden military or political goal- of having the papacy inflicting a mortal wound to the papacy?

Owing to the success of the Protestant Reformation, the papacy was no longer able to withhold God’s word from the people and the monarchs of Europe. Rome’s power was weakening. So Rome had to change its strategy: it would “die”; but not really die, just going underground and then attack God’s truth through the creation of atheism and communism (11). Atheistic theories have been an efficient weapon in Satan’s hand to destroy faith in the living God and the Bible. The diligent student of historic “side notes” might become aware that the “abyss” beast is behind atheistic theories. Just two examples: atheism rests on two strong legs: (1) biological evolution and (2) cosmology. Here is food for thought: Famous “Evolution Theory” Perpetrators of Satan

  1. famous biologist Thomas H. Huxley, “Darwin’s Bulldog”, was a Freemason and, with no apparent achievements to claim as his own, was made a Fellow of the Royal Society at the age of 26. T.H. Huxley tutored Freemason H.G. Wells, who would later teach Huxley’s two grandsons, Julian and Aldous. Both Julian and Aldous were Freemasons. (12)

Aldous Huxley is the author of the novel Brave New World. The novel tells the story about a “World State”, a benevolent totalitarian government headed by ten “World Controllers”. Thomas Huxley, Aldous’ grandfather, coined the term “agnostic” and founded along with J. Hooker the “Nature” magazine in 1869. “Nature” is one of the most prestigious scientific journals today. Jesuit formulated “Big Bang Theory”

  1. The “Big Bang Theory”, the anchor theory of modern cosmology, is not a result of scientific data evaluation. This theory was invented by Jesuit Priest Georges Lemaitre (13). The Meaning of Rev 17:8

If the “abyss” beast from Revelation 11 is indeed “Romanism underground” or “hidden Romanism”, Romanism pulling the strings of power behind innocently appearing front organizations, secret societies and intelligence agencies, then Revelation 17:8 describes the ultimate “resurrection” of the sea beast, when the wound would finally be healed:

 “The beast that thou sawest was, and is not; and shall ascend out of the bottomless pit, and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth shall wonder, whose names were not written in the book of life from the foundation of the world, when they behold the beast that was, and is not, and yet is.” Rev 17:8 

01. The beast that thou sawest was ... ... Romanism from the time of John the Revelator (or AD 538 for papal Rome) until AD 1798, when Pope Pius VI was taken captive.

02. and is not ...... because it went underground in the late 1700’s “hiding” in the “abyss” to attack God’s word, destroy man’s faith in a living God and take the lead in building a communist (Egyptian atheism based) totalitarian New World Order by ruling all nations from behind the scenes thru puppet “democracies” and dictators. To achieve this, it will create world- wide chaos and unrest, maybe even World War III.

03. and shall ascend out of the bottomless pitt It will roar back into power on the back of a communist/fascist world government system for the “man of sin” to finally appear pursuant to the motto “ordo ab chao” (order out of chaos).

04. and go into perdition Thanks and praise to the Lord! When the Lord Jesus comes He will “consume that Wicked with the spirit of his mouth, and shall destroy him with the brightness of his coming.”

Revelation 17:8 tells us that the “resurrected” Papacy will catch everyone by surprise –that is everyone whose name is “not written in the book of life”. It is thus a matter of eternal life and death to study God’s word about the last great deceptions of Lucifer. The Pinnacle of Abomination: Sun Worship

In Revelation 14:9-11 we learn that the papacy will finally coerce the “mark of the beast”, and the Bible itself explains what this will be about. About 685 years before John was given a rod to measure God’s temple, the altar and the people who worshipped in the temple (Revelation 11:1), the Prophet Ezekiel received astonishing truth from on high about four “tiers” or “levels” of abominations that eventually brought God’s judgment upon the people of Judah (Ezekiel 8): Abomination Level 1: The image of “jealousy” (verse 9), but even greater was: Abomination Level 2: Image idolatry in the dark (verses 10&11), but even greater was: Abomination Level 3: Weeping for Tammuz (i.e., the sun god in the flesh, a Pagan counterfeit of Jesus Christ, verse 14), but even greater was: Abomination Level 4: The pinnacle of abomination. This is important, so let’s read the entire paragraph:

And he brought me into the inner court of the LORD'S house, and, behold, at the door of the temple of the LORD, between the porch and the altar, were about five and twenty men, with their backs toward the temple of the LORD, and their faces toward the east; and they worshipped the sun toward the east. (Ezekiel 8:16)

This is fascinating and chilling at the same time; sun worship appears to be the most detested loathed, top level of evil worship from the perspective of God’s truth. It is obvious why: “sun worship” transitions directly into worshipping Lucifer (Isaiah 14:12-14; Ezekiel 28:11-19). In Ezekiel 9:4, we read about how the sun worshippers were separated out from the remnants of true Judah:

And the LORD said unto him, Go through the midst of the city, through the midst of Jerusalem, and set a mark upon the foreheads of the men that sigh and that cry for all the abominations that be done in the midst thereof. (emphasis supplied) End-time Scenario

A “mark of God” was issued to those who did not participate in sun worship, and the remaining people were judged (Ezekiel 9:5-7; compare this text with Revelation 14:15-20). True and false worship in the time of Ezekiel provide the typology for the end time: while Ezekiel’s message went only to Judah, John’s message goes to all people and nations on the earth. In the end time, things will be inverted: this time, the sun worshippers will receive a mark, while God’s true people will be imparted the signet of heaven. Dragon worship (Revelation 13:4) will be manifest as world-wide sun worship, which will culminate in a Sunday law. The False Prophet: Apostate Protestantism

In the late 1700, when the Papacy went “abyss”, when it began to hide behind secret societies, another nation came “out of the earth” that would have a strong influence on the development of world politics: the lamb like beast with two horns (Revelation 13:11):

Here is a striking figure of the rise and growth of our own nation ( U.S.A.). And the lamb-like horns, emblems of innocence and gentleness, well represent the character of our government, as expressed in its two fundamental principles, Republicanism and Protestantism. The Christian exiles who first fled to America, sought an asylum from royal oppression and priestly intolerance, and they determined to establish a government upon the broad foundation of civil and religious liberty. These principles are the secret of our power and prosperity as a nation. Millions from other lands have sought our shores, and the United States has risen to a place among the most powerful nations of the earth. 4SP 277.1 America Founded on Liberty and Freedom

Indeed, with respect to the supreme law, the Constitution, the United States of America has been an innocent and gentle republic. The Constitution guarantees liberty of conscience. I remember once when my wife and I applied for a visa, the immigration attorney told us that, as long we are on US soil, we are “protected by the Constitution”. True, it is not any politician or government official  that protect our freedom and liberty; it is the US Constitution. And this is very similar to most West European nations, where the government adopted principles of the Protestant reformation.

As long as our government is set up and guided by the Constitution and honors the Bill of Rights, the USA matches the lamb-like (Jesus-like) features as represented by the two horns. But the pen of inspirations draws a strange development that will eventually clash with constitutional rights, and established religious institutions, purportedly “Protestant” churches, will play a key role in forcing this development: The Prophesied Protestant Apostasy

When the churches of our land, uniting upon such points of faith as are held by them in common, shall influence the State to enforce their decrees and sustain their institutions, then will Protestant America have formed an image of the Roman hierarchy. Then the true church will be assailed by persecution, as were God’s ancient people. SP4 278

The “image to the beast” represents that form of apostate Protestantism which will be developed when the Protestant churches shall seek the aid of the civil power for the enforcement of their dogmas.... {FLB 286.4} Formation of the Beast

Once constitutional rights are being weakened or even entirely nullified such that churches can employ state power to enforce their doctrines, the image of the beast is formed. How can such a change take place, and why would it be widely adopted by the populace? Let us listen to once-US President James Madison (14). Note the underlined passages:

If Tyranny and Oppression come to this land, it will be in the guise of fighting a foreign enemy.[..] It is a universal truth that the loss of liberty at home is to be charged to the provisions against danger, real or pretended, from abroad. (emphasis supplied)

Did US President Madison -who was also a political theorist- already sense that future “blackops” or “false-flag” attacks would be orchestrated from the “abyss” for the purpose of installing tyranny and oppression? Hard to tell. Impossible to prove. Satan is God’s Ape

Sure is, according to the Spirit of Prophecy, in his final act of deception, Satan will pose as the leader of a “Protestant” movement. Much speculation abounds on the kind and nature of the “fire” that will “come down from heaven” (Revelation 13:13-14). Will it be a spiritual or a military phenomenon? From the context of Jesus’ warning in Matthew 24:24-27, we can deduce that it will probably be a combination of both.  Martin Luther called Satan “God’s ape”, because Lucifer has been trying to “ape” (emulate and fake) God’s actions from the beginning. In Satan’s final ape theater, he will try to pose as a returning savior. Of course, some impressive physical appearance in the sky will be needed for this, which would explain the spiritual and military background of deceptive “fire” coming down from heaven.

The irony is: true Protestantism once broke the power of the papacy; false Protestantism will bring it back to power. Apostate Protestantism, the “false prophet” (Revelation 19:20; 20:10), as controlled from the “abyss” behind the scenes, will take the lead in working against God’s truth and deceive mankind into setting up a false system of worship (Revelation 13:13-15). In Revelation chapters 11 and 13, Jesus tells John (and us) the truth about geopolitics in the last age. Satan’s schemes of deception are exposed. And there are only three forces involved: the dragon, which controls the beast, which, in turn, finally controls the image of the beast. Consequently, any political movement or organization that dominates the news headlines (and also people’s fears) these days must in reality be smokescreen operations controlled by the beast out of the “abyss”. The Number “666”: Operation Phoenix (Rev 13: 17-18)

The reader may now ask: what on earth does the bird Phoenix have to do with Revelation 13? For everyone who is not aware of this ancient Egyptian mythology, here is a concise summary (15):

Phoenix, in ancient Egypt and in Classical antiquity, a fabulous bird associated with the worship of the sun. The Egyptian phoenix was said to be as large as an eagle, with brilliant scarlet and gold plumage and a melodious cry. Only one phoenix existed at any time, and it was very long-lived— no ancient authority gave it a life span of less than 500 years. As its end approached, the phoenix fashioned a nest of aromatic boughs and spices, set it on fire, and was consumed in the flames. From the pyre miraculously sprang a new phoenix, which, after embalming its father’s ashes in an egg of myrrh, flew with the ashes to Heliopolis (“City of the Sun”) in Egypt, where it deposited them on the altar in the temple of the Egyptian god of the sun, Re.

Does the story of Phoenix remind us of something we analyzed so far? Let us keep hold that Phoenix (1) lived very long (far more than 500 years); (2) there was only one Phoenix at a time; (3) he set his own nest on fire, only (4) to give birth to a new bird, which then (5) would fly to the temple of the Egyptian sun-god. Lucifer is also Fenex

The name “Fenex” is an ancient name for Lucifer, meaning “The Shining One” 16 . In ancient Greek, some letters have a dual numeral meaning. Now, the sum of the numerals represented by f-e-n-e-x is 6+5+50+5+600=666. The final apostate worship system, Scripture tells us, will be recognized by the number of the beast, the figure 666 (Revelation 13: 17,18): “Let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his number is Six hundred threescore and six.”

We are asked to count the number of the beast. The simplest and most intuitive way to arrive at this number is to count to 36 and then add up all figures counted:

Ancient Egyptian sun-worship provides the bigger picture. According to the ancient Egyptians, the sun, within the course of a year (360 days+ 5 extra “unlucky” days), passes 36 constellations with each of them lasting ten days (decans) long 17. Each constellation had a god assigned to it. The superior sun-god Re (or Ra), who would oversee them all and who would constitute the “sum” of all of them, did have he number 666 assigned to him. In Chris Relitz’18 work “Antichrist Osiris: the History of the Luciferian Conspiracy”, we read on page 361:

[666 is the] Summary-number of the sun god: the sun itself traces a path through the sky moving through the constellations, which the pagan astrologers count to be 36. If you add all the numbers together between 1 and 36, you get 666. Practitioners of Kabala use a system known as the ‘magic square’ which has 36 squares, to meet the Watchers. To many cultures the Phoenix represents their coming savior and is worshipped as the morning star. The American Indians, the Egyptians and Phoenicians all knew the legend of a bird that died in flames and was reborn. The same story was told among the Babylonians, the Hindus and among the Japanese and Chinese. In the Greek language, Fenex adds up to 666. In nearly every case, the number 666 leads us back to the pagan sun-god. It’s likely that the coming Antichrist will publicly attach himself to the ancient sun-god mythos of the Mystery religions which he will publicly reinstate (emphasis supplied)

Not much to add to this excellent summary! The number 666 links sun-worship to the worship of Lucifer, which, again, ties the matter back to the pinnacle of abominations in Ezekiel 8. The story of Phoenix details the mechanism of Lucifer’s last great deception: the Egyptian/Babylonian number of the beast “666” is quasi the “code name” for “operation sun worship” calling all false religions to unite against the creator God. Lucifer will Spiritually Possess the Last Pope

Like the sun-god “Phoenix”, the unclean raptor bird (compare Revelation 18:2), the beast (the papacy) committed “suicide” after many centuries of domination. But it will rise again, and the resurrected beast (Revelation 17:8) will re-emerge in a very impressive manner (Revelation 13:3) and install a dictatorship of sun-worship, supremely legislated by a world- wide Sunday law and visibly represented by the despotic “son of perdition” (2 Thessalonians 2:3), the last pope who will likely be possessed by Lucifer himself. Lucifer will “ape” the return of Christ and will pose as the world’s supernatural savior. For many who have been conditioned into “alien” stories, Lucifer will appear as a friendly being from outer space. This is very important to understand. Forewarning of Counterfeit Worship System

Every Christian better take head to the stern warning of our Savior:

For many shall come in my name, saying, I am Christ; and shall deceive many (Matthew 24:5)

Revelation 13 thus concludes with the exaltation of a false law and a false system of worship. If the false law is exalted by Satan, what is God’s response? We find this answer in the conclusion of Revelation 11:

And the temple of God was opened in heaven, and there was seen in his temple the ark of his testament: and there were lightnings, and voices, and thunderings, and an earthquake, and great hail. God’s Final Act

The conclusion of Revelation 11 is indeed the answer to the counterfeit worship system “666” of the beast.

When God’s temple in heaven is opened, what a triumphant time that will be for all who have been faithful and true! In the temple will be seen the ark of the testament in which were placed the two tables of stone, on which are written God’s law. These tables of stone will be brought forth from their hiding place, and on them will be seen the Ten Commandments engraved by the finger of God. These tables of stone now lying in the ark of the testament will be a convincing testimony to the truth and binding claims of God’s law (Ellen G. White, Letter 47, 1902).

God’s truth -as represented by the Old and New Testament- that Satan tried to blot out, ascended to heaven (Revelation 11:12). His redemptive Truth, as symbolized by the opened temple and the visible Ark, will prevail:

Sacrilegious minds and hearts have thought they were mighty enough to change the times and laws of Jehovah; but, safe in the archives of heaven, in the ark of God, are the original commandments, written upon the two tables of stone. No potentate of earth has power to draw forth those tables from their sacred hiding place beneath the mercy seat (Ellen G. White, The Signs of the Times, February 28, 1878). The Truth Segments of Revelation  

Revelation chapters 10, 11, 13 and 14 together form a coherent logical unit that reveals to us the war between truth and error. Truth is exalted, while error, lie and disinformation, are exposed. Truth will win (see Figure). The two agents of the dragon: the beast out of the sea and the beast out of the earth, are defeated foes. Remember that the mighty angel (Revelation 10:3), Who sets His right foot on the sea and His left foot on the earth, does have ultimate control:

“Of David. A psalm. The LORD says to my lord: "Sit at my right hand until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet." (Psalm 110:1)

Let us close with another quote:

As we near the close of this world's history, the prophecies relating to the last days especially demand our study. The last book of the New Testament scriptures is full of truth that we need to understand. {COL 133)

May God’s special blessing be upon us all as we discover and internalize His precious truth. References

1. Heidi Heiks, The Source, AD 538, thesourcehh.org (accessed 06/24/2016).

2. ibidem, AD 1798, thesourcehh.org (accessed 06/24/2016).

3. Encyclopædia Britannica Online, s. v. "French Revolution", (accessed 07/01/2016), www.britannica.com

4. www.jesuit.org.uk (accessed 07/30/2016).

5. Encyclopedia Britannica, 11th Edition, Volume 12, 1910, page 320.

6. Terry Melanson, Perfectibilists: The 18th Century Bavarian Order of the Illuminati, available on https://books.google.com.

7. www.napoleon-empire.com (accessed 08/16/2016).

8. Albert C. Mackey M. D., Encyclopedia of Freemasonry and its Kindred Sciences, "JESUITS", www.phoenixmasonry. org/ (accessed 08/16/2016).

9. M. Cusack, “The Black Pope”, freely available as PDF at www.biblicalscholarship.net

10. A black operation or black op is a covert operation by a government, a government agency, or a military organization. This can include activities by private companies or groups. Key features of a black operation are that it is secret and it is not attributable to the organization carrying it out. The main difference between a black operation and one that is merely secret is that a black operation involves a significant degree of deception, to conceal who is behind it or to make it appear that some other entity is responsible. (from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Black_operation).

11. Jesuit Origins of Communism-Part 1, thejesuitcontinuumomegapoint.blogspot.com (accessed 08/14/2016).

12. www.conspiracyarchive.com (accessed 07/30/2016).

13. www.catholiceducation.org (accessed 08/01/2016).

14. www.constitution.org Britannica Academic, s.v. "Phoenix," accessed August 15, 2016, http://academic.eb.com/levels/collegiate/article/59758.

15. Britannica Academic, s.v. “Phoenix,”accessed August 2016, http://academic.eb.com/levelscollegiate/article/59758

16. www.bibliotecapleyades.net

17. An interesting side-note: during the French Revolution, the implementation of a 10-day week was attempted, which ties atheism back to Egypt (Revelation 11:7,8).

18. Chris Relitz, “Antichrist Osiris: the History of the Luciferian Conspiracy”, lulu.com (June 13, 2012), Page 361.

End of Pt 4- 50 pages.

Posted on August 8, 2017 in time for Singapore National Day Reading …. may or may not be continued .

Contents added on Aug 30, 2017

5.4.3 The Prophesied Climactic End; The Second Coming of Christ; The Various Distortions on the Second Coming: : a-millennialism, pre-millennialism, post-millennialism, and  dispensationalism; Preterism and Futurism; Biblical Study on the Second Coming: The Manner of Jesus Second Coming; Overview of Events in the Second Coming; No Secret Rapture; Battle of Armageddon; The Sixth plague; The Seventh Plague; During the Millennium; After the Millennium; The Doctrine of Hell; Catholic Catechism on Hell; Loyola’s Spiritual Exercise- meditation on Hell; Impact of Hell Doctrine; The Quran Perspective; The Biblical Doctrine on Hell; The Meaning of Eternal Fire; The Purpose of the Eternal Fire; on View of God; False Conception of God; View of God Survey in America; Source on the True View of God; The Importance of Doctrines; The Beliefs of Seventh-day Adventists (SDA); The True View of God; The New Earth; 5.4.4 Daniel Chapter 11 Bible Study; Rivalry between North and South; The Rise of the Roman Kingdom; Julius Caesar; Jesus Crucifixion ; Victory of Augustus over Anthony & Cleopatra; Papal Rome becomes King of the North; The Veracity of Prophetic Words; Fulfilled Prophecies that will be Repeated; Notes on Dan 11:31-36 - This History will be Repeated; Notes on Dan 11:37-39- Traditions Created by Papacy; Notes on Daniel 11:40- The Fall of Soviet Union by 1991; Deadly Wound; Bible Banned during French Revolution; Rise of Atheism; The Fall of Communism; The Alliance of Papacy and U.S.A; Fall of the Berlin Wall in 1989; Notes on Daniel 11:41- Setting Up Sunday Worship; Discussion on The Glorious Land; The Glorious Land is Spiritual Israel; Invoking Assistance from Apostate Protestant America; National Sunday Law; The Four Stages of National Sunday Law; The Close of Probation; Edom, Moab and Ammon; Notes on Daniel 11:42, 43 – The Conquest of Satan; Spiritual Egypt; Power over World Economy; Daniel 11:44, 45 – God’s  Final  Act; The Time of Trouble; The Death Decree; Character of God’s People; The Remnant; Deceived  Condition of the World; God’s Vengeance on Satan; Application of Daniel 11:31-45; Highlights of Daniel Ch. 12; Dan 12:1 -  God’s Action  in Eliminating Sin; Dan 12:2 – Special Resurrection; Dan 12:3-4 – The Wise and Increase in Knowledge; Dan 12:8-13 –Daniel Did not Understand as we now understand; Jesus, Our All-in- All;


5.4.3 The Prophesied Climactic End

As Christians, we experience a lot of controversy and debate. Most people in the world are completely unaware of what we stand for, and what our beliefs actually mean. In order to effectively spread the Gospel, we must be sure and steady in our own convictions. Do we know our own stance on the evolution versus creation debate? Do we know the history of the Reformers and the significance of the Reformation? Do we truly understand the Ten Commandments and what they each mean for us today?

There are many aspects to our faith, and we must know them inside and out. We can read and talk about history, but it is the modern application of faith and the current events that really interest people. In this section we will discuss on the second coming of Christ and then review the prophecy given in Daniel chapter 11 so as to strengthen  our faith in the sure word of prophecy and increase our confidence in proclaiming the third angel’s message in calling God’s people to come out of Babylon as we watch  pray and wait for the outpouring of the latter rain of Rev 18:1-4 to finish the work prior to the day of the Lord.

We need to see where we stand in the stream of time and are prepared for what to come next after the enforcement of the National Sunday law as discussed earlier. We will see what events in history has shaped the events of today and witness prophecy being fulfilled before our very eyes in Dan11:40-45 before the close of probation, when Michael stands up in the Most Holy Place ( Dan 12:1)

There are four comings Of Christ: 1) As A Babe (First Coming); 2) To The Ancient Of Day's (Daniel 7:13) 'To Receive His Crown'; 3) In Glory To Execute Judgment Upon All With The Seven Last Plagues 'Excluding The Elect'- The Second Coming; 4) After 1000years to Restore The Earth And To Set Up The Kingdom .

The first two comings are fulfilled in accordance to prophecy. We now need to know about the second coming which is soon to be fulfilled, and for which we need to know about so as to be ready and  prepared  to stand in judgment  and then to welcome Jesus as King of kings on the day of the Lord. The Second Coming of Christ

(https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FM66slpUJmc -  History's Endgame / In the Stream of Time by Prof Walter Veith ; published on May 4, 2017.)

The coming of Christ at the end of the age has been prophesied in the Bible and for centuries people have been awaiting this great event.
What does the Bible really teach about the coming of Christ
and how does it compare to the array of teachings abroad in the world today?
Is there a secret rapture?
What happens to the dead when Christ returns?
These questions and more are answered in this eye-opening study given by Walter Veith. God's final intervention in the affairs of men to vindicate those who have stood for truth and righteousness is clearly portrayed so that we will not be deceived by the lies of Satan.

We know the Second Coming will arrive, and the Holy Bible gives us great insight as to what will happen and what we can expect. In this eye-opening lecture with Walter Veith we are going to go back to the basics found in the Scriptures with a Bible study.

The Holy Scriptures didn’t change into these varied theologies that are now surrounding our churches about the end times, but Biblical text has always stayed the same and is firm on what will happen. So let’s go dive into the Bible to discover what is true about the climax that is coming right around the corner- (the imminence of His coming). The Various Distortions on the Second Coming: a-millennialism, pre-millennialism, post-millennialism, and  dispensationalism

The second coming is the climax of history and whatever happens thereafter that has been revealed in the Bible. Numerous confusing ideas abound as to what happens at the return of Christ is dealt with here. The Roman Catholic view is a-millennialism which denies the existence of the period of millennium since the church will continue its rule in the present worldly kingdom. This view is also the adopted view of some of the more conservative Protestant churches, such as the Lutherans, etc. But the evangelical views of Protestants are totally different  covering pre-millennialism, post-millennialism, and  dispensationalism . They have their ideologies mixed in with secret rapture, the Kingdom of Israel getting a second opportunity to rule the world, Christ coming down to the Kingdom of Israel but His bride being raptured away. All these ideologies actually come from the Jesuits. ( see the four ideologies summarized at https://www.blueletterbible.org/faq/mill.cfm ) Preterism and Futurism

There are so many confusing ideas and the secular world through Hollywood  being deceived in accepting the fallacy of the secret rapture  that we need to go back to the Bible and see what does the Bible say because the Bible have none of any of those ideologies. They all were cunningly devised by the Jesuits which came up with two different and opposing views, Preterism and Futurism.

Preterism is a Christian eschatological view that interprets some (partial preterism) or all (full preterism) prophecies of the Bible as events which have already happened. This school of thought interprets the Book of Daniel as referring to events that happened in the 2nd century BC, while seeing the prophecies of Revelation as events that happened in the first century AD. Preterism holds that Ancient Israel finds its continuation or fulfillment in the Christian church at the destruction of Jerusalem in AD 70.

Historically, preterists and non-preterists have generally agreed that the Jesuit Luis de Alcasar (1554–1613) wrote the first systematic preterist exposition of prophecy - Vestigatio arcani sensus in Apocalypsi (published in 1614)—during the Counter Reformation. (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Preterism )

The futurist view was proposed by two Catholic Jesuit writers, Manuel Lacunza and Francisco Ribera. Lacunza wrote under the pen name "Ben-Ezra", and his work was banned by the Catholic Church. It has grown in popularity in the 19th and 20th centuries, so that today it is probably most readily recognized.] The futurist view assigns all or most of the prophecy to the future, shortly before the Second Coming; especially when interpreted in conjunction with Daniel, Isaiah 2:11-22, 1 Thessalonians 4:15–5:11, and other eschatological sections of the Bible.( https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Futurism_(Christianity) ) Biblical Study on the Second Coming

Quoting Wesley’s famous declaration: “ I want to know one thing- the way to heaven, how to land safe on that happy shore. God himself has condescended to teach the way; for this very end He came from heaven. HE hath written it down in a book. O give me that book! At any price, give me the book of God! It have it: here is knowledge enough for me.  Let me be “homon nulus libri” ( man of one book) Standard Sermons, ed. Edward H. Dugden, 2 vols. (London Epworth Press, 1921), 1:31-32.

Therefore the best way is to go back to the Bible (rather than to Hollywood and it Left Behind series)  and see what the Bible have to say by a simple Bible study looking at one Bible verse after another and let the Bible explains itself. The Manner of Jesus Second Coming

“And while they looked stedfastly toward heaven as he went up, behold, two men stood by them in white apparel; “ Which also said, Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye gazing up into heaven? this same Jesus, which is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen him go into heaven.”- Acts 1:10-11

Why would Jesus come back? Why would He defer returning to a time of restoration?  

Jesus Christ is the great God and Saviour who has promised to return after He has prepared our mansions in heaven - Jn 14:1:1-3. This is the blessed hope of the church (Tit 2:13) that He will come back so that everything should be focused on the second coming  when Satan has filled up the cup of God’s wrath and be destroyed.

How will He come again?

 1. Jesus will be universally visible at His second coming- Rev 1:7; Mat 24:27 ( Ps 104:3; Ps 68:17); Mat 24:30 - When Jesus comes with all his angels 2The :1:7; Sit on the throne of His glory- Mat 25:31; Luk 9:26- Rev 5:11;

2.  The trumpet and His call will be audible to all - ! The 4:16; Mat 24:31.( He will be coming in the full glory of the Godhead ( always veiled in human history so that people will not be destroyed) This is a spectacular event with all the angels in heaven coming along to gather up all God’s people- Rev 5:11;

3. He will not touch the earth ( stay in the air to meet all the saints, the resurrected righteous dead and the righteous living.) - 1 Thes 4: 16,17;  We need to heed Jesus warning  not to listen to  human warning that he is here and at a specific place ( “Maitreya”, the false Christ is on the ground) - Mat 24:26,27 Overview of Events in the Second Coming

What would happen at the second coming?

1. The first resurrection (of life) of the righteous - ! The 4:16; 2. the second resurrection (to damnation) of the rest  after 1000 years- Rev 20:5,6;

1.  Righteous dead  resurrected and the righteous living translated ( in transformed immortal body)- 1Cor 15:52,53; Phi 3:20,21; 1 Cor 15:20,22,23 Note: Enoch ‘s  life translation was guarantee to the antediluvian that God would keep His promise of taking His children to heaven. For the post-diluvian , God’s guarantee to the living righteous was in Elijah; and Moses for the righteous who are dead. Since the dead reign from Adam to Moses, Moses resurrection in his time is subject to Christ’s resurrection as the first fruit. There were also certain people who rose from the dead with Christ- feast of first fruit (Sunday), the promise of a greater harvest at the coming of Christ. Paul expects all to meet in heaven at the second coming- .).2 Tim 4:7,8.

2.The wicked will mourn, and run to hide and  slain- Mat 24:30; Rev 6:15-17  ( sinful people die in seeing God.) They all die at his coming to await executive judgment  at the millennium –Jud 14,15. (Mat 13:49,50)

The great day of the Lord is near, a day of wrath- Zep 1:14,15. The Lawless one (the one who assumes the authority of God here on earth) will be revealed and destroyed at His coming- 2 The 2:8. (There is no biblical basis of the 1000 years living happily on earth with Jesus in peace and prosperity. The dispensationalists teach that those who are not raptured (left behind) will receive another chance.) All (every living thing) on earth will be slain- Jer 25:33. Zep 1:2,3; Ps 110:5,6; The earth is again without form and void-Jer 4:23-28 (But God promised it will not be the full end. However, in His mercy God is going to end all of his creation, animals, trees, fishes, etc) that have suffered and degraded through the impact of men’s sin- abuse and exploitation of the environment and animals.) No Secret Rapture

There were no secret rapture of Noah and his family who was not destroyed in the judgment of God on the antediluvian world. Righteous Noah and his family were shut in the Ark by God and the rest of the antediluvians were taken away in the flood- Mat 24:38-4. The fallacy is in the dispensationalists claim that “antichrist” will arise after the secret rapture but the Bible clearly teaches that this power will arise from the church, not after the church- 1 Jn 2:18,19  They teach that the antichrist will come in the future and he will come not from the Christians but another society that will persecute the Jews – this claim is not biblical. In any case the antichrist does not come in the future; he arose in Roman times already. He comes out of the fourth beast, the Roman Empire . The entire Pentecostals and the Baptists teach this. The secret rapture embraces a second chance gospel but there is no second chance Gospel. They teach that those who are sinful will get another chance. - Heb 9:27 says men are appointed” once to die, but after this the judgment.” (cf.  Isa 55:7)

Similarly, the just and the wicked are revealed at the second coming – 2 The 1:6,7. They both grow together until the harvest then they will be separated –Mat 13:30. Everything happens when the Lord comes.

 Instead Satan is bound for a 1000 years- Rev 20:1,2. Satan is bound in chains of circumstance and he has no one to deceive- Ps 68:6 (We are all bound by circumstances but God wants to relief us from our circumstances and from sin.) It will be 1000 years of reflection for Satan and his evil angels. The word millennium (1000 years) is biblical but not a-millennialism, pre- millennialism and post- millennialism. Battle of Armageddon

The Battle of Armageddon is for the destruction of the wicked that must be taken metaphorically  to mean the battle of the mind. (The battleground is identified aa three different locations  and has to be taken spiritually-metaphoric- a state of mind) – Rev 16:16 , Joel 1:2; Zech 14:2);  ( Satan will induce a state of mind in the people of the world that will compel them to seek the death of those who refuse to obey their dictates. This is a clash of ideologies, not a clash of physical armies out of the East.  Babylon is the state of mind against God and Jerusalem is the state of mind against the faithful Jews. This is the final clash from type to antitype.) This is where God will intervene ( as God has fought all the battles for Israel ) (The wars with China and Russia in the Middle East is just a ruse.) Christ will destroy those who decided to accept the mark of the beast and to reject His morality for an earthly morality. This is covered in the sixth plague. The Sixth Plague

“And the sixth angel poured out his vial upon the great river Euphrates; and the water thereof was dried up, that the way of the kings of the east might be prepared. “ – Rev 16:12 Euphrates used to feed ancient city of Babylon and it dried up and Cyrus (a type of Christ) could march in and take Babylon. The same will happen preceding Christ’s return. The antitypical Babylon which is the mindset of all the religious leaders together will war against the mindset of those who accept the commandments of God and have the faith of Jesus. The people who rejected Jesus will be destroyed by the King from the East  at His second coming, prophesied in Isa 41:1,2; Eze 43:1,2. (Luciferian worship has always faced the East and have been worshipping Baal and the retribution fittingly will therefore come from the East. This is God’s war and He is going to destroy evil.) This is described in the last plague. The Seventh Plague

Thus, at the beginning of the seventh plague is a great earthquake- Rev 16:18. Cities fell, island fled, great hail feel- Rev 16: 19-21. At the culmination of this destruction, Christ comes and delivers His righteous people who are sealed and protected – Job 38:22-23;  The living wicked die and the dead wicked remain dead a 1000 years. This battle is called the battle of Armageddon, because it is a battle of the mind. involving your cognitive decision. So the long awaited millennium of peace on earth with all the nations living happily and eventually converted in the planet is not biblical.

The Battle of Armageddon is an antitype of that great choice that Elijah   (and Joshua) gave, to choose this day whom you will serve, either Baal or to serve the Lord wholeheartedly. There are no neutrals in this war. This long awaited millennium  have been talked about in human versions  that means nothing, because the Bible says there will be no millennium of life but that of death  on the planet after the second coming. There will be a first resurrection  for the righteous dead and then the second resurrection after the thousand years for all the wicked dead. Jesus is the author of life and the only one who can resurrect people – Jn 11:25. Satan is a created being and can resurrect no one. The second resurrection of the wicked is also from Christ. During the Millennium

What about the Righteous in the Millennium?-  They reign with Jesus – Rev 20:6; Judgment given to them, this is the judgment of verification – Rev 20:4; The history of the entire rebellion are opened for the Saints to verify  and decide if the judgment is fair or not. Every details will be available for scrutiny. God in His grace let his saints to verify for themselves whether His judgment was fair.  Even the angels will be judged- 1 Cor 6:2,3. At the end God’s judgment will be vindicated- Rev 16:7. Then the wicked will have an opportunity to face their maker and understand why and what is their due punishment. After the Millennium

After the 1000 years Christ returns again to this earth . In this third coming , His feet touches the ground Zechariah tells us the Lord shall go forth and fight against those nations- Zech 14:3,4. Every time the Lord destroys it is called a war. Armageddon is the first and there is another  final one. Armageddon will be repeated with a difference.  At Armageddon he stayed in heaven and the angels took the saints up.  In this final battle, Christ comes down and touches the earth which is cleansed and a great plain is set up. Now comes the new Jerusalem to earth- Rev 21:2.  

Satan is unbound – Rev 20:7. The wicked are resurrected in the second resurrection ( the resurrection of damnation). Satan again tries to deceive the nations, Gog and Magog , to gather them together to battle- Rev 20:8. They were all cast into the lake of fire and destroyed forever- Rev 20:9-10.

The details of the second resurrection is amplified in the subsequent verses because of its chiastic structure in Rev 20:12- 15 – All the wicked stood before God and gathered around the new city are judged according to their work and are confronted with their actions.  They are going to be angry and the devil motivates them to fight for the new city. As they rebelled to take the city fires come down  from heaven to consume them.- Rev 20:9. This is the second death – the day of destruction reserved  for the wicked in the day of wrath- Job 21:30. They understand now why they cannot be in heaven. They see the consequences of their actions and their choices and everybody is satisfied that rebellion is incurable and God destroys them a second time. This battle is called the battle of “Gog and Magog” (meaning concealed - Gog is the name chosen by Ezekiel to designate the leader of the heathen hosts who would attack the restored Jerusalem after the seventy years capitivity, Magog is the homeland of Gog. (Eze 38:1-2) This is the parallel ( example)  to the final struggle against God when “the nations shall unite in making void God’s law (5T 524) and the wicked fully unite “with Satan in the warfare against God” ( GC 656) in Old  Testament history ( Eze 38:2). It will in the culmination involve Satan stirring “up the wicked powers of earth to the people of God “  and then Satan and his wicked hosts will be destroyed ( Rev 20:8).

If we compare the religion of God with that of the devil , the one big contrasting fact is Jesus says I have done nothing in secret . When He said that to the high priest He was struck in the face for it.  So when we preach the truth then preach it, don’t do it in secret. The concealed attitude, the backstabbing mentality of Satan will be destroyed forever. The Doctrine of Hell

Roman Catholicism and pagan religions have this doctrine of Hell (The works of Samuel Hopkins tells of the Catholic thinking about hell.)

“The smoke of their torment shall ascend up forever in the sight of the blessed.. before their eyes.. this display of divine character and glory will be in favour of the redeemed, and most entertaining, and give the highest pleasure to those who ovev God… Should the eternal torment and fires be extinguished, it would in a great measure.. put an end to the happiness and glory of the blessed.”. Works of Samuel Hopkins pp 457, 458. (This is a very warped idea of the character of God.)

This is not only a Catholic idea, because unfortunately it comes all the way from Augustine, but Calvin who was a great fan of Augustine took this doctrine and developed the same doctrine for Calvinism . The Calvinistic view of salvation is predestined either to be saved or predestined to be lost because man isso fallen that he cannot make a choice. Therefore God makes the for him and if He chooses you to be predestined for hell then it is to glorify the righteous  because by the suffering in contrast to the glory, the glory is made greater. 

High Calvinism goes even further which says therefore God created Adam to fall so that He could predestined some to be saved and some to be lost. This makes God to be the perpetrator of all evil. All the consequences that we see are God’s fault and what is it that mankind constantly says when things go wrong, when a disaster strikes, who do they all complain against? – God. There is nobody complaining against the devil. It is always God who is at fault.

 “Say unto them, As I live, saith the Lord GOD, I have no pleasure in the death of the wicked; but that the wicked turn from his way and live: turn ye, turn ye from your evil ways; for why will ye die, O house of Israel?”- Eze 33:11 ( God is long suffering and He took all the pains upon himself because when He died on the cross, He died with all the pain of all of humanity in totality- What an incredible God  for only God could do that.  The character of God is described by: “For I have no pleasure in the death of him that dieth, saith the Lord GOD: wherefore turn yourselves, and live ye.” Eze 18:32   “Let the wicked forsake his way, and the unrighteous man his thoughts: and let him return unto the LORD, and he will have mercy upon him; and to our God, for he will abundantly pardon. “-Isa 55:7. Catholic Catechism on Hell

“The teaching of the Church affirms the existence of hell and its eternity. Immediately after death the souls of those who die in a state of mortal sin descend into hell, where they suffer the punishments of hell, "eternal fire." The chief punishment of hell is eternal separation from God, in whom alone man can possess the life and happiness for which he was created and for which he longs.” CCC 1035 ( It is the first lie of Satan that man are born immortal ( Gen 3:4) and thus will also burn eternally.) Loyola’s Spiritual Exercise- meditation on Hell

These are the exercises of Loyola, part of the Spiritual Formation (offshoot is contemplative prayer which is advocated and practiced in Catholic and protestant churches) and his meditation on hell:

FIFTH EXERCISE-IT IS A MEDITATION ON HELL http://www.sacred-texts.com/chr/seil/seil15.htm

It contains in it, after the Preparatory Prayer and two Preludes, five Points and one Colloquy:

Prayer. Let the Preparatory Prayer be the usual one.

First Prelude. The first Prelude is the composition, which is here to see with the sight of the imagination the length, breadth and depth of Hell. ( instead of God’s love)

Second Prelude. The second, to ask for what I want: it will be here to ask for interior sense of the pain which the damned suffer, in order that, if, through my faults, I should forget the love of the Eternal Lord, at least the fear of the pains may help me not to come into sin.

First Point. The first Point will be to see with the sight of the imagination the great fires, and the souls as in bodies of fire.( This is imagination that is not real and causes one to be hypnotized into believing it to be true.)

Second Point. The second, to hear with the ears wailings, howlings, cries, blasphemies against Christ our Lord and against all His Saints.

Third Point. The third, to smell with the smell smoke, sulphur, dregs and putrid things.

Fourth Point. The fourth, to taste with the taste bitter things, like tears, sadness and the worm of conscience.

Fifth Point. The fifth, to touch with the touch; that is to say, how the fires touch and burn the souls. ( The Bible never say what he is talking about here about making people suffer in eternity  for just a brief moment of failure.) Impact of Hell Doctrine (Catholic Answers -https://www.catholic.com/tract/the-hell-there-is )

The doctrine of hell is so frightening that numerous heretical sects end up denying the reality of an eternal hell. The Unitarian-Universalists, the Seventh-day Adventists, the Jehovah’s Witnesses, the Christadelphians, the Christian Scientists, the Religious Scientists, the New Agers, and the Mormons—all have rejected or modified the doctrine of hell so radically that it is no longer a serious threat. In recent decades, this decay has even invaded mainstream Evangelicalism, and a number of major Evangelical figures have advocated the view that there is no eternal hell—the wicked will simply be annihilated. ( They pointed the denomination out but they never compare whether the doctrines of these organisations are biblical or not. They don’t tell you that the Jehovah Witnesses  deny the divinity of Christ nor what the New Agers ,the Mormons and the Christ Scientists believe. They themselves say if you want to be a Protestant you have to be a Seven-day Adventist.

 “We shall be raised therefore, all with our bodies eternal, but not all with bodies alike: for if a man is righteous, he will receive a heavenly body, that he may be able worthily to hold converse with Angels; but if a man is a sinner, he shall receive an eternal body, fitted to endure the penalties of sins, that he may burn eternally in fire, nor ever be consumed. And righteously will God assign this portion to either company; for we do nothing without the body. We blaspheme with the mouth, and with the mouth we pray. With the body we commit fornication, and with the body we keep chastity. With the hand we rob, and by the hand we bestow alms; and the rest in like manner. Since then the body has been our minister in all things, it shall also share with us in the future the fruits of the past.” (Cyril Of Jerusalem , Catechetical lectures 18:19 at  http://www.newadvent.org/fathers/310118.htm )

(This is the mindset of a warped ideology and just because the Bible uses symbols of fire it does not mean fire, the word hell means grave in Greek.  The fire is not meant to burn forever and ever to put people into pain. It will be exhausted  when  everything is consumed. The Bible clearly says God is a consuming fire and the angels walk amongst the fiery stones. The redeemed will stand in a sea of glass mingled with fire. Scripture also tells us the three worthies were standing in the fiery furnace and were not consumed.  Yes, God is a consuming fire and is an eternal fire, but that He consumes is gone eternally. The devil has managed to turn it around and say that the lost go to the fire.  It is the redeemed that go to the fire of God’s presence.  Satan hates God so he turns it round and blasphemes God with false doctrines. ( See Scriptures for texts  on the truth: Mat 10:28; Rev 20:14, 15; 2Pet 2:6; Jud 1:7; Ps 37:20; Rev 20:9; Oba 1:16; Mal 4:3) The Quran Perspective on Death and Fire

The description of Death and Hell is also given in the Quran .  For example:

Sura 2:81 Indeed, those who earn sins and become surrounded by their evil work will be the dwellers of Hell; they abide in it forever.

Sura 2:82 As for those who believe, and lead a righteous life, they will be the dwellers of Paradise; they abide in it forever.

Sahih International (Islam Awakened) -This is the other Islamic group version

4:56 Indeed, those who disbelieve in Our verses - We will drive them into a Fire. Every time their skins are roasted through We will replace them with other skins so they may taste the punishment. Indeed, Allah is ever Exalted in Might and Wise. (This is the same view as the Catholic)

Surah 18:29 Say "The Truth is from your Lord": let him who will believe and let him who will reject (it): for the wrongdoers We have prepared a Fire whose (smoke and flames) like the wall and roof of a tent will hem them in: if they implore relief they will be granted water like melted brass that will scald their faces. How dreadful the drink! How uncomfortable a couch to recline on!

[14:49] And thou wilt see the sinners that day bound together in fetters.

[14:50] Their garments  of liquid pitch, and their faces covered with fire; ( These depict a vengeful deity. It is only proper to make a comparison of any deity/deities with the God of righteousness, love and long-suffering who was prepared to die for the sins of the world.) The Biblical Doctrine on Hell

God will not perpetuate sin for all eternity ( Ps 37:20) or else eternity will be like this planet, a painful misery.  It is His choice that He will stop it. God will decide when rebellion is irreparable then He will act and end it.

The Biblical teaching is “Fire shall devour them” (Ps 21:9). This is the second death- Rev 20:14). However there are other texts which seem to contradict the clear texts such as:

“And these shall go away into everlasting punishment: but the righteous into life eternal.”-Mat 25:46.

“And the smoke of their torment ascendeth up for ever and ever: and they have no rest day nor night, who worship the beast and his image, and whosoever receiveth the mark of his name.” – Rev 14:11  

“When the wicked spring as the grass, and when all the workers of iniquity do flourish; it is that they shall be destroyed for ever: -Ps 92:7

For it is the day of the LORD'S vengeance, and the year of recompences for the controversy of Zion. 

Isa 34:9  And the streams thereof shall be turned into pitch, and the dust thereof into brimstone, and the land thereof shall become burning pitch. 

Isa 34:10  It shall not be quenched night nor day; the smoke thereof shall go up for ever: from generation to generation it shall lie waste; none shall pass through it for ever and ever. 

Thus this requires us to consider what the context of the verse is referring to.  In these verses  what does “everlasting punishment”,” for ever and ever” and “destroyed for ever” mean. We must reconcile to the  the way the Hebrews mindset on forever and ever mean in Isa 43:8-10. The Meaning of Eternal Fire

Jud 1:7  Even as Sodom and Gomorrah, and the cities about them in like manner, giving themselves over to fornication, and going after strange flesh, are set forth for an example, suffering the vengeance of eternal fire. 

In this mindset, is the fire eternal or the consequence eternal? Obviously it is the consequence as Sodom and Gomorrah is not here any longer. Peter says “And turning the cities of Sodom and Gomorrha into ashes condemned them with an overthrow, making them an ensample unto those that after should live ungodly;” 2Pe 2:6.  

Another parallelism is in the destruction of Jerusalem by Babylon and Jeremiah uses this symbolically: “But if ye will not hearken unto me to hallow the sabbath day ((Interestingly,  in the type when Babylon and Jerusalem clashed the Sabbath was an issue. At the end it will be also be an issue), and not to bear a burden, even entering in at the gates of Jerusalem on the sabbath day; then will I kindle a fire in the gates thereof, and it shall devour the palaces of Jerusalem, and it shall not be quenched.”- Jer 17:27. (This fire is no longer burning. It burned until it had done its job and no one could then quench it.)

So in Jer 52:12-13 it says, the army of King Babylon came “and burned the house of the LORD, and the king's house; and all the houses of Jerusalem, and all the houses of the great men, burned he with fire” HE called this an unquenchable fire. This was done (explained in 2Chron 36:19-21) “ to fulfill the word of the Lord by the mouth of Jeremiah, until the land  had enjoyed  the Sabbaths for as long as she laid desolate she kept Sabbath, o fulfill three scores and ten years.” It is interesting that we have had six millennium and the seventh should be a millennium of rest, similar parallelism with the weekly Sabbath.

Mal 4:1 puts it beyond doubt : For, behold, the day cometh, that shall burn as an oven; and all the proud, yea, and all that do wickedly, shall be stubble: and the day that cometh shall burn them up, saith the LORD of hosts, that it shall leave them neither root nor branch. ( All the wicked are destroyed.) The Purpose of the Eternal Fire

“And fear not them which kill the body, but are not able to kill the soul: but rather fear him which is able to destroy both soul and body in hell” Mat 10:28. ( The word hell  is not hades (grave) but” geena” -Greek  referring to this fire that comes from God  (Rev 20:9))and they shall be consume away (Ps 37:20) and they shall be as never been (Oba 1:16) ( indicating the duration of burning is quick as “they shall be ashes under the soul of your feet “(Mal 4:3) There will be a total destruction of the wicked. That is why the earth was created as a theatre for the whole universe to witness the consequence of sin and its eventual destruction. You will miss some of your loved ones that were consumed but you will also appreciate how God have allowed man to suffer the sequences and see that the consequences of sin is to inject him with an inoculant against sin. People always say why does God permit so much suffering; God is not fair. Why didn’t God prevent it?. God has given time for sin to reveal what sin is and God has not promised to remove you from the consequences of sin, God has promise to give you the strength to bear it ( You will have tribulation and ask you to follow him and  ‘I will give you protection from all tribulation.’ He protected his disciples, who did die by sword to bear the same pain.) instead of blaming God, blame the evil that caused it in the first place. We might lose a child and experience horrendous things and it will forever inoculate us from this thing called sin. The bible says it will not rear its head a second time and sin will be forever eradicated. The greatest guarantor is the redeemer. There will be witnesses and the only sign of sin will be the marks in his hands , his side, his brow and feet.  When we see the Son of God and see the marks and remember the glory that surrounds us and the peace , tranquility and friends and circumstance will make our past  (sad and painful) memory fade away.

What happens to Satan? “And I will destroy thee, O covering cherub, from the midst of the stones of fire.  Eze 28:16.. Thou hast defiled thy sanctuaries by the multitude of thine iniquities, by the iniquity of thy traffick; therefore will I bring forth a fire from the midst of thee, it shall devour thee, and I will bring thee to ashes upon the earth in the sight of all them that behold thee. Eze 28:18 Satan is destroyed in the fire out of the midst of him because he was the originator of iniquity although created perfect but chose to rebel (the risk God took by giving him free choice) and became iniquity, the self- esteem idea  through him permeated to the heavenly society that led to the war in heaven. He will be destroyed by the fire that comes from inside out as an example of the eradication of internal iniquity forever and ever. The rest of the wicked after him are obliterated by fire from out of heaven.  Rev 21:3 “And I heard a great voice out of heaven saying, Behold, the tabernacle of God is with men, and he will dwell with them, and they shall be his people, and God himself shall be with them, and be their God. .. And they shall see his face” Rev22:4.  Seeing the character of God in its full glory would have consumed the sinner with the brightness and yet you will  now be able to stand with a glorified body in the presence of God and see Him face to face. Perspective on View of God

Based on the views of God from the Catholics and Muslims ( discussed above)  which combined together make up a about half the population of the world, it is essential to get an overview on how the wrong view of God  can affect your spiritual life and your destiny.

“Recently, results of the Human Genome Project have shattered one of Science’s fundamental core belief, the concept of genetic determinism. We have been led to believe that our genes determine the character of our lives, yet new research surprisingly reveals that it is the character of our lives that controls our genes. Rather than being victims of our heredity, we are actually masters of our genome.”- Bruce H. Lipton

Dr. Lipton has recently discovered that our beliefs affect our body which is contrary to conventional wisdom that we are controlled by our genes. This true knowledge is power over the lies that our behaviors are dictated mainly by our genes. We will be free from another lies of Satan in that now we have the scientific vindication that our beliefs control our perception, bevaviour and genes. ( See D4 Discovering the Power of Belief over Behaviour at http://www.discoverylifediy.com/430285364 ) False Conception of God

(“https://www.christiancourier.com/articles/1010-false-ideas-about-god -False Ideas about God by Wayne Jackson)

 Some  of the  main false conception of God are list below from the above article.

Atheism adamantly argues that there is no God. No atheist, though, can consistently affirm emphatically that there is no God, unless he asserts both his own omniscience and his own omnipresence.

Pantheism is the notion that the essence of Deity permeates everything. The whole universe is God. This concept has had a recent resurgence with the popularity of the so-called “new age” movement.

Polytheism is belief in many gods. At Athens, Paul’s spirit was provoked when he observed the city full of idols (Acts 17:16)

Deism acknowledges the existence of a Supreme Being, but deniesthe biblical concept that God is interested in, and intervenes in, the lives of men.

The agnostic does not deny the existence of God; he merely affirms that the evidence is not sufficient to warrant that conclusion. He says that one simply cannot know whether or not there is a Supreme Being.

Muslims contend that God is a solitary personality. Islam’s idea of God is wholly inconsistent with the teaching of the Bible.

 Mormons, the religion of Joseph Smith, Jr. assert that God the Father “has a body of flesh and bones as tangible as man’s” (D & C 130:22).

United Pentecostalism holds that  the “Oneness Holiness” alleges that “the Father,” “the Son,” and “the Holy Spirit” all represent the same divine Person.

Religious modernism presents a very distorted concept of God. Modernists have been significantly influenced by the theory of evolution. The principle of evolutionary development has, therefore, been applied to the Bible by those of the liberal persuasion.

Calvinism, one of the early branch of Protestantism assumed that Jehovah had predetermined some to be lost and others to be saved.

It is very important that those who teach about God do so in a way that is consistent with the revelation of His Word. The Lord must not be misrepresented. View of God Survey in America

http://www.jasonmdavis.org/2016/04/do-you-have-a-wrong-view-of-god/  article by Jason M. Davis

Baylor University in 2006, conducted a simple study on how people viewed God under the four categories  either authoritarian, benevolent, critical or distant.  The definitions were provided: An authoritarian views God as angry at humanity’s sin and ready to judge the world, especially non-believers. A benevolent view of God is a loving and forgiving God, ready and waiting to forgive those who repent for their sins, A critical view on God says he has a judgmental view of the world but wont intervene to judge or comfort, The distant God is the view of God as someone who created the Earth but is far away and rarely intervenes at all.

The survey result from 3700 participants shows 23% as benevolent which is the correct view of God. He is the forgiving loving Father that is waiting to take you into His family if you repent and turn your life to Him. He doesn’t hold your sins against you. He is patient, kind and loving to everyone on Earth, not just those who follow Him.  Then the rest , about 72-77% ( sum of 31% as authoritarian, 16% as critical, 25% as distant, and 5% as spoiled vote) Source on the True View of God

(Extracts from http://www.sdanet.org/atissue/books/27/index.htm )

"All Scripture," Paul says, "is given by inspiration of God" (2 Tim. 3:16). The Greek word theopneustos, translated as "inspiration," literally means "God-breathed." God "breathed" truth into men's minds. They, in turn, expressed it in the words found in the Scriptures. Inspiration, therefore, is the process through which God communicates His eternal truth. It is the Holy Spirit, third person of the Godhead, who prepared certain persons to communicate divine truth. The Bible does not explain in detail how He qualified these individuals, but in some way He formed a union between the divine and the human agent.

In addition, the Holy Spirit illuminates our minds to correctly understand the Bible, the written Word of God, that it is God's authoritative will. Because "no one knows the things of God except the Spirit of God" (1 Cor. 2:11) it follows that "the natural man does not receive the things of the Spirit of God, for they are foolishness to him; nor can he know them, because they are spiritually discerned" (1 Cor. 2:14). Consequently "the message of the cross is foolishness to those who are perishing" (1 Cor. 1:18).

Only with the aid of the Holy Spirit, who searches "the deep things of God" (1 Cor. 2:10), can one become convicted of the authority of the Bible as a revelation of God and His will. It is then that the cross becomes "the power of God" (1 Cor.1:18) and one can join Paul's testimony, "Now we have received, not the spirit of the world, but the Spirit who is from God, that we might know the things that have been freely given to us by God" (1 Cor. 2:12).

The Holy Scriptures and the Holy Spirit can never be separated. The Holy Spirit is both the author and revealer of Biblical truth. The Importance of Doctrines

(http://comeandreason.com/index.php/en/bible-study-class/2017/3rd-quarter-2017 L9 pdf notes.)

The central issue in the war between good and evil is on  the truth about God—His character and methods of love, truth and freedom, thus doctrine is important as it reveals truth about God that ultimately wins us back to trust in God! Doctrines enlighten and inform us of reality— of who God is, how His designs (laws) work, what happens when we break His designs (laws) and how God through Christ works to fix (save/heal) His creation and how we can participate in His healing plan?- which originates and centers upon God, who is the source of reality—the Creator. If we have doctrines that are disconnected from God, that stand alone as tests of orthodoxy, then we actually obstruct the saving truth that Christ came to bring.  (2Cor 10:3-5)

The core of the gospel that cannot be changed are:. God’s design laws of love, truth, freedom, worship, health, physics etc.; Salvation is genuine trust in God which results in being renewed in heart to live like God designed life to operate, selfless love for God and others


The things that can be contextualized are: Religious ceremonies (circumcision, baptism, communion, weddings, funerals, Sabbath observance, church liturgy); Music; Dress; Diet; Church organization;  etc. The Beliefs of Seventh-day Adventists (SDA)

The 28 major beliefs  (since 2005) are doctrines  from the Bible  that  reveal how Seventh-day Adventists perceive God. Every doctrine, every belief, must reveal the love of our Lord. This is what we believe about His love, kindness, mercy, grace, justice, benevolence, purity, righteousness, and peace. Through Jesus Christ, we see God benevolently holding children on His lap. We see Him weeping as He shares the sorrow of the mourners at the tomb of Lazarus. We see His love as He cries, "Forgive them, for they do not know what they do" (Luke 23:34).

The SDA vision of Christ finds its focus at Calvary, where "mercy and truth have met together; righteousness and peace have kissed each other" (Ps. 85:10). At Calvary, where He became sin for us—He who knew no sin—"that we might become the righteousness of God in Him" (2 Cor. 5:21).

Here is a Person with an unconditional love and commitment unparalleled in human history. Recognizing that He who is the incarnation of truth is infinite, we humbly confess that there is still much truth to be discovered.

We are conscious of our indebtedness to the rich Biblical truths received from the Christian church of history. We acknowledge the noble line of witnesses—such as Wycliffe, Huss, Luther, Tyndale, Calvin, Knox, and Wesley—whose advance into new light led the church forward to a fuller understanding of God's character. And that understanding is ever progressive

All the doctrines, when properly understood, center on Him, the Way, the Truth, and the Life, and are extremely important. Doctrines define the character of the God we serve. They interpret events, both past and present, establishing a sense of place and purpose in the cosmos. They describe the objectives of God as He acts. Doctrines are a guide for Christians, giving stability in what otherwise would be unbalancing experiences, injecting certainty into a society that denies absolutes. Doctrines feed the human intellect and establish goals that inspire Christians and motivate them with concern for other persons.

The SDA Beliefs is meant to lead Adventist believers into a deeper relationship with Christ through a study of the Bible. Knowing Him and His will is vitally important in this age of deception, doctrinal pluralism, and apathy. Such a knowledge is the Christian's only safeguard against those who, "like savage wolves," will come speaking perverse things in order to subvert truth and destroy the faith of God's people (see Acts 20:29, 30). Especially in these last days, to keep from being "carried about with every wind of doctrine, by the trickery of men" (Eph. 4:14), all must have a right concept of God's character, government, and purposes. Only those who have fortified their minds with the truth of the Scriptures will be able to stand in the final conflict.

SDA recognizes that Christ-centered doctrine performs three obvious functions: first, it edifies the church; second, it preserves the truth; and third, it communicates the gospel in all its richness. True doctrine calls for far more than mere belief—it calls for action. Through the Holy Spirit, Christian beliefs become loving deeds. A true knowledge of God, His Son, and the Holy Spirit is "saving knowledge." The True View of God

(http://www.jasonmdavis.org/2016/04/do-you-have-a-wrong-view-of-god/  article by Jason M. Davis)

It is only in knowing the true view of God that enables us to worship the true God and give glory and honour to Him. This knowledge will free us from worshipping the wrong spirit, the counterfeit god of this world. The third angel’s (Rev 14:9-11)is God’s last warning for His people to get out of spiritual Babylon. The true view plainly expressed by Jason in his article is reproduced below:

The problem facing non- Christians is mainly they think that God is either angry with them or distant from life So why would they want any part of Jesus or Christianity? Rom 5:8 says He loves you profusely, and 1Jn 4:8 says whoever doesn’t love doesn’t know God.  God isn’t distant as stated in Matt 28:20 that He will always be with us. Ps 38:18 say God is close to the broken hearted .While you may feel pain or heartbreak over a loss of a relative, friend or relationship, you can be comforted knowing that God is close to you in times of need. He sees your struggle and is there to take your pain and turn it into good. Jesus says God will give you the Holy Spirit  Luk 11:13)  to those who ask for it. He trust you enough with the Holy Spirit that powerful tool that will help us through life and to reflect God’s glory to humanity.

God hates religion. He wants relationship, not a set of rules. God sent his son to set you free from  condemnation, guilt shame, regret and every problem this world brings. Religion is a bunch of things I have to do to try and reach God’s approval but never actually gets you there. (This is righteousness by works which most professsed Christians are attempting to do, but without success.) Jesus said I already did everything for you on the cross, just come and follow me into the Most Holy Place in the heavenly sanctuary by faith.) Mat 23:3-7 talks about the religious leaders of Jesus time with their show of ritual burden which He detested.  It is the truth in loving, forgiving always, less of condemning, judging and complaining, to glimpse what Jesus is all about that is live changing. Start to extent the love, grace and peace to everyone around you to be like Jesus in your life. (See par Jesus, Our All-in- All) The New Earth

“And I saw a new heaven and a new earth: for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away; and there was no more sea.”  Rev 21:1; Isa 65:17 Obviously, this world must be recreated. The saints come out of the Holy City which is preserved in the fire that comes from heaven  as they walk over the ashes of the sinners ( God desire is to save all, but the lost can’t be saved because they cling to their sin and refuse to give it up) then God will perform the creation process all over again so that all the saints will see it this time. God has said He that overcome, I will let him sit in my throne. The devil coveted it and it cost him heaven. God knew He couldn’t trust him with the throne and this led to war. It is still the same today, people covet thrones and lead to war. But the redeemed will sit with him in his throne (not on only), meaning as partaker of the decision making capacity of God himself.  God Himself transfers heaven to this earth and all the animals will be recreated  with peaceful and loving nature feeding  on vegetation as described in Isa 11:6-9; 65:23,17

Isa 65:21-22 tell that the saint will have a house in the city, the city built by Christ and also a place in the country where we build our own. We will have full intellectual capacity beyond our present understanding as we follow Christ wherever He goes visiting other planets where other beings dwell.

“And it shall come to pass, that from one new moon to another, and from one sabbath to another, shall all flesh come to worship before me, saith the LORD. “- Isa 66:23. This tells us that once a month we will come together to celebrate God’s glory. The tree of life is a reminder of our dependence on God forever. It bears its fruits once a month, and we get together to feast on twelve different variety every month. Every Sabbath will be a worship session and that will be the new earth and sin and suffering will be gone. We will live with a God that is just, righteous, long-suffering and doesn’t want anyone to perish. They will all say true and righteous are your judgment and we can look into His face.

The story of the battle between good and evil is reaching its culmination with the day of the Lord. The world is set for the people to make the final choice between the mark of the beast and the seal of God. This will be the final test that will lead to the great confrontation of Armageddon. It is through the sharing of the understanding as is provided by godly people like Ps. Walter Veith, that God’s character will be vindicated on this earth which lies trampled in the dust of theological enterprise. Those who heed the warning will seek after God and be reconciled with Him. We must know that this earth under the control of Satan has brought about all the pains and sufferings. We need to stand for a character such as was revealed by Jesus who said ” If I be lifted up from thw earth, will draw all men unto me.” - Jn 12:32. We also desire to work with the Holy Spirit to witness to all men  of this character of the only true God that we serve.

5.4.4 Daniel Chapter 11 Bible Study

http://thegreatcontroversy.info/daniel-11-study-by-dr-norma.html   Dan 11 Study by Norman McNulty

 “And he  (Gabriel) said unto me, O Daniel, a man greatly beloved, understand the words that I speak unto thee, and stand upright: for unto thee am I now sent. And when he had spoken this word unto me, I stood trembling.” - Dan 10:11. 

In this verse, Gabriel told Daniel it was Jesus himseif ( Michael) who reveals to Daniel the last vision he received and could not understand, some of the key elements in the last days in chapters 11 and 12 prior to the close of mankind’s probation ( Dan 12:1). This vision is from the time of Daniel to the end of the world.

To strengthen our faith and the ability in witnessing for Christ, we must therefore study and revise  periodically this very important prophecy  revealed to  us in Daniel chapter 11.

This is in accordance to Ellen White’s counsel: “Read the book of Daniel. Call up, point by point, the history of the kingdoms there represented. Behold statesmen, councils, powerful armies, and see how God wrought to abase the pride of men, and lay human glory in the dust. . . .”  {TM 112.2} 

Watch https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UXRowhyEdWc - Daniel 11 and the End of the World | Norman McNulty; published on Sep 22, 2016. Bible Prophecy is something that is often misunderstood but need not be so. Norman NcNulty will lead an exciting series in ‘Daniel and the Time of the End’ and will cover topics that require us to dig deep into the word.

In the four major visions   ( chap 2, 7, 8, 11) we must notice the significant event that always takes place at the end of each of these four visions.  In Ch2, we have the stone strikes the image which represents the second coming of Jesus. We see the Father and the Son moving into the most Holy Place at the beginning of the judgment in 1844 in Ch7. Ch 8 is about the kingdoms of this world and at the end of the kingdoms of this world, we see that the sanctuary will be cleansed after the 2300 days.  Then in ch 10,11 and 12 , we  have the he kingdoms of this world and at the last kingdom , Michael stands up which represents the close of probation. All these visions are closely related and connected. There must be a cleansing of the lives of God’s people in harmony with Christ’s cleansing of the heavenly sanctuary.

The bottom line of these vision is: At the end of Ch2- is the coming of Jesus. But in order for Jesus to come Dan 7 shows us there must be a judgment first, because the kingdoms of this world must be judged. Dan 8 shows us that in order for the judgment in heaven to be finished, the sanctuary in heaven must be cleansed. Dan 11 show us that when the sanctuary is cleansed Michael stands up and probation closes and then Jesus comes back. Having his big picture we can then see the prophetic scope  of history that the most important time in the history of this world is between 1844 and the second coming.  It is in this period that God’s people will make decisions whether they will be part of that cleansing work by Jesus in their lives by faith in His righteousness.  ( This topic will be discussed late rand at the end.)

For our study and revision we have extracted some of the main points  of Norman’s study to give the highlights of the study from Dan 11:1-39 (for those not familiar please read the study in full), and the full version  from Dan 11:40:45. This last section covers events that have been partially fulfilled in 1991 in v 40, and the rest should surely be imminent for God’s people who have the hope in Christ and the faith in the certainty of His words. Rivalry between North and South (Dan 11:1-15)

Verse 1 of Daniel 11 is a direct continuation of chapter 10. In Daniel 10, Gabriel revealed the 21-day struggle between himself and Satan, during Daniel’s prayer, which required Michael, or Christ, to step in before God’s purposes could progress. At the end of Daniel 10, Gabriel confirmed, as in chapter 8, that Greece would replace Medo-Persia as the next world power. Now, as chapter 11 begins, Gabriel shows that he confirmed and strengthened Darius the Mede, Medo­­-Persia’s first king. We see the concept repeated (see Daniel 2:21) that God sets up and removes kings. As in Daniel 8, Daniel 11 begins the flow of history with the Medo-Persian Empire in 539 B.C. Daniel 11 is much more detailed about the events surrounding the beginning of the 2,300 days and of its termination (Dan 11:41-45).

In verse 3, a mighty king stands up, and verse 4 shows that his kingdom is divided toward the four winds of heaven. This is speaking of Alexander the Great, the mighty king who defeated Medo- Persia in B.C. 331. Daniel 7 and 8 already described Alexander’s fast conquest of the world—as a leopard with fowl’s wings in Daniel 7:6, and a he-goat with a notable horn (Alexander) that didn’t touch the earth in Daniel 8:5. Verse 3 says that Alexander rules “with great dominion” and does “according to his will.”

At Alexander’s death at the height of his power, the empire of Greece was divided into four divisions: Cassander, Lysimachus, Ptolemy, and Seleucus (four generals) Ptolemy ruled in Egypt to the south of Palestine and Seleucus ruled to the north of Palestine. Cassander and Lysimachus had much smaller territories in the northwest region. Eventually, Seleucus conquered the territories of Cassander and Lysimachus leaving the Seleucid empire and the Ptolemaic empire as the two key divisions of the Greek empire. Verses 5 and 6 mention the kings of the south and the north for the first time, the king of the south is in Egypt and the king of the north is in Macedonia and Syria.  Israel is between these two kingdoms that are at war with each other for supremacy. Verses  5-15  describes the wars between  the Ptolemy  dynasty I-V and the Antiochus Clan I- III . Verse 14 concludes with the phrase, “but they shall fall.” Daniel and the Revelation p. 244 notes that some apply this phrase to the first half of verse 14, referring to those who stood against the king of the south, such as Antiochus III Magnus, Agathocles, and Philip V of Macedon who all fell. Others apply this to the Romans. They believe this foreshadows the fall of Rome in its pagan and papal phases, first of pagan Rome in 476 A.D., reached by Daniel 11:30, and finally of papal Rome, reached in Daniel 11:45, which says “he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.” Regardless, all of the above powers fall by the end of the prophecy of Daniel 11. The Rise of the Roman Kingdom (Dan 11: 16-17)

The Roman kingdom became the next king of the North as summarised by . Gerard Damsteegt. 168 B.C. matches with the historical date for Rome becoming the pre-eminent world kingdom, as seen in Daniel 2, 7, and 8. By this point, the southern portion of the division of Greece, Egypt, was fully controlled by Rome, and the western portion of Greece, including Macedonia, had come under its power. Syria, or the Seleucid kingdom had not yet fallen to Rome in 168 B.C., and still retained its power as king of the north. However, it also fell to Rome. In 198 B.C., the Romans, due to their friendship alliances with Egypt from 274 B.C., diplomatically pressured Antiochus III Magnus to surrender conquered portions of Egypt to them. Antiochus III Magnus yielded, negotiated with Egypt, and gave his daughter in marriage to Ptolemy of Egypt, along with a dowry of the disputed conquered areas. Next, in 190 B.C., according to Damsteegt, “the Romans delivered a devastating defeat to Antiochus III Magnus forcing him to leave Asia Minor.” In this battle, over 50,000 of Antiochus III Magnus’ soldiers were killed, compared to around 300 Romans.

In verse 16, the phrase, “he that cometh against him shall do according to his own will” represents Pompey of Rome, and the phrase “and none shall stand before him” symbolizes Antiochus XIII Asiaticus, the king of the north. In 65 B.C. Pompey conquered Antiochus XIII Asiaticus and Syria, the dominion of the king of the north, and Syria became relegated to the status of a Roman province. As Damsteegt says again in this section, “Gradually Rome extended its influence into the eastern Mediterranean until they fully dominated the Seleucid kingdom, incorporating Syria into their Empire. When that was accomplished, the Roman empire had replaced Syria as the king of the North. From that time onward it is Rome that fulfills the role of the king of the North in the prophecy. Rome, therefore, can be identified from Daniel 11:16 onward.”

This crucial development in the history of Daniel 11 helps us to understand the king of the north as Rome first in its pagan phase through verse 30 of Daniel 11. Then we will see the transition to papal Rome as the king of the north beginning in verses 30 and 31. Therefore, Rome is the king of the north through the remainder of Daniel 11.

In addition to conquering Antiochus XIII Asiaticus and becoming the new king of the king of the north, we see in verse 16 that “none shall stand before him” also applies to the last part of verse 16 which says, “he shall stand in the glorious land, which by his hand shall be consumed.” In B.C. 63, Pompey conquered the Jews. The Jews and Romans made an alliance in 161 B.C., but in 63 B.C., the Jews came under the rule of the Roman power. Julius Caesar ( Dan 11: 18-19)

Verses18,19 continue with the subject of Julius Caesar and read as follows starting in verse 18, “After this shall he turn his face unto the isles, and shall take many: but a prince for his own behalf shall cause the reproach offered by him to cease; without his own reproach he shall cause it to turn upon him.” Daniel and the Revelation, p. 251 says that after Julius Caesar’s victory in Egypt, he was drawn away from Egypt into war against Pharnaces, king of the Cimmerian Bosphorus. He immediately went to battle and defeated Pharnaces.

Verse 19 is about the assassination of Julius Caesar and “Antony would exact revenge for Caesar, causing his ‘reproach to cease’ (see verse 18) by hunting down his assassins. He would eventually win two decisive battles against Brutus and Cassius at Philippi in Macedonia, which later led both of these men to commit suicide in the year 42 B.C.” Julius Caesar had adopted him as a son and upon his ascension to the throne of Rome, he publicly announced his adoption and took the name of Caesar. He became known as Caesar Augustus. He formed a triumvirate with Mark Antony and Lepidus to avenge Julius Caesar’s death, but by the time he ascended to the throne in 27 B.C., Mark Antony and Lepidus were dead. Clearly, Caesar Augustus was a raiser of taxes as shown in Luke 2:1. (verse 20) The vile person who took the throne after Caesar Augustus was Tiberius Caesar. Tiberius was the stepson of Augustus. He reigned from 14 - 37 A.D., although he began to jointly reign with Augustus in 12 A.D.(verses 20,21) In 37 A.D., Tiberius fell into a coma, appearing as though he was dead. However, his medical condition improved suddenly. Preparation had already been made for a succession in the kingdom and so his aides suffocated him with pillows, fulfilling the prophecy that he would be overflown and broken. Jesus Crucifixion  ( Dan 11:22)

Verse 22, is also significant with the phrase, “yea, also the prince of the covenant.” Just as Tiberius was broken, so also was the prince of the covenant. This refers to the Messiah, Jesus Christ, who, as prophesied in Daniel 9:27, would confirm the covenant for one week and be cut off in the midst of that week. As we already saw from our study in Daniel 9, Jesus died, or was broken, in 31 A.D. during the reign of Tiberius Caesar (12 - 37 A.D.) The prophecy in Daniel 11:22 shows that Jesus, the prince of the covenant, would die, or be broken during the time of Tiberius Caesar, and the same fate would fall upon Tiberius himself. Christ’s death for man’s salvation is the focal point of history, and it could not be passed by in the prophetic history of Daniel 11.

Up to this point, we have seen a direct chronological progression from the time of Darius, the Mede, to the death of Christ in 31 A.D. and the death of Tiberius Caesar in 37 A.D. However, verse 23 refers to the league that the Romans made with the Jewish people in 161 B.C. We must recall, that God’s people are a focal point of this prophecy (see Daniel 10:14). The Jews were in the direct crossfire between the king of the north and the king of the south as Judea was the territory directly between the two empires. Victory of Augustus over Anthony & Cleopatra (Dan 11:25-27)

Verses 25-27 describes the most significant battle in history between the king of the north and the king of the south, until we come to the time of the end in verse 40.  In these verses, Mark Antony and Caesar Augustus were part of the triumvirate with Lepidus to avenge the death of Julius Caesar. Mark Antony married Caesar Augustus’ sister, Octavia. They claimed to be friends, but both aspired for universal power. Thus, they spoke “lies at one table.” The split between Caesar Augustus and Mark Antony occurred when Antony went to Egypt on government business and became infatuated with Cleopatra, the queen of Egypt. His love for her caused him to divorce Octavia and become head of the affairs of state in Egypt. In other words, Mark Antony was now the king of the south, and the enemy of Caesar Augustus, the king of the north.

Antony’s actions on behalf of Egypt and against Rome were so offensive to the Romans that Augustus did not have any trouble convincing the Romans to war against Egypt. We read of this battle in verses 25 and 26. the king of the south, or Antony had a “very great and mighty army” compared to the “great army” of Augustus. Antony had 500 ships and 125,000 soldiers while Augustus had half as many ships and 80,000 soldiers. The difference was that Augustus’ army was trained while many in Antony’s army were inexperienced. Smith describes verse 26. “Antony was deserted by his allies and friends, those that fed ‘of the portion of his meat.’ Cleopatra as already described suddenly withdrew from the battle, taking sixty ships of the line with her. The land army, disgusted with the infatuation of Antony, went over to Augustus, who received the soldiers with open arms. When Antony arrived at Libya, he found that the forces which he had left there under Scarpus to guard the frontier, had declared for Augustus, and in Egypt his forces surrendered. In rage and despair, Antony then took his own life.” Thus, as the prophecy predicted, the king of the north, Augustus of Rome, defeated the king of the south, Antony of Egypt, and those who fed “of the portion of his meat” destroyed him.

This battle occurred in 31 B.C., which is the starting point for the 360 year prophecy from verse 24 of “even for a time.” This is the time in which the Roman Empire ruled from the city of Rome. Verse 29 shows that the capital of the Roman empire moved from the city of Rome to Constantinople in 330 A.D., exactly 360 years after B.C. 31, just as the prophecy predicted.

Rome celebrated his victory over Antony with a three day triumph. Cleopatra would have been among the royal captives present at this gathering, but she allowed herself to be fatally bitten by a poisonous asp, once she was convinced that she would not be able to allure Augustus as she had done to Julius Caesar and Mark Antony. Papal Rome becomes King of the North

We also see in verse 28 that Rome would be “against the holy covenant.” Historically, it is clear that the pagan Roman empire persecuted the Jewish nation and the early Christian church. Jesus is referred to as “the prince of the covenant” in verse 22 of Daniel 11. Rome crucified Christ in 31 A.D., and was against the covenant-maker Himself. Romans continued persecuting the early Christian church. They also had persecuted the Jewish nation, culminating with Jerusalem’s destruction in 70 A.D., when 1,100,000 Jews were killed and the temple was destroyed. This fulfilled the prophecy (Daniel 9:26, 27 and Matthew 24:15) concerning the abomination of desolation and Jerusalem’s destruction. After Rome, completed this destruction, he returned a second time “to his own land.”

“At the time appointed” in verse 29 refers to the end of the prophetic period of “even for a time” from verse 24. This is the 360 years of power that Rome exercised in its city after the victory of Caesar Augustus over Mark Antony in the battle of Actium in 31 B.C.  Rome moves its capital to Constantinople, Turkey (a nation toward the south) in 330 A.D. at the end of the prophetic fulfillment of 360 years, which weakened the kingdom making Rome more vulnerable to attacks from barbarian tribes.

We see Rome attacked by the “ships of Chittim.” in verse 30. From Carthage, the Vandals, led by Genseric were among the four barbaric tribes that attacked the western Roman empire, leading to its downfall in 476 A.D.  There are two phases to the work of Rome against the holy covenant with respect to this verse. The first phase was pagan Rome’s attack against the true Christian church, including the persecution by Diocletian (303 - 313 A.D., see also Revelation 2:10) as well as the change of the Sabbath to Sunday by Constantine, in which the new covenant of God’s law was desecrated through the attempted change of the day of worship . As the Roman Catholic church gained pre-eminence in pagan Rome, it assimilated paganism into the teachings of Christianity.

In the second phase, papal Rome triumphed over paganism and Arian Christianity, including the Heruli, Goths, and Vandals who had conquered pagan Rome, and who professed the Arian Christian faith. Ellen White makes it clear that papal Rome is introduced for the first time here in verse 30. In Manuscript Releases, Vol. 13, p. 394, she says, “The prophecy in the eleventh of Daniel has nearly reached its complete fulfillment. Much of the history that has taken place in fulfillment of this prophecy will be repeated. In the thirtieth verse a power is spoken of that ‘shall be grieved, and return, and have indignation against the holy covenant: so shall he do; he shall even return, and have intelligence with them that forsake the holy covenant.’”

Thus, inspiration helps us to understand that papal Rome is the power that comes onto the scene and we see that it has “intelligence with them that forsake the holy covenant.” The Veracity of Prophetic Words - Fulfillment of Dan 11:1-30

The first 30 verses show an abundance of history about the king of the north and the king of the south, and as we saw, God’s people in the glorious land of Judea got caught in the middle of this struggle. The reader of this study should be fascinated by the minute detail accurately foretold by God, and yet all that we have studied through verse 30 is now history. This reminds us of the veracity of the prophetic word.

We remember 2 Peter 1:19 which says, “We have also a more sure word of prophecy.” As we continue studying the remaining verses of Daniel 11, and subsequent verses in Daniel 12, it is exciting to realize that just as the first 30 verses of Daniel 11 are a faithful prophetic account, so the last 15 verses will be faithfully fulfilled, including the verses about future events down to the close of probation.

Ellen White has said: “The light that Daniel received from God was given especially for these last days. The visions he saw by the banks of the Ulai (Dan 8)and the Hiddekel (Dan 10), the great rivers of Shinar, are now in process of fulfillment, and all the events foretold will soon come to pass.”  {TM 112.3} 

“The world is stirred with the spirit of war. The prophecy of the eleventh chapter of Daniel has nearly reached its complete fulfillment. Soon the scenes of trouble spoken of in the prophecies will take place.”  {9T 14.2}  ( So we need to know where are we in this prophecy. )

The most important state that Ellen White’s makes about Dan 11 is: “We have no time to lose. Troublous times are before us. The world is stirred with the spirit of war. Soon the scenes of trouble spoken of in the prophecies will take place. The prophecy in the eleventh of Daniel has nearly reached its complete fulfillment. Much of the history that has taken place in fulfillment of this prophecy will be repeated. In the thirtieth verse a power is spoken of that "shall be grieved, and return, and have indignation against the holy covenant: so shall he do; he shall even return, and have intelligence with them that forsake the holy covenant." [Verses 31-36, quoted.]  {13MR 394.1} ( She is speaking of a power that she is pointing us to that forsakes the holy covenant. This is supposed to be God’s church,  yet they go against God’s covenant which is His law and they changed the day of rest from Sabbath to Sunday. This power at the end of verse 30 announces the beginning of papal Rome as the new King of the North who takes over and predominates Europe starting in 538 A.D. Fulfilled Prophecies that will be Repeated ( Dan 11:31-36)

Dan 11:31 And arms shall stand on his part, and they shall pollute the sanctuary of strength, and shall take away the daily sacrifice, and they shall place the abomination that maketh desolate. Dan 11:32  And such as do wickedly against the covenant shall he corrupt by flatteries: but the people that do know their God shall be strong, and do exploits. Dan 11:33  And they that understand among the people shall instruct many: yet they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, by captivity, and by spoil, many days. Dan 11:34  Now when they shall fall, they shall be holpen with a little help: but many shall cleave to them with flatteries. Dan 11:35  And some of them of understanding shall fall, to try them, and to purge, and to make them white, even to the time of the end: because it is yet for a time appointed. Dan 11:36  And the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak marvellous things against he God of gods, and shall prosper till the indignation be accomplished: for that that is determined shall be done. 

 Ellens White tells us  scenes similar to those described in these words will take place. This is the history of the rise of the Roman papacy, the church and state system, that predominated Europe and persecuted God’s people throughout the Dark Ages until the time of the end in 1798. Then she quotes Dan 12:1-4 which is a direct continuation of Dan 11:40-45.  In her time, v40 was not fulfilled as this was only fulfilled in 1991. Therefore the last section of vv 41-45 is the unfulfilled portion of Dan 11 that will follow a similar pattern to vv31-36. Notes on Dan 11:31-36 – This History will be Repeated

Verse 31 is another key transition in Daniel 11 about the king of the north. We saw the fall of the western Roman Empire in verse 30 in 476 A.D. Therefore, a new power must replace pagan Rome as the king of the north. From history, the power that stood up with military force after the fall of pagan Rome in 476 A.D. was papal Rome beginning in 508 A.D. Thus papal Rome becomes the king of the north through the remainder of Daniel 11. While papal Rome did not have its own military, Clovis, the king of the Franks supported papal Rome in 508 when the conquest of western Europe was uncertain. A few years after this, Justinian also lent influence to the military support of the papacy with the full force of his support becoming effective in 538 A.D. 

Therefore, through Clovis (508) and Justinian (538), the force of “arms” was used to establish papal Rome as the supreme power in Europe. Through these two men, the three horns (Ostrogoths, Vandals, and Heruli) were plucked up by the roots in Daniel 7:8, and thus we see the same transition from pagan to papal Rome. Daniel 7:8 introduces papal Rome as the little horn. Daniel 11:31 introduces papal Rome as the new king of the north.

The faithful people who understood instructed many to be faithful during the long period when the church was in the wilderness.- verse33

The king of the north, papal Rome, persecuted God’s faithful people in four ways. The sword (murder), the flame (burning at the stake), captivity (imprisonment), and spoil (papal Rome gave the heretics’ property to those who killed them) were the four methods of persecution inspired by the dragon for papal Rome to use against God’s saints.= verse 33

In Satan’s government, if one disagrees with his leadership, he compels by force to either follow or pay the consequences, which is entirely opposite to the principles of God’s government. We see that this persecution continued for “many days.”

Those who fell were God’s faithful who knew their God and were strong in verse 32, and understood and instructed many in verse 33. We see that they were “holpen [or helped] with a little help.” Daniel and the Revelation, p. 279 notes that “The Protestant Reformation led by Martin Luther and his co-workers furnished the help here foretold. The German states espoused the Protestant cause, protected the reformers, and restrained the work of persecution carried on by the papal church. But when the Protestants were helped, and when their cause began to be popular, many were to cleave unto them with flatteries, or embrace the faith from unworthy motives.”

Thus, during the 1,260 years of persecution, God raised up reformers who helped His cause of truth. Even then, Satan tried to gain a foothold among the Protestants by the same process of flattery, or the promise of position and power, as he did with the papacy. (For a good historical overview of the Protestant Reformation, the reader is encouraged to study The History of Protestantism, Vols. 1-4, by J.A. Wylie, The History of the Reformation, Vols. 1-5, by J.H. Merle D’Aubigne, and the section in The Great Controversy, by Ellen White that deals with the Reformation).

Verse 35, repeats that God’s people have understanding, as we saw in verse 33. The passage repeats that God’s people would be persecuted. It shows that persecution continues until the time of the end. Therefore, the time of the end began prophetically in 1798 based on when the persecution of God’s saints ended. This period of 1,260 years was “the time appointed” and it shows us the true character of Satan and the principles of his government.

By comparing Scripture, clearly the king of the north in Daniel 11:36 still refers to papal Rome. Claiming infallibility, attempting and claiming to authoritatively change God’s law are among the exalting, magnifying and “marvelous words” spoken against God. Papal Rome had the longest prospering domination (1,260 years) of the kingdoms in Daniel. (this is similar to Paul’s description of the man of sin in 2 The 2:3) Notes on Dan 11:37-39- Traditions Created by Papacy

Verse 37 refers to the papacy that created traditions, in which the pope is said to be the Vicar of the Son of God, or the voice of God on earth. The papacy also oes not allow the “desire of women” among the priesthood, in which celibacy is required. This teaching of celibacy in the papacy is a doctrine “of devils,” and we already saw in Revelation 13:2 that Satan gave his power, seat, and authority to papal Rome. ( 1 Tim 4:1,3)

True Christianity follows Christ’s words. Papal Rome follows a diabolic model, using force and persecution as pointed out in verse 38. We also see that papal Rome honors another god whom his fathers did not know whom he honors “with gold, and silver, and with precious stones, and pleasant things.” The description of gold, silver, and precious stones reminds us of the harlot representing papal Rome in Revelation 17:4, where she is “decked with gold and precious stones.” Some believe this other “god” who the forefathers of the Catholic church did not know is the Catholic church’s deification of Mary, Jesus’ mother. papal Rome gives Mary titles which can only belong to God and Christ, such as “Advocate” and “Mediatrix,” while Scripture teaches that we have one Advocate (see 1 John 2:1) and one Mediator (see 1 Tim. 2:5) in heaven in our behalf, Jesus Christ.  Verse 39 continues the thought of this “new” god. “Thus shall he do in the most strong holds with a strange god, whom he shall acknowledge and increase with glory: and he shall cause them to rule over many, and shall divide the land for gain.” In The King of the North at Jerusalem, author Louis Were said on p. 31 that “The Papacy ‘for a price’ has supported dictators in their covetous ambition for power. Today, they are bargaining with any force that will operate in any country to bring those countries under their control. ‘For a price’ they lend their aid to ambitious men who desire to rise to power in their respective countries.”

Thus, by the end of verse 39, we have more details of the characteristics of papal Rome, as the king of the north, compared with information in Daniel 2, 7, and 8. In each prophecy, we see information repeated, and enlargement of information about kingdoms that relate specifically to God’s people. By this point in the book, we can see that papal Rome deserves much of our attention. We have more information about this kingdom than all the others, and as we shall see, the most important information about this kingdom as it works on behalf of Satan to destroy God’s people is yet to come. Notes on Daniel 11:40- The Fall of Soviet Union by 1991

Verse 40 is a crucial transition in Daniel 11. We read, “And at the time of the end shall the king of the south push at him: and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass through.”

The first phrase that we see is “And at the time of the end shall the king of the south push at him.” Daniel 11:33, 35 showed that persecution lasts until the time of the end, and that this period is “many days.” We saw in Daniel 7:25 that this time period was 1,260 years, and based on our discussion in Daniel 7 as well as Daniel 11:31, this period began in 538 and ended in 1798. Thus, the time of the end began in 1798, and here in verse 40, we see that in 1798, at the time of the end, the king of the south pushes at the king of the north, or papal Rome.

The king of the south has not been mentioned since Daniel 11:27. Up to that point, literal Egypt, or the Ptolemaic kingdom, had always been the king of the south. Pagan Rome completely obliterated the Ptolemaic kingdom when Caesar Augustus defeated Mark Antony and Cleopatra in the Battle of Actium in 31 B.C. Thus, over 1,800 years passed before the king of the south re-emerges. Then, the king of the south mounts another attack in 1798 by pushing at the king of the north. The word “push” comes from the Hebrew word naggach, which means “to butt with the horns” or “to war against” or “to gore” or “push down.” This clearly violent language portrays the attack of the king of the south on papal Rome and paints the picture of giving a deadly wound. Deadly Wound

But who is the king of the south in 1798? What major power of this earth “pushed” at papal Rome in 1798 to denote the beginning of the time of the end? Revelation 13:1-5 details the same power of papal Rome, and verse 5 shows that papal Rome dominated for 42 months or 1,260 years. In Revelation 13:3, we see that papal Rome received a “deadly wound.” This deadly wound of Revelation 13 parallels with the pushing of the king of the south against papal Rome in Daniel 11:40 in 1798. This also parallels Revelation 17:8 of the beast that “was and is not.”

In 1798, Papal Rome was “pushed at” and received a deadly wound. From history, we know that Napolean of France sent his general, Berthier, into Rome in 1798, and Berthier took Pope Pius VI captive. Pius VI died a year later in captivity. This act ended Rome’s control over the state which it exercised for 1,260 years, and it ended the 1,290 years from when the first church-state union was formed between papal Rome and Clovis, king of the Franks. The church-state union had begun in the region of France in 508 with Clovis, and was ended 1,290 years later by the nation of France through Napolean and Berthier.

Now that we have seen that France was the nation that “pushed” against papal Rome in 1798, we learn how Scripture qualifies France as the king of the south in 1798. Throughout the first 30 verses, Egypt was always the king of the south. However, in 1798, Egypt was not significant historically and did not attack papal Rome. Revelation 11:8 mentions Egypt however, as playing a prophetic role. Revelation 11 describes the “time of the Gentiles” in Revelation 11:2 as 42 months, or 1,260 prophetic years, and the following verses proceed to describe how Scripture was clothed in sackcloth during this time. Bible Banned during French Revolution

At the end of that time, we see that the Scripture was attacked in Revelation 11:7-9, for three and-a-half prophetic years during the French Revolution. From the fall of 1793 to the spring of 1797, the Bible was banned in France and the goddess of reason was worshipped. As discussed in Daniel 7, the French Revolution resulted from Satan’s work through the papacy for the 1,260 years when the Scriptures were suppressed. Consequently, God was put away completely and the principles of atheism developed out of the French Revolution. France is connected to Egypt because France, or the great city, in Revelation 11:8 is “spiritually called Sodom and Egypt.” Notice that France is “spiritual” Egypt, not literal Egypt.

The Great Controversy, p. 269 says: “‘The great city’ in whose streets the witnesses are slain, and where their dead bodies lie, is ‘spiritually’ Egypt. Of all nations presented in Bible history, Egypt most boldly denied the existence of the living God and resisted His commands. No monarch ever ventured upon more open and highhanded rebellion against the authority of Heaven than did the king of Egypt. When the message was brought him by Moses, in the name of the Lord, Pharaoh proudly answered: ‘Who is Jehovah, that I should hearken unto His voice to let Israel go? I know not Jehovah, and moreover I will not let Israel go.’ Exodus 5:2, A.R.V. This is atheism, and the nation represented by Egypt would give voice to a similar denial of the claims of the living God and would manifest a like spirit of unbelief and defiance.”

Again, Satan’s principles working through papal Rome led to atheism developing in the nation of France. When the principles of atheism matured in France, God allowed France to end the 1,260 years of papal dominance when it “pushed at” papal Rome, or delivered a deadly wound, by destroying the power of the church over state when Pius VI was taken captive. As we shall see here in Daniel 11, as well as in Revelation 13 and 17, papal Rome’s power over the state will return, and we will see how in the remainder of verse 40 and the final verses of chapter 11. Rise of Atheism

Before we see the comeback of the king of the north, it is helpful at this point to see how the king of the south continued to push at the king of the north after 1798. While France never developed into an atheistic superpower, the French Revolution spawned the rise of atheism in a way the world had never seen. Rev. 11:7 describes this rise of atheism as “the beast that ascendeth out of the bottomless pit.”

From its initial rise, atheism would flourish in the Soviet Union. In 1844, Karl Marx wrote the first draft of the Communist Manifesto, while in Paris, France and it was published in 1848. Communism espouses atheism as one of its core principles. In 1917, the Russian Revolution, under the principles of communism, was led by Vladimir Lenin leading to the development of the Soviet Union. By the end of World War II, with Joseph Stalin as its leader, the Soviet Union had become a major world power. Communist Soviet Union dictated the Communist eastern European nations under its power. The Berlin Wall, erected in 1961, represented the divide between Democratic western Europe and Communist eastern Europe. Christianity, including papal Rome, was kept out of Communist Europe during “The Cold War.” Clearly, papal Rome was being pushed at, and its once dominant role as the ruler of church and state throughout Europe was crippled severely.

However, the last half of verse 40 shows that the king of the north, papal Rome, returns to power. Ellen White has forewarned us about papal Rome’s return, based on what Daniel 11 says. Ellen hhas shown us  that papal Rome arose in verse 30, and that much of the history seen in verses 30-36 will be repeated. This helps us to understand how papal Rome recovers.

As discussed in verses 30-36, “arms” stood on its part, giving papal Rome military strength. By receiving this military support, it formed a church-state union, also called the abomination of desolation because of the union of that which is holy with that which is profane. This union of church and state (the abomination) with military strength led to the persecution of God’s saints (the desolation) over 1,260 years. We need to be careful that we do not give a literal time to the work of papal Rome at the end of time. Revelation 10:6 states that there is no more prophetic time after 1844. What we can clearly say though is that in the repeating of history, papal Rome will regain military strength, as it did when Clovis threw his military support behind the papacy, leading to a union of church and state. Consequently, the abomination of desolation will be repeated and that God’s people will again be persecuted through this union of church and state.

Now that the stage has been set, we will examine the last half of verse 40 as we see the king of the north, papal Rome, make a comeback. More recent history is now under discussion, and we will see that we are on the cusp of moving from the past into the present and then into the future. Daniel 11 began in the first year of Darius, the Mede in 539 B.C. Now, we are studying verse 40 at the time of the end, beginning in 1798. We have moved forward through the development of atheism, as France, and then the Soviet Union, pushed at papal Rome, which brings us to the present time. This makes this part of the study of Daniel 11 fascinating. It would be fair to call the remainder of the chapter “present truth” because it relates to prophetic Bible truth that is especially relevant for our time.

As we look to the next phrase of verse 40 we read, “and the king of the north shall come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass over.” Papal Rome revives, gaining ground against the king of the south, sometime after 1798. We need to examine the elements papal Rome uses to make this comeback.

We see in the last half of verse 40 that the king of the north comes against the king of the south “like a whirlwind” which means “to storm, hurl as storm, be tempestuous, come like a whirlwind.” Next we see that the king of the north comes against the king of the south “with chariots, and with horsemen, and with many ships.” In Scripture, we find that chariots and horsemen are used together in the context of military force. In 2 Kings 6:15 we see the “chariots and horses” of the Syrian army that surrounded Samaria. Thus, we see military power used by papal Rome in its recovery. History repeats from Daniel 11:30-36 in which “arms” stood on the part of papal Rome beginning in 508. Now in verse 40, we see sometime after 1798, that papal Rome gains military strength again, which as we will see, comes through a political alliance as it did with Clovis in 508.

In addition to the military power, we see that the king of the north is described as coming with “many ships.” 2 Chronicles 9:21 and Proverbs 31:14 use “ships” to describe riches and merchandise. In Revelation 18:11-19, we find the merchants of the earth and the shipmasters lamenting the fall of Babylon (which is papal Rome and the king of the north) because they had been made rich by her. Specifically, in Revelation 18:19 we read, “Alas, alas, that great city, wherein were made rich all that had ships in the sea by reason of her costliness!” Clearly, we see that “ships” in Scripture describe economic power.

Thus, after 1798, papal Rome makes a comeback against the king of the south using military force and economic power. At the end of verse 40 we read, “and he shall enter into the countries, and shall overflow and pass over.” The word “overflow” in this verse is also found in Daniel 11:10, 26 and originates from the Hebrew word shataph which means “to conquer.” We see that papal Rome entered into the “countries” of the king of the south and conquered them. The key question is then, which countries of the king of the south did papal Rome conquer through military and economic power after 1798? The Fall of Communism

As we have discussed, the king of the south rose to prominence through the nations espousing atheism, first France, then with the Soviet Union and the eastern European nations. Communist China, North Korea, Laos, Vietnam, and Cuba would also be among the nations espousing atheism. We have seen, that after World War II, the Soviet Union achieved tremendous strength and became a leading superpower of the world in competition with the United States of America. From Rev. 13, we understand that the United States would arise around 1798 after the deadly wound of the papacy and ultimately it will make an image to the beast of papal Rome. Historically, the Soviet Union and its allies served as a key roadblock to the image of the beast being formed. However, the course of history shifted in the 1980s and early 1990s, just as Daniel 11 predicted. The Alliance of Papacy and U.S.A

Because papal Rome had no military power of its own, it formed an alliance with the leading superpower of the world to bring down Communist eastern Europe and the Soviet Union. The United States of America became that ally. On June 7, 1982, President Ronald Reagan held his first meeting with Pope John Paul II. This meeting is discussed in Time Magazine, February 24, 1992 in an article entitled, “The Holy Alliance” by Carl Bernstein. The article quotes Reagan saying “one of the earliest goals of his presidency was to recognize the Vatican as a state and to make them an ally.”

At least four of Reagan’s key cabinet members were Catholic. In the first meeting between Reagan and the pope, they discussed a strategy to bring down the Soviet Union and Communism. The plan centered around Lech Walesa’s solidarity movement in Poland. Reagan committed military and economic support to the plan, creating a haven for democracy in eastern Europe. Reagan’s first National Security Adviser, Richard Allen, who also is Catholic says, that “this was one of the great secret alliances of all time.”

Eventually, Reagan and the pope crafted a plan to force the Soviet Union into an expensive nuclear arms race called “Star Wars” that would financially ruin the Soviet Union in their effort to keep up. In 1984 the United States formally recognized the Vatican as a sovereign body. Reagan sent a U.S. ambassador to the Vatican. On June 12, 1987, Reagan gave his famous speech in the presence of Mikhail Gorbachev, the leader of the Soviet Union, in front of the Brandenburg gate at the Berlin Wall in West Germany. He uttered the famous words, “Mr. Gorbachev, tear down this wall!” Fall of the Berlin Wall in 1989

Two years later, on November 9, 1989 the wall came down in dramatic fashion, suddenly ending the Cold War. The Soviet Union finally collapsed in 1991. Europe’s history was changed forever, and papal Rome, or the king of the north had re-asserted itself as a key force throughout Europe.

In addition, the United States was in a much better position to fulfill the prophetic role in Revelation 13. This political alliance between papal Rome and the United States, beginning in 1982, is part of the healing of the deadly wound that will fully heal when papal Rome has the power of military force to enforce its religious teaching.

But we can see an image to the beast is already being formed. What we have seen in the repetition of history from Daniel 11:30-36 is “arms” standing on the part of papal Rome through the United States of America. When a union of church and state is formed that enforces the teachings of papal Rome, we will see the abomination of desolation repeated. We will see how this is developed in the following verses.

As we can see at this point, the Soviet Union and Eastern Europe had fallen by 1991. However, China and other Communist nations such as Cuba, Laos, Vietnam, and North Korea are still standing. We will see their fall in later verses as well. Momentous events in the 1980’s and early 90’s fulfilled Bible prophecy in Daniel 11, culminating with the Berlin Wall’s fall in 1989 and the Soviet Union’s collapse in 1991. This is very significant as we consider where we are in the prophetic history of Daniel 11 right now and as we look to the next events of prophetic history in verse 41 because the next event to occur in the course of history is after 1991, and we are now living past the fulfilled history of verse 40.

The other key point to mention here is that Daniel 11 gives a clearer picture of the events that will lead to the cleansing of the sanctuary from Daniel 8. Daniel 10:14 shows us that this prophecy will give us information about what will “befall God’s people in the latter days.” Daniel 8 and Daniel 10-11 follow the same sequence of kingdoms. Daniel 10 shows the struggle that occurred for the vision to be revealed because the beginning of the 2,300 prophecy was dependent on the Persian king following through on the decree to rebuild Jerusalem (see discussion on decrees in Daniel 9:25).

From Daniel 8:14 and 9:24, 25, we understand that the 2,300 days began in the fall of 457 B.C. and ended on October 22, 1844. Therefore, the last half of verse 40 (after the beginning of the time of the end) through the end of Daniel 11 gives specific information that helps us to understand the events leading to the cleansing of the sanctuary and the close of probation as it relates to God’s people. This is prophetic fulfiilment of Dan 11:40 in our modern time when Ronald Reagan used his power as president of the U.S for America to begin to form an alliance with the papacy so that the papacy knows that it has the backing of the military power of the U.S. to enforce its vision for this world. Now that has not yet come to fruition that will not fully come to fruition until there is a Sunday Law. But the seed of the foundation has been very clearly laid so that the papacy anf the U.S. came together to lead to the downfall of the Soviet Union and to communism. What has to next happen is the national Sunday law that can only mean the formation of a church –state system in America. Notes on Daniel 11:41- Setting Up Sunday Worship

After a key portion of the king of the south’s dominion falls at the end of verse 40, we read in verse 41, “He shall enter also into the glorious land, and many countries shall be overthrown: but these shall escape out of his hand, even Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon.”

In this verse, we see that papal Rome enters into “the glorious land.” This is important because prophetically, this will be the next event to take place in the history of Daniel 11. We read about the “glorious land” earlier in verse 16, and, as we saw, it represented the land of literal Judea, which was the location of God’s professed people, the Jews. Discussion on the Glorious Land

In order to best understand what the “glorious land” represents here, notice that in verse 40, the king of the south represents “spiritual Egypt.” As we saw, this represents the nations espousing the principles of atheistic Egypt of old. Thus, it seems reasonable to believe that the “glorious land” represents “spiritual Israel.” It will also be helpful to briefly mention the distinction between the “glorious land” and the “glorious holy mountain” in verse 45.

We will see in detail how the “glorious holy mountain” is spiritual Mount Zion or Jerusalem, or the remnant church, the Seventh-day Adventist church at the time of the close of probation. This is a worldwide group of people not limited to one geographic location. The “glorious holy mountain” as spiritual Jerusalem is a smaller subset within the “glorious land” of spiritual Judea, as literal Jerusalem was clearly part of Judea, serving as its capital city.

If the “glorious holy mountain” is representative of a worldwide group of people and is a smaller subset of the “glorious land” then clearly the “glorious land” must represent a worldwide group of people as well. Some have said that the “glorious land” is the United States of America. However, for the “glorious holy mountain” to represent the worldwide Seventh-day Adventist church while at the same time being a smaller subset within the United States of America does not make sense.

Others have even suggested that the glorious land is literal Israel today. The significant weakness with that position is that the struggle between the king of the north and the king of the south throughout Daniel 11 has always involved God’s people who live in the glorious land as being caught in the middle. Israel ceased to be God’s chosen people in 34 A.D. Thus, to make literal Israel today a significant part of end- time prophecy that is overtaken by papal Rome is not consistent with the theme of Daniel 11 in which God reveals what happens to Daniel’s people in the latter days.

There seem to be two plausible arguments for what represents the glorious land. One position suggests that it is worldwide Protestantism. The other position suggests that the glorious land represents the worldwide pre-shaken Seventh-day Adventist church.

First, we will examine the position that the glorious land represents worldwide Protestantism. The “glorious holy mountain” as the remnant Seventh-day Adventist church is actually a smaller portion of territory within the “glorious land” because literal Mount Zion was in Jerusalem, and clearly this is part of literal Judea or the “glorious land.”

While the “glorious holy mountain” and the “glorious land” are two distinct entities, there is clearly some overlap. The distinction between the two is that the “glorious holy mountain” represents the remnant of God. Therefore, the argument is made that the “glorious land” represents God’s professed people worldwide, which would include the “glorious holy mountain” as part of its territory.

We see in this verse that papal Rome is entering into the “glorious land” and it would not make sense, as Marc Swearingen points out on p. 187 of Tidings Out of the Northeast, for papal Rome to enter into its own “Catholic Christian” territory. Therefore, it is suggested that the “glorious land” is representative of worldwide Christianity, specifically worldwide Protestantism, which would include, but not be limited to the Seventh-day Adventist church (“glorious holy mountain”). The Glorious Land is Spiritual Israel

Starting in verse 40, the king of the south was “spiritual Egypt.” In verse 41, the “glorious land” is “spiritual Israel.” And Galatians 3:27-29 shows that spiritual Israel consists of those that are baptized into Christ and are professed Christians. This position is certainly reasonable based on the historicist principles and based on the fact that the struggle at the end of time is worldwide.

Next, we will examine the other plausible position that the “glorious land” represents the worldwide Seventh-day Adventist church before it is shaken at the end of time. This view also agrees that the “glorious holy mountain” in verse 45 is the worldwide remnant. This view places an emphasis on the remnant in verse 45 being the Seventh-day Adventist church that remains after the shaking when probation closes. As the “glorious holy mountain” represents spiritual Mount Zion, this view promotes the idea that the Seventh-day Adventists who remain after the shaking represent the 144,000 who will stand on Mount Zion with the Lamb in Revelation 14:1.

This view also argues that it does not make sense to represent the fallen Protestant churches of Babylon as part of the glorious land because papal Rome, as the king of the north, is also part of Babylon. Rather, it is argued that Edom, Moab, and Ammon, in the last half of verse 41 represent the worldwide Protestant churches that are part of fallen Babylon, and yet, some will respond to the call to come of Babylon and will escape out of the hand of the king of the north. A more detailed discussion on Edom, Moab, and Ammon will occur shortly.

Thus, the second view that we have discussed where worldwide pre-shaken Seventh-day Adventism is the glorious land seems quite reasonable and perhaps a little more plausible than worldwide Christianity but both views seem acceptable based on historicist principles.

When the king of the North enters the glorious it is for the purpose of conquest  with the desolation of abomination. This is history repeating itself. Invoking Assistance from Apostate Protestant America

We see that according to verse 41, papal Rome enters into the glorious land, and as a result, “many countries shall be overthrown.” The word “countries” is a supplied word in the KJV and does not belong to the text. Therefore, when papal Rome enters into the glorious land, “many” Seventh-day Adventists (could represent Protestant Christians as well according to first viewpoint discussed) will be overthrown or shaken out. The question then is, what is the mechanism that papal Rome uses to overthrow many Seventh-day Adventists sometime after 1991?

As we have seen, papal Rome gained significant political strength with the assistance of the United States of America in the 1980s in taking down the Soviet Union and Eastern Europe. Papal Rome is not simply content with an alliance with the United States for merely political purposes. It wants this political alliance for the purpose of re-uniting with Protestant America and the Protestant world on its terms.

Protestant America will lead the rest of the Protestant world to reunite with papal Rome. From Revelation 13:11-17, we understand that the United States, the second beast “exercises all the power of the first beast” which is papal Rome. We see in Revelation 13:12 that the United States causes “the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the first beast” or papal Rome and they say to the earth in Revelation 13:14 “that they should make an image to the beast, which had the wound by the sword, and did live.”

In these verses, we see church and state united between the United States and the papacy. We also understand that apostate Protestantism forms this union with papal Rome. In Revelation 16:13, we see the threefold union of the dragon (Satan and spiritualism), the beast (papal Rome), and the false prophet (apostate Protestantism). Revelation 19:20 makes it clear that the false prophet is apostate Protestantism in the United States (as the second beast of Revelation 13) that works with papal Rome to cause the earth to worship the beast’s image and receive its mark. The image of the beast is the union of church and state. The mark of the beast is the enforcement of Sunday worship. The union of church and state through the image to the beast is the abomination of desolation and is a further development in the repetition of history from Daniel 11:30-36.

Once the union of church and state is restored, as it existed from 508—1798, the deadly wound that papal Rome received in 1798 will be healed. That time is not far away. A political alliance is already in place. The next step will be for Protestant America, through legislation, to cause all the world to follow after papal Rome (see Revelation 13:3).

Ellen White shows that we should expect this Protestant and Catholic union. In The Great Controversy, p. 588 she says, “The Protestants of the United States will be foremost in stretching their hands across the gulf to grasp the hands of spiritualism; they will reach over the abyss to clasp the hands with the Roman power; and under the influence of this threefold union, this country will follow in the steps of Rome in trampling the rights of conscience.” Notice that Protestant America is “foremost” in the union, but all of Protestantism will be involved.

Ellen White also comments about the image to beast in Signs of the Times, March 22, 1910. “When the Protestant churches shall unite with the secular power to sustain a false religion, for opposing which their ancestors endured the fiercest persecution; when the state shall use its power to enforce the decrees and sustain the institutions of the church - then will Protestant America have formed an image to the papacy, and there will be a national apostasy which will end only in national ruin.” National Sunday Law

Manuscript 118, 1899 comments on the mark of the beast: “Sundaykeeping is not yet the mark of the beast, and will not be until the decree goes forth causing men to worship this idol sabbath. The time will come when this day will be the test, but that time has not come yet.” The decree that calls for worship on Sunday constitutes the mark of the beast. When papal Rome enters into the “glorious land,” civil decrees enforcing religious laws forms the image to the beast, which is the Sunday worship decree.

A key observation here is that the “glorious land” symbolizes God’s people in the last days. The purpose of the mark of the beast is for Satan, through the king of the north, to exterminate God’s people, by entering into the glorious land, before Jesus can come to claim them as His loyal followers. Sadly, many Seventh-day Adventists, as well as a large number of God’s people in the Babylonian churches will choose to receive the mark of the beast and will be overthrown by Satan when the final crisis comes.

Ellen White mentions in The Great Controversy, p. 608 that many Seventh-day Adventists will be overthrown: “As the storm approaches, a large class who have professed faith in the third angel's message, but have not been sanctified through obedience to the truth, abandon their position and join the ranks of the opposition. By uniting with the world and partaking of its spirit, they have come to view matters in nearly the same light; and when the test is brought, they are prepared to choose the easy, popular side. Men of talent and pleasing address, who once rejoiced in the truth, employ their powers to deceive and mislead souls. They become the most bitter enemies of their former brethren. When Sabbathkeepers are brought before the courts to answer for their faith, these apostates are the most efficient agents of Satan to misrepresent and accuse them, and by false reports and insinuations to stir up the rulers against them.”

The papacy will overthrow a large class of Seventh-day Adventists, who will receive the mark of the beast, and the key receive is that they have not been sanctified by obedience to the truth. Unfortunately, there are many among professed Seventh-day Adventists today who claim that sanctification is simply a fruit of salvation and not part of it. Yet the inspired writings show us that only those who are sanctified will be kept from receiving the mark of the beast when the king of the north enters into the “glorious land.” The Four Stages of National Sunday Law

Verse 41 of Daniel 11 introduces the first phase of Sunday worship enforcement that will steadily progress to a death decree in verse 45. Remember that Sunday worship enforcement will come in four phases, discussed in the Daniel 6 study, and are adapted from The Closing Events Chart, by Gordon Collier.

Phase 1 - Refrain from working on Sunday; 9T 232, 233; CT 550, 551 ( Mild introduction of a rest day  for family and for the preservation of the enviroment- for climate and energy.)

Phase 2 - Honor Sunday, but can still worship on Sabbath; GC 608, 624

Phase 3 - Cannot worship on Sabbath, only Sunday; fines and imprisonment imposed; GC 607

Phase 4 - Death penalty to those who worship on Sabbath and disregard Sunday; Rev. 13:15-17, GC 604, 615-616, 621, 635; PK 12; EW 34, 36-37, 272, 282-285; 1T 353-354.

Based on Daniel 11’s chronology, it seems that phases 1 and 2 of the Sunday law begin in verse 41 when the king of the north enters the “glorious land.” Phases 3 and 4 culminate in verses 44 and 45 when the king of the north “plants the tabernacles of his palace between the seas and the glorious holy mountain.” The Close of Probation

When Sunday legislation is enacted, and the test between the Sabbath and Sunday is set before us, Seventh-day Adventists’ will be tested first. Probation, however, closes for all at the same time. 1 Peter 4:17 tells us that judgment begins at the house of God. As Adventists, we know the issue of Sabbath versus Sunday, and when the test comes, we will be judged first. Probation will close when the death decree is enforced (see verse 45).

Now, we must step back and look at where we are right now prophetically. Based on the historic fulfillment of Daniel 11, the next major prophetic event will be the church and state union through the Sunday worship decree in the United States and around the world. This will usher the test for Seventh-day Adventists first as they choose between the seal of God and the mark of the beast.

When all have chosen, probation will close for everyone else. It is impossible to say when this occurs, but Revelation 7:1-3 shows the four destructive winds are held until the servants of God, the 144,000, are sealed, or when their sins have been blotted out in the cleansing of the sanctuary. The length of this delay depends largely upon us. When God’s people are ready to be sealed, He will allow the prophetic clock to move forward. The papacy and Protestantism will unite, and the great final test will come upon the world.

Understanding this prophecy should lead to scrutinizing our personal lives as we realize that momentous things will occur that will usher in the final events before Jesus’ second coming. Do we love Him with all of our hearts? Are we ready to meet Him in the clouds? Do we want Him to come back, or would we rather accomplish more things here on the earth before He comes back? We must give our lives to Him each day. Understanding these truths should lead us to share the three angels’ messages with the world around us. Edom, Moab and Ammon

In the last part of verse 41, we see that papal Rome does not overtake everyone. We read, “but these shall escape out of his hand, even Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon.” The Edomites were the descendants of Esau (see Gen. 25:30), who was the brother of Jacob (Israel), so the Edomites and Israelites were cousins. Moab and Ammon were the sons that Lot, Abraham’s nephew, had with his daughters after the destruction of Sodom. Thus, Moab and Ammon were the great nephews of Abraham.

All three of these nations, Edom, Moab, and Ammon were related to the Israelites, but they all departed from the faith of God and were heathen nations. Because of their ancestry, they knew about the true God. These nations were to the east of Judea, the “glorious land.”

Amos 9:11, 12 prophesies that a remnant of Edom will be recovered by God’s people. Edom is referred to as “the heathen, which are called by my name saith the Lord.” Acts 15:16, 17 quotes from Amos 9, substituting the word “Gentiles” in place of “Edom.”

Note in Isaiah 11:14 that “Edom, Moab, and the children of Ammon” are also mentioned. In Isaiah 11:10-14, Scripture describes that “The Lord shall set his hand again the second time to recover the remnant of his people.” This describes the Second Advent movement, the Seventh-day Adventist church. The remnant sets up an “ensign” which is the Sabbath. In Isaiah 11:14, we see that this Sabbath message causes “Edom, Moab, and the children of Ammon” to obey the remnant. We see that Daniel 11:41 and Isaiah 11:10-14 show the same event.

As the image to the beast is set up and Sunday worship is advocated, the Sabbath message, or the messages of the three angels from Revelation 14, gains power. When this message is given, some will escape the mark of the beast, or out of the hand of papal Rome. This message, which repeats especially the second angel’s message, is found in Revelation 18:1-4, and emphasizes that “Babylon the great, is fallen, is fallen.”

The Edomites, Moabites, and Ammonites are worldwide groups of people who will come into the remnant through the message of the Sabbath and Revelation 18. Amos 9 and Acts 15 help us to understand that they are “spiritual heathens or Gentiles.” The fact that the Sabbath message and the loud cry of Revelation 18, from the three angels’ messages, causes them to escape the hand of papal Rome, helps us understand that these people escape from “spiritual Babylon.”

Thus, not only can the Edomites, Moabites, and Ammonites represent non-Christian and heathen people groups, but they can also represent those in Babylon who heed the call to “come out her my people.” It should encourage us that God’s last-day message will bring His people out, who are called “God’s people” in Rev. 18:4, and who are “called by God’s name” in Amos 9:12 and Acts 15:17. Notes on Daniel 11:42, 43 – The Conquest of Satan

After papal Rome enters the “glorious land” and the test between Sabbath and Sunday becomes an issue, we read in verse 42, “He shall stretch forth his hand also upon the countries: and the land of Egypt shall not escape.”

Here we see that the king of the north, papal Rome, by stretching forth his hand “upon the countries” gains power over “the land of Egypt.” A simple cause-and-effect relationship can be seen in this verse which makes it likely that the “countries” that papal Rome stretches his hand upon are the “land of Egypt.” Spiritual Egypt

In Daniel 11, Egypt consistently represented the king of the south. Daniel 11:8 is the one verse in the first 30 verses that clearly identifies Egypt as the king of the south. In verse 40, we saw the transition of the king of the south to “spiritual Egypt,” and in our discussion we have seen that “spiritual Egypt” or the king of the south from 1798 onward is represented by the nations espousing atheistic principles.

The Communist Soviet Union for years was at the leading edge, but as we saw in verse 40 was overthrown by papal Rome and came to its end of power in 1991. However, since 1991, Marc Swearingen points out on p. 210 of Tidings Out of the Northeast, there are still five Communist, atheistic nations that constitute “spiritual Egypt,” or the king of the south: China, Cuba, Laos, North Korea, and Vietnam.

Notice the contrast between “Edom, Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon” with that of the “land of Egypt.” The first group escapes out of the hand of papal Rome by not receiving the mark of the beast, but “spiritual Egypt” does not. Therefore, it seems that the great majority of the people in the atheistic, Communist countries that still exist will “wonder after the beast” as the rest of the world does in the prophecy of Revelation 13:3, and will also receive the mark of the beast. This will be the final complete victory of the king of the north over the king of the south.

After papal Rome conquers “spiritual Egypt,” we read in verse 43, “But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt: and the Libyans and Ethiopians shall be at his steps.” In the first half of verse 43, we see that papal Rome overpowers the economic treasures of the nations of the king of the south, or Egypt. This repeats history from pagan Rome conquering literal Egypt when Caesar August defeated Mark Antony and Cleopatra at the Battle of Actium in 31 B.C. Dan. 11:28 shows that Rome returned “into his land with great riches.” Thus, papal Rome gains great riches as it overtakes the world in the final crisis. Power over World Economy

Another point worth mentioning is that when papal Rome has “power over the treasures of gold and silver,” this could likely parallel Revelation 13:17 where it shows that no man will be able to buy or sell unless he has the mark of the beast.

In the last half of verse 43, we read “and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps.” In a literal, geographic sense, Libya is due west of Egypt and Ethiopia is due south of Egypt. Consequently, they are Egypt’s neighbors. This also puts Libya and Ethiopia to the south and west of Jerusalem, or the “glorious holy mountain.”

From the study of history in the first 30 verses, in a literal sense, when the king of the north had conquered the nations to the north, and then conquered the “glorious land” and “Egypt,” by the time the king of north came to Libya and Ethiopia he would have nearly conquered the whole world known at that time. Thus, spiritually and globally, at the end of time, after papal Rome conquers the “glorious land” and “spiritual Egypt,” his conquest for complete world dominion will have been nearly achieved when the Libyans and Ethiopians are at his steps.

It is helpful to read Scripture to learn about the Libyans and Ethiopians. Jeremiah 46:9 describes the Libyans and Ethiopians as those “that handle the shield.” The immediate context describes how Nebuchadnezzar, king of Babylon, came to destroy the land of Egypt as an act of vengeance for God, and the Libyans and Ethiopians, men of war, defended Egypt.

In Ezekiel 30:3-9, we again find the Libyans and Ethiopians connected with Egypt. In verses 6 and 8, it seems that the surrounding nations, which would include Libya and Ethiopia, are described as those “that uphold Egypt” in verse 6 and are “all her (Egypt’s) helpers” in verse 8.

Finally, Ezekiel 38:5 describes Libya and Ethiopia as those with “shield and helmet.” From these verses, it seems clear that Libya and Ethiopia served as a military source of support or defense for the nation of Egypt.

From Daniel and the Revelation, p. 263, we learn that when pagan Rome defeated literal Egypt for the final time in 31 B.C., Mark Antony retreated from the sea battle with Caesar Augustus to Libya in which he had left a large number of ground forces with his general Scarpus to guard the frontier. It was here that he found that these men had declared for Augustus, or the king of the north. In this battle, Libya was the last line of defense for the king of the south.

As history repeats at the end of the world, the final source of support, or the last men standing, for “spiritual Egypt” or the king of the south, will turn against “spiritual Egypt” as they see that papal Rome has insurmountable power from its alliance with the rest of the world. Thus, it seems reasonable to believe that “spiritual Libya” and “spiritual Ethiopia” represent the political leaders of the nations (possibly Islamic nations, and other nations that provide support to the Communist nations such as Buddhists and Hindhus) that currently strengthen the remaining nations of “spiritual Egypt,” but will lend their support to papal Rome, or change sides as the defeat of “spiritual Egypt” becomes imminent. They will then, as Revelation 17:12 predicts, join with all the other kings of the earth and “receive power as kings one hour with the beast,” and as Revelation 13:3 reminds us, “all the world” will wonder after the beast.

(The Egyptian and the Libyan are the last line of defense for the King of the South before they fell to Rome historically.  They spiritually represent a last line of geopolitical defense for the atheistic nations of the world. In the last 30-60 years, it has been the Middle East nations who formed a political alliance with the atheistic nations of this world. So people try to make Islam into a bigger deal  prophetically than they really. They are saying that Islam will attack the papacy and that will be the final events, the sign of Jesus return. This is not true to historicism and furthermore Islam is no a major player of any of the other prophecies. Islam is a minor ancillary player, Libya and Ethiopia has been the last line of defense for the atheistic nations of the world that will also fall in line with papacy as the final crisis unfolds as “all the world wondered after the beast” ( Rev 13:3). Daniel 11:44, 45 – God’s Final  Act

“But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: therefore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy, and utterly to make away many. And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas in the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.”

As papal Rome, as the king of the north, enters into “spiritual Libya” and “spiritual Ethiopia,” south and west of “spiritual Jerusalem,” he seemingly has conquered the whole world.

However, an important turn of events occurs in verse 44. “But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: therefore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy, and utterly to make away many.”

In verse 44, we see that “tidings out of the east and out of the north” trouble papal Rome. From verse 43, we understand that in a geographical sense, papal Rome is “spiritually” to the south and west of Jerusalem by being at the footsteps of Libya and Ethiopia. Therefore, the “tidings” from the “east” and “north” must be coming from “spiritual” Jerusalem.

From Ezekiel 9:4, we understand that in “spiritual” Jerusalem, God’s last-day people will be sealed. We also see in Joel 2:32 that “spiritual” Jerusalem is where God’s remnant will be found in the last days. Thus, God’s remnant, the Seventh-day Adventist church, is giving “tidings” from the “east” and “north” that trouble papal Rome. The “tidings” are a clear message that are worldwide in scope to counter the worldwide dominance of papal Rome. This message competes with Rome’s efforts to cause all the world to receive the mark of the beast.

It is very interesting to note that in Revelation 7:2 we see an “angel ascending from the east, having the seal of the living God.” From these two passages, we can conclude that the message from the “east” is the sealing message, which includes the message that the true seventh-day Sabbath of God is the seal of God, and that worshipping on Sunday is the mark of the beast.

A brief study on the Sabbath as the seal of God shows that it is a “sign” in Ezekiel 20:12, 20, and in Romans 4:11, we find that a “sign” and a “seal” are interchangeable. At the end of the world, as papal Rome tries to set its “mark” of authority by advocating the worship of Sunday, God’s people will demonstrate God’s “seal” of authority by proclaiming the truth of the seventh-day Sabbath to the world. The Loud Cry ( Rev 18:1-4)

Because these “tidings” have a worldwide scope, they fit the description of the “loud cry” message found in Revelation 18:1-5 that “lightens the earth with its glory,” which is the message of righteousness by faith (see Ellen White’s quote in Manuscript 15, 1888), and which tells the world “mightily with a strong voice” that “Babylon, the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird.”

Therefore, not only does the “loud cry” or “tidings out of the east and the north” identify the truth for the last days, but it also demonstrates in unmistakeable language the true character of Babylon, or papal Rome, or the king of the north.

The dragon was wrought with the woman ( God’s remnant church), ( Rev 12:17) the one who is giving the loud cry message, and went to make war with the seed which keep the commandments of God and have the testimony of Jesus Christ which is the Spirit of prophecy ( Rev 19:10). Thus the greatest attack in God’s church is the Spirit of prophecy because those are the identifying mark that will help tp preserve us as we stay connected with Jesus.

Notice how Ellen White talks about this final message in The Great Controversy, pp. 605, 606. “The Sabbath will be the great test of loyalty, for it is the point of truth especially controverted. When the final test shall be brought to bear upon men, then the line of distinction will be drawn between those who serve God and those who serve Him not. While the observance of the false sabbath in compliance with the law of the state, contrary to the fourth commandment, will be an avowal of allegiance to a power that is in opposition to God, the keeping of the true Sabbath, in obedience to God's law, is an evidence of loyalty to the Creator. While one class, by accepting the sign of submission to earthly powers, receive the mark of the beast, the other choosing the token of allegiance to divine authority, receive the seal of God. Heretofore those who presented the truths of the third angel's message have often been regarded as mere alarmists. Their predictions that religious intolerance would gain control in the United States, that church and state would unite to persecute those who keep the commandments of God, have been pronounced groundless and absurd. It has been confidently declared that this land could never become other than what it has been--the defender of religious freedom. But as the question of enforcing Sunday observance is widely agitated, the event so long doubted and disbelieved is seen to be approaching, and the third message will produce an effect which it could not have had before.”

Thus, as papal Rome agitates the issue of Sunday observance, the three angels’ messages will have an effect that they have not yet had, and this will constitute the “tidings” that trouble papal Rome.

Ellen White also paints a beautiful word picture of how this final message will be given to the world in The Great Controversy, pp. 611, 612. “The great work of the gospel is not to close with less manifestation of the power of God than marked its opening. The prophecies which were fulfilled in the outpouring of the former rain at the opening of the gospel are again to be fulfilled in the latter rain at its close. Here are ‘the times of refreshing’ to which the apostle Peter looked forward when he said: ‘Repent ye therefore, and be converted, that your sins may be blotted out, when the times of refreshing shall come from the presence of the Lord; and He shall send Jesus.’ Acts 3:19, 20. Servants of God, with their faces lighted up and shining with holy consecration, will hasten from place to place to proclaim the message from heaven. By thousands of voices, all over the earth, the warning will be given. Miracles will be wrought, the sick will be healed, and signs and wonders will follow the believers.”

As we see in this statement, those who have had their sins blotted out will therefore have been cleansed by God’s work in the sanctuary in heaven, which results in giving the loud cry message.

The papacy will be infuriated as the truth of the loud cry extends around the world. Fearful of losing his grasp on the world he has nearly conquered, we read that the king of the north “shall go forth with great fury to destroy, and utterly to make away many.”

Remember that while papal Rome is a professed “Christian body,” Revelation 13:2 makes it clear that the dragon, or Satan, has given his “power, and his seat, and great authority” to papal Rome. Thus, we see the spirit of the dragon working through papal Rome to persecute and destroy God’s remnant who are giving the last message of mercy to the world. This parallels Rev. 12:17, which says, “And the dragon was wroth with the woman, and went to make war with the remnant of her seed, which keep the commandments (including the seventh-day Sabbath) of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ.”

In this verse, we notice that papal Rome revives its spirit of persecution. This is the last piece in the repetition of history that Ellen White told us would be repeated from Daniel 11:30-36. The sequence is very similar. In Daniel 11:31 Papal Rome first gained “arms,” then it formed the “abomination of desolation” through the union of church and state in 508 A.D., and then persecution followed beginning in 538 A.D. for 1260 years. We see the same sequence in Daniel 11:40-45. Summary of End Time Events (Dan 11:41-45)

In the last half of verse 40, the United States provides “arms.” In verse 41, papal Rome enters the “glorious land” and forms the “abomination of desolation” by uniting church and state through the enforcement of Sunday worship. As the crisis progresses, Rome resorts to persecution against God’s faithful, just as it did during the 1260 years. Verse 44 strongly describes persecution. Papal Rome goes forth to “destroy, and utterly to make away many.” This describes the king of the north’s intent to kill those who oppose his plans. The Time of Trouble

In speaking of the persecution of God’s people, we briefly refer to the previously-mentioned four phases of progression in Sunday observance. The first three phases are during the period of what is known as the “little time of trouble” for God’s people. It is only when the death decree is enforced that “Jacob’s time of trouble” begins. The language of verse 44 is describing the death decree that will come upon God’s people. The sequence continues through Daniel 12:1-3, and we see in Daniel 12:1 that “there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there as a nation.”

As papal Rome sets forth to destroy God’s faithful people, we see the final mechanism that is used. In verse 45, we read, “ And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas in the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.”

First we see that the papacy “plants” or “sets up” the “tabernacles of his palace.” “Tabernacles” describes a place of religious worship. “Palace” describes the headquarters of the king, who has political authority. Again we notice the union of church and state by papal Rome.

In the last half of verse 45, we see the scope of this union. We see that the “tabernacles of his palace” are planted “between the seas in the glorious holy mountain.” First, it should be noted that the word “in” should be replaced by “and” due to a mistranslation in the KJV. Thus, the first part of the verse literally reads, “And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas and the glorious holy mountain.”

(We see all the world  (the seas) backing up his final union of church and state ( the surprise will come after Oct 31, 2017 , the 500Th year celebration of Protestant Formation o ironically mark the death of protestant movement.)  which will soon be the Sunday law attached to a death decree. The only opposition is in glorious Holy mountain is a small spot on the map, representing Mount Zion ( Joel 2:32) or Jerusalem or the remnant  where God’s people will be delivered.  It would seem very easy that they will wipe God’s remnant church off the map.  IT seems that all is lost to the cause of God in human eye.  But we have the prophesy in Dan 12:1 saying “And at that time shall Michael stand up, the great prince which standeth for the children of thy people: and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time thy people shall be delivered, every one that shall be found written in the book.” When the Papacy makes the death decree,  it is at that time that Michael stands up for His people.  Note that every time that Michael is mentioned it concerns Jesus in the cosmic struggle with Satan ( Rev 12:7; Jude 9; Dan 10:13; 12:1). The Death Decree

Thus, this final escalation of the union of church and state, in connection with the death decree (phase 4 of Sunday law crisis,) divides the “seas” from the “glorious holy mountain.” Literal Israel has two “seas” on its borders. The Mediterranean sea is to the west, and the Dead Sea is to the east.

(The death decree will be announced at the beginning of the sixth plague and the saints will be entering into the time of Jacob’s trouble then- the most intense test of our faith and experience in our relationship with Christ ,)

In Revelation 17:15, we see that “waters” represent “peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues.” In the context of Revelation 17, the “great whore” that sits upon the “waters” or the people of the world, is the same power as the king of the north, papal Rome, in Daniel 11. Thus, the final escalation of the union of church and state, represented by the planting of the tabernacles of the palace between the “seas” or people, is used by papal Rome to separate the world from “the glorious holy mountain.” Character of God’s People

We already mentioned the similarity, and yet the distinction, between the “glorious land” and the “glorious holy mountain.” From Scripture, we see in Psalm 48:1, 2 that Mount Zion is the “mountain of his holiness.” In Psalm 2:6, Mount Zion is shown to be God’s “holy hill.” In Psalm 125:1, 2, those who “trust in the Lord” are compared to Mount Zion, one of the mountains around Jerusalem. Just as the mountains surround Jerusalem, so God surrounds His people. Finally, in Joel 2:32 we find a description of the last days and what Mount Zion specifically represents. “And it shall come to pass, that whosoever shall call on the name of the Lord shall be delivered: for in mount Zion and in Jerusalem shall be deliverance, as the Lord hath said, and in the remnant whom the Lord shall call.”

Notice that this passage says deliverance comes to those who call on the Lord. In this passage, Mount Zion, Jerusalem, and the remnant are the three synonymous names used to describe those God will deliver at the very end because they call on the Lord. Thus, Mount Zion, Jerusalem, and the remnant are synonymous and interchangeable with each other.

We have seen from Psalm 48:1, 2 that Mount Zion is the “glorious holy mountain,” and thus we see that the “glorious holy mountain” represents God’s remnant, the Seventh-day Adventist church who are warning (the sealing message of the Sabbath) the world through the proclamation of the three angels’ messages and the loud cry of Revelation 18. These are God’s remnant who have survived the shaking when papal Rome entered into the “glorious land” and are fearlessly proclaiming the last warning message to the world. The Remnant

(This is the gleam of hope in the prophecy of gloom as frequently appears in prophetic messages. The remnant refers to the small group who would be moved by the hard conditions  and acknowledge they had done wickedly, and in a measure turn to God. Through this remnant God would seek to fulfill His promises.

Salvation is an individual matteras it depends on individual choice. God can save out of a church only those whose experience measures up to His prescribed standard. Thus out of the large body of Christians in the last days, only a remnant will “keep the commandments of God and have the testimony of Jesus Christ” (Rev 12:17). It is not God’s desire that only a few should be saved. He is not willy that any should perish ( @ Pet3:9). But the free will of man must choose salvation and, through the divine help offered, meet the standard.)

In Revelation 14:1, the 144,000 ( the remnant), who have the Lamb’s “Father’s name in their foreheads” stand on Mount Zion in heaven with Christ. These are the same people who constitute “spiritual Mount Zion” on earth, or the “glorious holy mountain” and according to Revelation 7:1-3 received the “seal of God” in their foreheads, which is the same as having the “Father’s name in their foreheads.” Their reward will be to stand on the heavenly Mount Zion. This is the same group in Daniel 12:3. “And they that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever.” Deceived  Condition of the World

The people through whom God works to lighten the earth with His glory (see Revelation 18:1) with the message of His righteousness, will shine throughout the ceaseless ages of eternity. God has called the Seventh-day Adventist church to do this work. God is looking for a generation who will rise up to meet this challenge, and who will, by God’s grace, proclaim this message to the world just before probation closes.

Thus, the final setting up of church and state is the universal Sunday law that comes with the death decree against all true Sabbath-keepers. The final phase of Sunday enforcement will divide the entire world (the seas) from the remnant church of God (glorious holy mountain). Revelation 13:3 shows us that all the world will wonder after the beast, so only a faithful remnant will remain in the “glorious holy mountain.”

The Great Controversy, pp. 615, 616 says, “As the Sabbath has become the special point of controversy throughout Christendom, and religious and secular authorities have combined to enforce the observance of the Sunday, the persistent refusal of a small minority to yield to the popular demand will make them objects of universal execration. It will be urged that the few who stand in opposition to an institution of the church and a law of the state ought not to be tolerated; that it is better for them to suffer than for whole nations to be thrown into confusion and lawlessness. The same argument eighteen hundred years ago was brought against Christ by the ‘rulers of the people.’ ‘It is expedient for us,’ said the wily Caiaphas, ‘that one man should die for the people, and that the whole nation perish not.’ John 11:50. This argument will appear conclusive; and a decree will finally be issued against those who hallow the Sabbath of the fourth commandment, denouncing them as deserving of the severest punishment and giving the people liberty, after a certain time, to put them to death. Romanism in the Old World and apostate Protestantism in the New will pursue a similar course toward those who honor all the divine precepts. The people of God will then be plunged into those scenes of affliction and distress described by the prophet as the time of Jacob's trouble. ‘Thus saith the Lord: We have heard a voice of trembling, of fear, and not of peace. . . . All faces are turned into paleness. Alas! for that day is great, so that none is like it: it is even the time of Jacob's trouble; but he shall be saved out of it.’ Jeremiah 30:5-7.”

After the king of the north’s final act of enforcing a universal death decree against God’s remnant, we read in the last half of verse 45, “yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.” The final phase of Sunday enforcement is the final stage of the abomination of desolation. In Daniel 9:26, 27, we find that the desolater (Rome), will eventually be made desolate, and here in Daniel 11:45 we see the final fulfillment of that prophecy.

(When the National Sunday law is enforced in America), the close of probation begins immediately. Daniel 12:1 makes that clear when it says, “And at that time shall Michael stand up.” When Michael, or Christ, stands up, papal Rome comes “to his end, and none shall help him.” (Revelation 16 shows the seven last plagues are poured out as the final judgment on Rome after the close of probation. Revelation 18 also shows the final destruction of Rome, or spiritual Babylon.) God’s Vengeance on Satan

After we have seen the evil that the king of the north, or papal Rome, or Babylon has done to God’s people down through the centuries (1,260 years) and up until the close of probation from the setting up the Sunday law, well may it be said in Revelation 18:20, “Rejoice over her, thou heaven, and ye holy apostles and prophets; for God hath avenged you on her.”

When God pours out His vengeance on the king of the north, nobody will be able to help the king of the north, and thus the great controversy will nearly be over. The first three verses of Daniel 12 describe the final events of earth’s history and the great controversy leading up to the second coming of Christ. We will discuss those events in detail in the observation of Daniel 12.

Also, when Daniel 11 is fulfilled and Michael stands up at the beginning of Daniel 12, the sanctuary will have been cleansed, probation will close, and the second coming of Christ will not be far away. Thus, we see that Daniel 11 gives us detailed information for what it will take for the work of cleansing in the sanctuary of heaven to come to a completion and it shows us what befalls Daniel’s people in the latter days. Application of Daniel 11:31-45

 We have seen the history from 508 A.D. to the present time (verses 31-40), and have looked into the future through the prophetic eye of Daniel 11:41-45. Some of us may have been alive for the fulfillment of the last half of verse 40 when the Berlin Wall fell and the Soviet Union capitulated.

God has raised us up as the remnant church for this time of earth’s history. He wants us to be among the people who give the “tidings out of the east and out of the north” that shall trouble papal Rome. The crisis that lies ahead is momentous. God needs people with deep spiritual maturity to pass through the trials of the great final test.

As we saw from Revelation 7:1-3, the four winds of strife that will be unleashed during the final crisis are being held back until God has a people that can be sealed in their foreheads with the name, or character, of God the Father. Only people with God’s character will pass through the final crisis unscathed. The rest of the His professed people (“the glorious land”) will be overthrown by papal Rome and receive the mark of the beast.

Ellen White confirms this thought about the sealing in Maranatha p. 200. “Just as soon as the people of God are sealed in their foreheads--it is not any seal or mark that can be seen, but a settling into the truth, both intellectually and spiritually, so they cannot be moved--just as soon as God's people are sealed and prepared for the shaking, it will come. Indeed, it has begun already; the judgments of God are now upon the land, to give us warning, that we may know what is coming.”

She also says in Christ’s Object Lessons, p. 69, that, “Christ is waiting with longing desire for the manifestation of Himself in His church. When the character of Christ shall be perfectly reproduced in His people, then He will come to claim them as His own. It is the privilege of every Christian not only to look for but to hasten the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, (2 Peter 3:12, margin). Were all who profess His name bearing fruit to His glory, how quickly the whole world would be sown with the seed of the gospel. Quickly the last great harvest would be ripened, and Christ would come to gather the precious grain.”

Perhaps these truths about hastening the return of Christ are truths that we feel we have heard repeatedly, but it is time to be serious about letting Christ do His work of purification in our lives. God is working now to prepare His people for what lies ahead. The real sign of the nearness of His coming is the work of revival and reformation from within the church. GYC and like-minded groups are helping to revive the spirit of Godliness that is needed in the remnant church. We are not here by accident. God is preparing us, and it is up to us whether we will be with Him when the next phase of prophetic fulfillment moves forward in Daniel 11:41.

In Testimonies for the Church, Vol. 9, p. 11, Ellen White reminds us of how near the end we are. “Great changes are soon to take place in our world, and the final movements will be rapid ones.” Three pages later in the same chapter (on p. 14) she connects the final movements being rapid with Daniel 11: “The world is stirred with the spirit of war. The prophecy of the eleventh chapter of Daniel has nearly reached its complete fulfillment. Soon the scenes of trouble spoken of in the prophecies will take place.”

We have seen the amazing precision and accuracy of Daniel 11:1-40, and we can be certain that what will take place in verses 41-45 will be just as accurate and precise. The events in the last 5 verses will be rapid. It is my prayer that each one who studies the prophecies of this chapter will be led to a much deeper walk with God in preparation for what lies ahead. May we be faithful Seventh-day Adventists in this time of earth’s history. Highlights of Daniel Ch. 12  (Extracts from SDA Bible Commentary Vol.  4, pp 877-881)

The highlight of key points in this chapter is discussed to round up the understanding of  the prophetic visions of Daniel which is for our edification and instruction on the last days of earth’s history. Dan 12:1 - God’s Action in Eliminating Sin

The four key element are “at that time”, “ Michael stand up”, “Time of trouble” and “Delivered.

The time element points to the disappearance of the power of the king of the North in Dan 11:45 which is described in Ch 12 with Michael standing up, signifying that the divine champion in the great controversy takes action to deliver His people to eternal life ( Christ standing for the children of thy people ( GC 613,641,642, 657). When Christ’s mediation ceases ( at His standing up),  God’s Spirit is withdrawn from mankind ( close of mankind’s probation), then all the pent-up powers of darkness descend with indescribable fury upon the world that never happened before. (GC 613, 614) God then poured  out the seven last plagues of Rev 16. Dan 12:2 – Special Resurrection

A special resurrection precedes Christ’s second advent. “ All who have died in the faith of the third angel’s message” will rise at that time to see Jesus coming in the cloud. (With this assurance, we have no excuse not to be proclaiming the third angel’s message in aggressive evangelism now while it is day prior to the death of Protestantism by Oct 31, 2017.)  In addition, those who beheld with mockery Christ’s crucifixion, and those who have violently opposed the people of God, will be brought forth from their graves to see the fulfillment of the divine promise and the triumph of truth and then be killed in the brightness of His coming. (GC 637; Rev 1:7).

The inhabitants of the universe, after witnessing the awfulness of sin during the millenniums of the great controversy will regard sin with a strong revulsion. When the great controversy is finished and God’s name is fully vindicated, a mighty abhorrence of sin and all it has contaminated will sweep through the universe. It is this abhorrence that makes possible the assurance that sin will never rise again to mar the harmony of the universe. Dan 12:3-4 – The Wise and Increase in Knowledge

The wise are those who have insights into the things of God  and realise these thing must be shared.  As part  of Daniel’s prophecy on the last days are shut up until after 2300 days when knowledge shall be increased . At the beginning of the 19th century ( Rev 10) there was a new interest in the prophecies of Daniel and Revelation.  The study of these prophecies led to the belief that the second coming of Christ is at hand and it started a worldwide movement beginning with the Millerite Advent in America that caused a great awakening in 1842-1844, Dan 12:8-13 –Daniel Did not Understand as we now understand

Daniel was not able to understanding the 2300 days vision even with the revelation from Jesus and conveyed to him by Gabriel.  He was told to not to be  disturbed  by it. Thus God’s venerable seer and servant was not able (or permitted ) to know the full import  of the revelation he recorded. The complete significance would be appreciated only by those who should see the historical fulfillment of these prophecies, only then could the world be given a message based upon the fact that they have been fulfilled (GC 356).

While man cannot of his own power purify himself, he can show forth by his life the fact that God has purified him. Thus there is no excuse who persists in doing wickedly.  There is the guarantee that those in the last days who  study devoutly and intelligently will understand God’s message for the for their time ( the present truth).

The  1290 days and 1335 days  ( VV11, 12) refers to the time period from 508 to 1798 and 1843  beginning from 508, being  the inroad of paganism into God’s church with the conversion of Clovis, king of the Franks, to the Catholic faith , providing the power in the establishment of the supremacy of the Catholic Church in the West. 1843 signified the great advent awakening in America, generally known as the Millerite movement.

The fulfillment of Daniel’s prophecies as we have learnt is about to happen soon, although for Daniel it would be many years into the future.   Daniel was to rest in the grave ( resting in Christ), but “ at the end of the days in the closing period of earth’s history, he would again be permitted to stand in his lot and place” (PK, 54) Jesus, Our All-in- All

God says to the prophets for the world to “know that 'I am the Lord, your God“. This is a constant restrain  in the Old Testament, given over 6000 times. In Ezekiel 30:8 it is a message against Egypt warning them that the Babylonians coming to mead judgment on them as God would allow it. It is a statement of the great objective of God, namely, to bring a saving knowledge of Himself of all mankind (fatherly love for His children), He employs various means of declaring His counsels to the human race. He speaks through the voice of conscience, through inspired prophets, and through His providences and judgements. His ultimate aim is to have a knowledge of His name cover the earth as the waters cover the sea (Hos 2:14)

Jesus, sent by The Father to reveal God’s character to us and to redeem us, is described as our High Priest, Heb 8:1-2. He is the mediator of a better covenant, Heb 8:6. He is working in Heb 8:9-12 to write His laws in our hearts and minds.so that when He finishes His work , He will have a commandment keeping people. In Heb 12:1,2, He is “the author and finisher of our faith who for the joy that was set before him endured the cross, despising the shame, and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God.” He helps us to run with patience the race that is set before us. He is helping us to exercise by faith the faith of Jesus.  So when Michael stands up , He has finished the most important   work in the great controversy , finishing the work  sitted at the right hand of God. He then says to the universe “Do you have any question now  as now they are the patience of the saints  who keep the commandment of God and have the faith of Jesus. “ They are the demonstration to the universe that Christ has prevailed against Satan in the great controversy. The last verse in Dan 11 shows us that the sanctuary in heaven has been cleansed od sin and Christ now has His people who are ready to go through the great time of trouble who will be His great demonstration of what God can do among the most wicked and perverse generation who has ever lived. Yet God will take from that generation people who He will recreate into His image. “The third angel closes his message thus: "Here is the patience of the saints: here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus." As he repeated these words, he pointed to the heavenly sanctuary. The minds of all who embrace this message are directed to the most holy place, where Jesus stands before the ark, making His final intercession for all those for whom mercy still lingers and for those who have ignorantly broken the law of God. This atonement is made for the righteous dead as well as for the righteous living. It includes all who died trusting in Christ, but who, not having received the light upon God's commandments, had sinned ignorantly in transgressing its precepts.  {EW 254.1}

“The third angel's message, embracing the messages of the first and second angels, is the message for this time. We are to raise aloft the banner on which is inscribed: "The commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus." The world is soon to meet the great Lawgiver over His broken law. This is not the time to put out of sight the great issues before us. God calls upon His people to magnify the law and make it honorable.  {8T 197.2}   This is the prophecy of Daniel 11 and it will happens to God’s people at the end of the world. But then V 44 says the papacy will come to his end and none will help him. He is going to be destroyed and Christ is going to deliver His people  if we choose to stay with Christ.  So once Papacy enters into the glorious land the final movement will be  very rapid ones. Dan 11 shows us what is going to happen and shows us where we are in history.  Things are happening quickly now. It is the time to hold on to Jesus that you ever have to be ready for the soon coming amen.

We must look to Jesus to develop that we need to be ready for Jesus to come and be reunited with His people again.   ( end at p 49) …… to be continued.

Post on Aug 30, 2017 by Tsc  –(email:  singtsc@ yahoo.com)

Write a new comment: (Click here)

Characters left: 160
DONE Sending...

Tsc | Reply 30.08.2017 17.25

Contents added on Aug 30, 2017 to WP5c1 The Finishing Act: Pt 4, “The Day of the Lord” at http://www.wakeupow.com/159912050 :5.4.3 The Prophesied Climactic End

See all comments

| Reply

Latest comments

25.09 | 17:37

Yes, because Dropbox have stopped the free service. I can send you the Bible lessons that you need for the present. Write to me at singtsc@yahoo.com

25.09 | 07:54

none of the dropbox links work. can this be fixed?

30.08 | 17:25

Contents added on Aug 30, 2017 to WP5c1 The Finishing Act: Pt 4, “The Day of the Lord” at http://www.wakeupow.com/159912050 :5.4.3 The Prophesied Climactic End

28.06 | 18:16

Wp5b The Finishing Act: Pt 3, “Prophetic Finish and Fulfilled Signs" added on June 28, 2017 - Tsc

You liked this page